Manual Esquema Electr Daf XF

5 STRUCTURE
XF95 series
TECHNICAL DATA
0
DIAGNOSTICS
1
COMPONENTS
2
REPAIRING WIRING
3
BATTERIES
4
5
CONNECTION OF ACCESSORIES
6
READING OF DIAGRAMS
7
LOCATION OF COMPONENTS
8
LOCATION OF CONNECTORS
9
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
10
CHANGES IN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
11
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM: OPTIONS AND SPECIAL APPLICATIONS
12
200323
FK
5 TECHNICAL DATA
XF95 series Contents
CONTENTS
1. COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page Date
1-1 . . . . 200303
0
1.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200303
1.2 Tightening torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 . . . . 200303
200303 1
TECHNICAL DATA 5
Contents XF95 series
2 200303
5 TECHNICAL DATA
XF95 series Components
1. COMPONENTS
1.1 GENERAL
0
Bulbs
Headlight (main beam) halogen 70 W
Headlight (dipped beam) halogen 70 W
Parking light spherical lamp 5W
Rear light spherical lamp 2x5W
Rear fog lamp spherical lamp 21 W
Reversing light spherical lamp 21 W
Stop light spherical lamp 21 W
Direction indicator lamp spherical lamp 21 W
Marker light spherical lamp 5W
Side marker light special type 3W
Combilamp: fog lamp halogen 70 W
spotlight halogen 70 W
Interior lighting spherical lamp 10 and 21 W
Bunk light spherical lamp 10 W
Stepwell lighting spherical lamp 5W
Marker light spherical lamp 5W
Work lamp: white halogen lamp 70 W
yellow spherical lamp 35 W
Max. current and wire diameter (mm2)

Wire diameter <2m 2-4m 4-8m >8m
1 9 5 4
1,5 22,5 13,5 7,5 6
2,5 37,5 22,5 12,5 10
4 60 36 20 16
6 90 54 30 24
10 150 90 50 40
16 240 144 80 64
25 375 225 125 100
35 525 315 175 140
50 750 450 250 200
70 1050 630 350 280
95 1425 855 475 380
120 1800 1080 600 480
200303 1-1
TECHNICAL DATA 5
Components XF95 series
Alternator
0 NCB1
Max. current 80 A
Rated voltage 28 V
NCB2
Max. current 100 A
Rated voltage 28 V
Micro relay
Maximum cut-in current +1 2
making connection between points 5
3 and 5: 10 A +3
4
Maximum cut-out current
E500146
breaking connection between
points 3 and 4: 5A
5
2 4 1
E500147
Mini relay 86 87a 87

Maximum cut-in current
making connection between points
30 and 87: 20 A
Maximum cut-out current
breaking connection between 85 30
points 30 and 87a: 10 A
87
87a
86 85
30
E500169
Handheld transmitter CDS

Battery type (2x) CR1620, 3 V
1-2 200303
5 TECHNICAL DATA
XF95 series Components
1.2 TIGHTENING TORQUES
Tightening torques
Drive pulley 80 Nm 5 Nm
0
B+ connection 15 Nm
Chassis earth connection 65 Nm
200303 1-3
TECHNICAL DATA 5
Components XF95 series
1-4 200303
5 DIAGNOSTICS
CONTENTS
Page Date
1. BATTERIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200303
1.1 Fault-finding table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200303
2.
1.2 Service life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ALTERNATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-4 . . . . 200303
2-1 . . . . 200303
1
2.1 Fault-finding table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200303
3. FAULT FINDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 .... 200303
3.1 Short circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 .... 200303
3.2 Open circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 .... 200303
3.3 Earthing problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 .... 200303
200303 1
DIAGNOSTICS 5
2 200303
5 DIAGNOSTICS
XF95 series Batteries
1. BATTERIES
1.1 FAULT-FINDING TABLE
SYMPTOM: NEW BATTERY HEATS UP CONSIDERABLY DURING FILLING

Possible cause Remedy 1
Inadequate formation because of storage in Allow to cool
unsuitable or damp conditions over a long period Charge fully
Check the relative density
SYMPTOM: BATTERY ACID LEAKING FROM THE PLUG HOLES

Possible cause Remedy
Battery overfilled Siphon off some of the fluid
Overcharging Check the charger and repair if necessary
SYMPTOM: ELECTROLYTE LEVEL TOO LOW

Leaking battery Replace the battery
Excessive gas development due to charging Check/repair the charger
current being set too high
SYMPTOM: RELATIVE DENSITY TOO LOW (<1.240)

STARTING TROUBLE
Power consumer left on by mistake Charge the battery
Insufficient charging Charge battery. Check/repair charger
Short circuit in the charging circuit Check the charging circuit
SYMPTOM: RELATIVE DENSITY TOO HIGH (>1.290)

Topped up with acid instead of distilled water Siphon off some of the fluid and top up with
distilled water
If necessary, repeat this after mixing (charging)
200303 1-1
DIAGNOSTICS 5
Batteries XF95 series
SYMPTOM: STARTING TROUBLE

POOR STARTING TEST RESULT
POWER FAILS UNDER LOAD
1 -
-
Discharged battery
Worn battery (plates corroded and worn
Charge the battery
Replace the battery
away)
- Defective battery (dead cell) Replace the battery
- Battery too small Replace with battery of a higher capacity
- Battery sulphated (plates have hardened) Replace the battery
SYMPTOM: BURNT-IN BATTERY POLES

- Terminals not securely fitted, or poor contact Have the battery poles repaired, fit the terminals
properly and replace the terminals if necessary
SYMPTOM: 1 OR 2 CELLS BUBBLE EXCESSIVELY UNDER HIGH LOAD

(STARTING OR STARTING TEST)
- Defective cells Replace the battery
- Leaking cell partition Replace the battery
SYMPTOM: BATTERY DISCHARGES VERY FAST (DOES NOT RETAIN POWER)

- Insufficient charging Check the charging. Is the charging time (driving
time) sufficient?
- Short circuit in charging circuit Check the charging circuit
- Major self-discharging, for example due to Clean the battery
contamination
- Battery sulphated (on examining the plates, Replace the battery
they are found to be hard and, in some
cases, whitened)
1-2 200303
5 DIAGNOSTICS
XF95 series Batteries
SYMPTOM: SHORT BATTERY LIFE

- Wrong type of battery chosen (for example in Install Super Heavy Duty or semi-traction battery
the case of tail lifts)
- Often too deeply discharged Intermediate charging with rectifier 1
- No recharging after deep discharge (white Always charge the battery after deep discharge
deposits)
SYMPTOM: BATTERY HOT DURING OPERATION WITH EXCESSIVE WATER CONSUMPTION

- Overcharging or charging voltage too high Check the charger (voltage regulator)
SYMPTOM: BATTERY HAS EXPLODED

- Fire or sparks during or just after charging Ensure good ventilation and exercise due
caution as regards fire and sparks
- Short-circuiting by tools Be careful where tools are put down
- Internal defect (loose connection) Replace the battery
SYMPTOM: DEFECTIVE ALTERNATOR AND/OR DIODES (RADIO AND OTHER

POLARITY-SENSITIVE EQUIPMENT NOT WORKING)
- Reversed battery polarity or incorrect Discharge the battery, and charge in the correct
charging direction
If necessary, replace the battery
SYMPTOM: BATTERY IS INACTIVE (NO VOLTAGE)

- Internal open circuit Replace the battery
- Battery very deeply discharged Charge the battery and test it; replace if
necessary
200303 1-3
DIAGNOSTICS 5
Batteries XF95 series
1.2 SERVICE LIFE
The service life of a battery is significantly

shortened if it is used cyclically.
This means that the batteries are used a lot
1
without their being charged.
For example when using a tail-lift, cab heater,
microwave oven and a cooler box.
This is why batteries in commercial vehicles and
vehicles used for international transport often fail
prematurely (within 1.5 years).
The battery must be charged whenever the
voltage measured across the battery falls below
12.5 V. If the battery is not charged, the
sulphating process will begin.
This is a chemical reaction in the battery that
produces lead sulphate. Lead sulphate adheres
to the battery plates and can cause
short-circuiting between the plates, reducing the
capacity of the battery.
However, most lead sulphate breaks down when
the battery is recharged.
If a battery is used (discharged) while it is not
being charged by the alternator, short-circuiting
between the battery plates will occur sooner.
This reduces the capacity and consequently the
service life of the battery.
1-4 200303
5 DIAGNOSTICS
XF95 series Alternator
2. ALTERNATOR
2.1 FAULT-FINDING TABLE
SYMPTOM: ALTERNATOR NOT PRODUCING POWER WHEN IDLING

Possible cause Remedy 1
- Open circuit in connection 15 on alternator Repair connection 15
- Connection 15 on alternator short-circuited to Repair connection 15
earth
- Internal defect Replace regulator
SYMPTOM: ALTERNATOR WARNING (YELLOW)

- Open circuit in S connection Measure the regulated alternator voltage with as
many consumers as possible switched on and
with the engine turning above idling speed
- Open circuit in L connection Check/repair wiring
- Open circuit in connection 15 Increase the engine speed to approx. 1500 rpm.
If voltage is now present, check connection 15
on the alternator
- Voltage difference between B+ and S Check all contacts between alternator and
connections greater than 2.5 V batteries (contact resistors).
Internal battery resistance too high
- Voltage too low < 16 V Check alternator drive.
Check wiring on contact resistors.
Check regulated voltage
- Open circuit in voltage regulator Replace voltage regulator
SYMPTOM: ALTERNATOR VOLTAGE HIGH (RED)

- Voltage too high > 31 V Measure voltage
- Internal defect Replace regulator/alternator
200303 2-1
DIAGNOSTICS 5
Alternator XF95 series
2-2 200303
5 DIAGNOSTICS
XF95 series Fault finding
3. FAULT FINDING
The following test equipment and tools can be
used to trace faults.
1. The best instrument for this is a digital
multimeter. This instrument can be used to
measure voltages, currents and resistances
avoiding reading errors, and it can be used
to trace virtually any faults.
1
2. Many, but not all, faults are easily traced by
means of warning lamps. Failures caused
by poor earthing cannot normally be
detected by a warning lamp or buzzer.
The most frequently occurring faults are:
a. short circuit
b. open circuits
c. earthing problems (poor earthing due to
corrosion).
200303 3-1
DIAGNOSTICS 5
Fault finding XF95 series
3.1 SHORT CIRCUITS
A short circuit is caused by a positive wire

shorting to earth somewhere. In most cases this
will cause a fuse to blow.
1
To remedy this failure, use a test lamp of
approximately 70 W. First check the diagram to
see which consumers are connected to the fuse
in question, and then switch them all off.
Remove the fuse and connect the test lamp in
its place. Now switch each of the consumers on
and off one by one. If the lamp comes on very
brightly when a consumer is switched on, the
fault is almost certainly in the wiring of that
consumer. Now check the diagram to see via
which connectors the consumer is connected.
Now disconnect the first wiring connection (as
seen from the fuse).
If the lamp is still bright, the fault is between the
fuse and this wiring connection. W 5 03 013
If, however, the lamp goes out, the fault is

somewhere further on in the wiring.
Now reconnect the connectors and disconnect
the next wiring connection. If the lamp is still
bright, the failure is between these two wiring
connections.
However, if the lamp goes out again, the
fault-finding procedure must be continued.
The faulty wiring section can be found in this
way.
3-2 200303
5 DIAGNOSTICS
XF95 series Fault finding
3.2 OPEN CIRCUIT
Suppose a consumer is not functioning. The

fault may be in the consumer itself, or there may
be an open circuit in the wiring.
1
First switch on the consumer. Then check the W 5 03 015
consumer for voltage using a test lamp. If no

voltage is found, first check whether the fuse is
still intact.
If there is voltage at the fuse, check the wiring
from the fuse to the consumer. This means
every wiring connection must be checked.
Stop at the first wiring connection that has no
voltage. The open circuit will be between this
connection and the previous one.
However, if there was a voltage at the consumer,
there may still be an open circuit in the negative
(earth) wiring. Check this using a test lamp.
Ensure that the relevant circuit is switched on.
Connect one end of the test lamp to earth and
the other end to the earth connection of the
component to be checked.
If the test lamp starts burning, the earth
connection of the component is interrupted. If
the test lamp does not light up, the earth
connection will in many cases be in good
condition.
If both the positive and negative connections are
in good order, the consumer in question must be W 5 03 016
replaced.
200303 3-3
DIAGNOSTICS 5
Fault finding XF95 series
3.3 EARTHING PROBLEMS
Earthing problems are mainly caused by

corrosion between the contact surfaces of
electrical connections.
1
Earthing problems can only be detected using a
multimeter (preferably digital). A digital tester is
preferable because usually only a few volts will
be measured and an analogue meter is
generally not precise enough for this purpose.
To find out whether a specific earthing point has
a good earth connection, use a voltmeter to
measure the voltage between the negative
battery pole and this earthing point.
Switch on as many consumers as possible.
If there is a correct earth connection, no voltage
should be found.
In practice, however, a loss of approx. 0.5 volts
will often be measured.
If the reading is higher, the earth connection
must be checked carefully.
In this way, the earth connections of all
consumers can be checked and measured.
W 5 03 014
3-4 200303
5 COMPONENTS
CONTENTS
Page Date
1. GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 .... 200303
1.1 Multimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 .... 200303
1.2 Scopemeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 .... 200303
1.3 Signal measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 .... 200303
2. DESCRIPTION OF COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200303
2
2.1 Inductive sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200303
2.2 Vehicle speed sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 . . . . 200303
2.3 Temperature sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 . . . . 200303
2.4 Fluid level sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 . . . . 200303
2.5 Pressure sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 . . . . 200303
2.6 Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 . . . . 200303
2.7 Proximity sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 . . . 200303
2.8 Stalk switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 . . . 200303
3. DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 . . . . 200303
3.1 Diagnostics in electrical systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 . . . . 200303
200303 1
COMPONENTS 5
2 200303
5 COMPONENTS
XF95 series General
1. GENERAL
1.1 MULTIMETER
The Fluke 87 multimeter allows you to select

various measuring options:
Units of measurement
The multimeter should be set to the range for
the unit of measurement required.
For example, the voltage, current or resistance
range. 2
The units of measurement are indicated by
symbols on the meter. The following symbols
are used.
1. DC voltage
2. AC voltage 1 DCV - V
3. DC current
4. AC current 2 ACV - V
5. Resistance
6. Duty cycle
7. Frequency 3 DCA - A
4 ACA -A
5 Ohm -
6 %
7 Hz
W 5 01 004
200303 1-1
COMPONENTS 5
General XF95 series
1.2 SCOPEMETER
Diagnostics in modern electronic systems is

steadily becoming more complex.
Using a multimeter on its own is not always
sufficient to diagnose a fault.
The scopemeter allows complex signals to be
measured.
2 Practical examples of complex signals are:

- PWM signals
- Deformation of signals
- CAN-bus signals
1-2 200303
5 COMPONENTS
XF95 series General
1.3 SIGNAL MEASUREMENTS
Sine-wave signal (AC voltage)

The signal regularly changes polarity with
respect to the 0 line
Frequency
The frequency is shown in Hertz (Hz).
+
The number of complete sines per second is the
0
2
frequency of the signal (3 Hz in the diagram).
-
Voltage t
If the number of sines per second increases, not +
just the frequency increases but also the
voltage.
0
- 1 2 3
Measuring a sine wave signal +

The sine wave signal can be measured in the
following ways using a multimeter:
- With the multimeter in the frequency (Hz)
position.
In this way, the number of complete sines 0
per second is measured.
- Multimeter in the AC voltage position.
In this way, the average value of the -
supplied voltage is measured. W 5 01 002
Sine wave signals in the vehicle

- Wheel speed sensor output signal.
- Engine speed sensor output signal.
200303 1-3
COMPONENTS 5
General XF95 series
Square wave signal

Square wave signals are signals with only two
t1
voltage levels, both of which have the same
duration in principle (t1 is equal to t2). +
0
t2
2 If the duration is different for the two levels (t1 is
t1
not equal to t2), the signal is also called pulse
train. +
0
t2
Duty cycle
The duty cycle is the ratio between the two
voltage levels, expressed as a percentage.
A
x 100%
B
The voltage level ratio of a pulse train may A

change (for example, when the vehicle speed
increases). +
If the number of pulses per unit of time
increases, the duty cycle reading will rise.
0
B
Voltage A
An increase in the number of pulses per unit of
time will not only lead to a higher duty cycle ratio +
but also to a higher mean voltage.
0
B W 5 01 001
1-4 200303
5 COMPONENTS
XF95 series General
Measuring a square wave signal

The square wave signal can be measured in the
following ways using a multimeter:
- With the multimeter in the duty cycle (%)
position.
In this way, the voltage level ratio is
measured.
- Multimeter in the DC voltage position.
In this way, the average value of the
supplied voltage is measured.
Square wave signals in the vehicle
2
- Speed sensor output signal
- Vehicle speed signal to electronic units
200303 1-5
COMPONENTS 5
General XF95 series
1-6 200303
5 COMPONENTS
XF95 series Description of components
2. DESCRIPTION OF COMPONENTS
2.1 INDUCTIVE SENSOR
The vehicle has a number of inductive sensors,

such as:
- wheel speed sensor
- engine speed sensor
- camshaft sensor
Recording engine speed

The engine speed is recorded via the crankshaft
2
position sensor. The crankshaft position sensor
output signal is a sine wave signal with a
frequency corresponding to the number of holes
1
in the pulse disc and the crankshaft rotation 2
frequency. 3
In the electronic unit, the signal is converted into
a message, which is sent via the CAN network.
The DIP reads this message from the CAN i400442
network and activates the rev counter.
Engine speed sensor operating principle

The inductive sensor consists of a permanent
magnet (1), a core (2) and a coil (3). 1
When the inductive sensor is situated between
two teeth, the lines of force of the magnetic field N
will run directly from the north pole to the south
pole via the housing.
2
The moment a tooth approaches the inductive S
sensor, the lines of force of the magnetic field 3
will run from the north pole to the south pole via
the housing, the teeth of the toothed wheel and
the core.
As more lines of force are now running through
the core, a more powerful magnetic field is
obtained.
As a result of this change in the magnetic field,
an AC voltage is generated in the coil.
The value of the AC voltage generated depends W 5 01 005
on the speed of rotation of the toothed wheel
and the air gap between sensor (core) and
tooth.
200303 2-1
COMPONENTS 5
Description of components XF95 series
2.2 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
The vehicle speed sensor has two connections

for output signals. The real-time speed signal,
triggered by a Hall IC, is sent via the first
connection,
Via the other connection, a data signal
(bi-directional signal) is sent, which involves an
exchange of data between the MTCO and the
2
speed sensor. The MTCO requests data from
the sensor.
The sensor sends the coded data to the MTCO
in sequence, and the MTCO checks the
accuracy of this data.
The coded signal consists of the following data:
- Serial number of the sensor 1. +

- Master key (the same as that of the MTCO)
2. -
- Coded speed signal
3.
In the MTCO, the coded speed signal is 4.
compared with the real-time speed signal.
The MTCO sends commands and data to the
sensor at 10-second intervals.
Speed data for the CAN system is sent via
MTCO outputs A4 and A8. - +
1 2 M
Speed data for the UPEC system and ECAS

system are sent for UPEC via output B7 and for
ECAS and EMAS via output B6; these are duty
E501055
cycle signals.
Duty cycle speed signal %

The speed signal sent via the vehicle speed
sensor to the MTCO is processed by the MTCO 44
and sent as a message via the CAN network.
The speed signal is also converted into a duty
cycle signal. This signal is used by electronic
units that do not receive/read the vehicle speed
signal message via the CAN network. 22
The diagram alongside shows the linear
characteristic of the duty cycle (%) in relation to
the vehicle speed (V).
This graph applies to all vehicle models.
50 100
V(km/h)
E501057
2-2 200303
5 COMPONENTS
Inspection
The duty cycle signal (square wave voltage) can
be checked with a multimeter that is set to the
DC voltage or duty cycle range or with a
scopemeter.
200303 2-3
COMPONENTS 5
2.3 TEMPERATURE SENSORS
The vehicle has a number of temperature

sensors, such as:
- coolant temperature sensor
- inlet air temperature sensor
- fuel temperature sensor
- ambient air temperature sensor
These sensors are temperature-sensitive
2 resistors.
The resistance of these sensors changes
considerably with rises or drops in temperature.
There are two types of temperature sensor:
- NTC resistor (Negative Temperature
Coefficient).
- PTC resistor (Positive Temperature
Coefficient).
NTC resistor
In an NTC resistor, the resistance value reduces
when the temperature rises.
Application:
- measuring coolant temperature.
W 5 01 010
PTC resistor
In a PTC resistor, the resistance value increases
when the temperature rises.
In the PTC resistor, in contrast to the NTC
resistor, there will be a great change in
resistance within a small temperature range.
Application:
- measuring air temperature when cab heater
is on
W 5 01 011
2-4 200303
5 COMPONENTS
Inspection
The temperature sensors can be checked using
a multimeter that is set to the resistance range.
200303 2-5
COMPONENTS 5
2.4 FLUID LEVEL SENSORS
The vehicle has a number of fluid level sensors,

such as:
- fluid level sensor for the cooling system
- engine oil level sensor
Coolant level sensor
The coolant level sensor consists of two
microswitches (reed switches), connected in
2 parallel with two resistors.
These microswitches are influenced by a
magnetic field positioned outside the sensor.
If the coolant level drops, the microswitches will
be closed by a float fitted with a fixed magnet.
The alarm switch detects that the coolant level is
too low and short-circuits the resistor connected E501602
in parallel.
The daily inspection switch detects that the
coolant needs to be topped up and short-circuits
the resistor connected in parallel.
The VIC uses the resistance value to detect the
status of the microswitches.
As a result the instrument display is activated by 1
the VIC.
Note:
The VIC will only send a message to the
instrument display during the startup phase if
the daily inspection switch is closed during the 2
startup phase.
E501434
Engine oil level sensor

The operation of the engine oil level sensor is
based on a resistance measurement.
When the contact is activated, a current is sent
through the sensor from the VIC control unit for
a specific period of time.
Applying this current briefly in this way ensures
that the sensor is properly warmed up.
When the level is being measured the
resistance value is influenced by the quantity of
oil in the sump.
E501146
2-6 200303
5 COMPONENTS
Inspection
The engine oil level sensor can be checked with
a multimeter set to the resistance range.
The resistance value is between 20.5 and 23.5
ohms, measured at 20_C.
The maximum current strength of 200 mA
should not be exceeded when the resistance
value is measured.
2.5 PRESSURE SENSORS 2

The vehicle has a number of pressure sensors,
such as:
- Pressure sensor for recording the bellows
pressure in ECAS.
- Pressure sensor on the air supply unit.
There is a diaphragm made of semiconducting

material (silicon) in the pressure sensor.
When pressure is applied to the diaphragm, it
will be deflected.
Deflection of the diaphragm leads to a change in
the resistance of the semiconducting material.
The diaphragm is part of what is known as a
bridge circuit.
Deflection of the diaphragm unbalances the
V
bridge circuit, which changes the output signal.
The output voltage is in direct proportion to the
pressure applied (deflection of the diaphragm).
Inspection
The output voltage can be checked using a W 5 01 012
multimeter set to the DC voltage range.
200303 2-7
COMPONENTS 5
- Pressure sensor for monitoring boost

pressure.
To check the boost pressure, a piezo-pressure

sensor is used. This sensor consists of an
electronic circuit and a pressure recording
element.
The pressure recording element records
changes in pressure; these changes in pressure
are converted into an electrical voltage. The
2 electronic circuit amplifies this voltage to create
a usable output signal.
Inspection
The output voltage can be checked using a
multimeter set to the DC voltage range.
i 400441
2.6 ALTERNATOR
The compact alternator is a lightweight

alternator with two internal cooling fans. The
electronic controller also controls pre-excitation
of the alternator. The function of the exciter
diodes has also been taken over by the
controller. The alternator generates high
currents in the lower speed range.
B connection to terminal 30 on the starter
motor
15 power supply after contact
S sens connection of the regulator
L connection to VIC
B connection
The alternator has two B+ connections that are
connected to each other internally. B+1 is
connected to terminal 30 on the starter motor.
B+2 is NOT connected. B-- (earth) is connected
to the alternator housing.
E501373
2-8 200303
5 COMPONENTS
Connection 15
When the contact has been turned on, power is
supplied to the alternator via connection 15
(1010). The controller uses this power to
activate pre-excitation (self-energising). If there
is an open circuit in this connection, the
alternator will not produce any power until it
reaches a speed of about 5000 rpm. This
corresponds to an engine speed of approx.
1500 rpm. The alternator will energise itself
when it reaches this speed.
Sens connection
2
The sens connection can be used to
compensate for voltage losses in B+. There are
voltage differences between the alternator and
the battery. Voltage regulation can be improved
if these voltage variations can be controlled. The
sens connection is connected to terminal 30 on
the starter motor.
L connection L 15 S
The L connection is connected to the VIC
electronic unit.
This connection is used to activate a fault
message in the master display via the VIC, if
necessary.
L voltage high: no fault
L voltage low: fault
The following faults can be detected via the L
connection:
- Voltage too low (< 16 V)
- Open circuit in connection 15 (1010)
- Open circuit in S connection E501129
- Open circuit in L connection
These faults are indicated by the yellow
Alternator fault warning.
Too high a voltage (red warning) can be
recognised by too high a voltage (>31 V) on the
VIC electronic unit.
200303 2-9
COMPONENTS 5
2.7 PROXIMITY SENSORS
The vehicle has a number of proximity sensors,

such as:
- sensor under the clutch pedal for engine
management
- cab lock sensor
- mechanical rear axle lifting gear
2 Inductive proximity sensors

An alternating electromagnetic field is generated
by a pulsating current in a coil (oscillation).
If a metal object is introduced into the
electromagnetic field, eddy currents will occur in
that metal object.
These eddy currents will damp the magnetic
field in the coil, so that the current taken up in W 5 01 014
the coil will change.
This change results in an output voltage.
Inspection
Placing a metal object in front of the sensor
(inductive sensor) makes it possible to check the
output voltage using a multimeter set to the
direct voltage range.
E500551
2.8 STALK SWITCH
The stalk switches in the XF vehicle series have

been re-designed.
Both the design and the functionality have
changed.
The advantages of the new switches are:
- Switches are short-circuit proof
- Longer service life thanks to use of reed
switches
- The intarder function has been integrated
into the right-hand switch, so there are now
two switches on the steering column
- All cruise-control and speed-control
functions have been integrated into the
right-hand stalk switch
2-10 200303
5 COMPONENTS
There are always two stalk switches on the

steering column.
The left-hand stalk switch is available in one
version. The functions of the left-hand switch are
as follows:
- Direction indicator, left/right
- Lights, main beam/dipped beam
- Horn
- Windscreen wiper speed/intermittent
wipe/wash
The right-hand stalk switch has two models:
2
- With intarder function
- Without intarder function
The functions of the right-hand stalk switch are
as follows:
Model 1:
Cruise-control accelerate/decelerate/resume
function
Engine speed control (speed up/slow down/fixed
speed PTO)
Model 2:
Same functions as version 1
Intarder intarder/V-constant function
SET
2 OFF
0 OFF
1
R SET R RES
LIM
0
E501135
200303 2-11
COMPONENTS 5
2-12 200303
5 COMPONENTS
XF95 series Diagnostics
3. DIAGNOSTICS
3.1 DIAGNOSTICS IN ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
For diagnosis, DAVIE XD is used.

This tool has a two-channel scope and a
multimeter function.
DAVIE XD is also used to read data from
electronic systems. When a fault arises, it offers
the option of selecting a guided diagnosis that
goes through a series of measurement steps to
help locate the cause of the problem.
2
Refer to the user manual for an extensive
description of the operation and possibilities of
DAVIE XD.
200303 3-1
COMPONENTS 5
Diagnostics XF95 series
3-2 200303
5 REPAIRING WIRING
CONTENTS
Page Date
1. GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 .... 200303
1.1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 .... 200303
1.2 Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 .... 200303
1.3 Contact kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 .... 200303
2. REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200303
2.1 Removal and installation, connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200303
2.2 Removal and installation, contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 . . . . 200303
2.3 Fitting contacts to electrical wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 . . . 200303
2.4 Fitting a SCAT seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 . . . 200303
2.5 Fitting an electrical buffer connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.6 Removal and installation, earth wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.7 Repairing CAN network wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-17 . . .
2-20 . . .
2-21 . . .
200303
200303
200303
3
200303 1
REPAIRING WIRING 5
2 200303
5 REPAIRING WIRING
XF95 series General
1. GENERAL
The increasing application of electronics in
vehicles means a much broader range of
connectors, contacts and wiring is being used.
Be sure to pay special attention to this during
repairs, so as to avoid unnecessary faults.
1.1 CONNECTOR
A connector is a removable connection between

two or more electrical wires or components. The
3
female contacts are on one side and the male
contacts on the other side. This way they can be
connected and disconnected.
The connector should protect the contacts
against unwanted electrical connections and
external influences. It also ensures the proper
connection of the applicable contacts.
1.2 CONTACT
A connector has one or more contacts. These

contacts are available in various sizes and
models.
However, they all have the same design:
The mating part (1) enables the electrical

connection between the contacts.
The contact press part (2) is the electrical
connection between the stripped part of the wire
and the contact.
The relief part (or pull relief) (3) relieves the
contact press part from mechanical wear. The
insulation relief is placed over the insulating
sheath and/or the SCAT.
1 2 3
E501479
200303 1-1
REPAIRING WIRING 5
General XF95 series
With contacts, three dimensions are important:

the diameter (1) of the wire to be connected, the
size of the contact press part (2), which is linked 1
to the wire diameter, and the size of the mating
part (3).
2
3 E501504
1.3 CONTACT KITS
Contact kit A
Contact kit A (DAF no. 0694960) is available for
the contacts, except SCAT contacts and
micro-timer contacts.
There is a sticker on the inside of the kit to
facilitate selection of the contact, contact
crimping tool and ejector tool.
1-2 200303
5 REPAIRING WIRING
XF95 series General
At the top is the DAF no. of the contact shown.

Roman numerals I and II, shown below the
illustrations, refer to the contact crimping tool to
be used.
The numeral or letter added to Roman numeral I
or II indicates the hole in the contact crimping
tool in which the contact is to be placed.
Roman numerals III to VII refer to the type of
ejector tool to be used for removing the contact
from the connector.
The information at the bottom refers to the core
section suitable for the contact.
W 5 03 018
3
Contact kit B
Additional contact crimping and ejector tools are
required for SCAT contacts and for micro-timer
contacts. Contact kit B (DAF no. 1240065) is
available for this purpose.
There is a sticker on the inside of the kit to
facilitate selection of the contact, contact
crimping tool and ejector tool (to be used in the
same way as for contact kit A).
Note:
The proper ejector and the proper contact
crimping tool for each contact can also be found
through Parts Rapido.
200303 1-3
REPAIRING WIRING 5
General XF95 series
1-4 200303
5 REPAIRING WIRING
XF95 series Removal and installation
2. REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

2.1 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION, CONNECTORS
Unlocking the connector connections

The connectors can often be locked with one
another or with a component. They can be
divided into:
A. Active locking.
This means that the lock must be activated. A
Often a lock must be pressed with this type.
B. Passive locking.
Opens when the parts are pulled apart with
a certain force. 3
B
E501480
Two connectors in one housing

These connectors consist of two separate
connectors. To remove the contacts first remove
the connectors from the connector housing.
Push the locking lip aside before removal.
The connector can then be slid out of the
connector housing.
Examples:
- Connector for VIC electronic unit
E501484
200303 2-1
REPAIRING WIRING 5
Removal and installation XF95 series
2.2 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION, CONTACTS
Contact lock
There are various types of contact locks. A few
examples are given below. When a lock is
applied, individually for each contact, this is
called a primary lock. An extra general lock for
several contacts in a connector is a secondary
lock.
Primary contact lock

To keep an individual contact in the connector in
place, a contact is often furnished with one or
3
more locking bolts. This is a primary lock. These
locking bolts should never be damaged, with a
view to pressing and ejecting the contacts.
E501481
Secondary contact lock

This type of lock is normally used on 2 and
3-row connectors.
For connectors (1) with a locking lip (2) first
remove the lip before removing the contacts.
This is a secondary lock. The locking lip is on
the side of the connector and can usually be
recognised from a colour that is different from
the colour of the connector.
The lip is removed entirely. Now the contacts
can be removed using the proper ejector tool by
unlocking the primary lock.
Examples: 1 2
- Cab connectors E501483
- Electronic unit connectors
2-2 200303
5 REPAIRING WIRING
The contacts may also be locked secondarily by

the lower part of the connector. After tilting this
lower part, the contacts can be removed by
unlocking the primary lock using the proper
ejector tool.
This type of lock is used only on 2-row
connectors.
Examples:
- MTCO connector
E501497
3
A different type of secondary lock is formed by
two sliding parts of the connector.
The upper half (on the wire insert side) and the 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
lower half form the extra contact lock. 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
15 14 13 12 11 10 9
15 14 13 12 11 10 9
To unlock this secondary contact lock the upper
half of the connector must be pushed away
slightly in the direction of the arrows on the
connector housing.
The contacts can then be removed from the
connector using the proper ejector tool. E500475
After any installation of wires with contacts, the

connector must be pressed into the lock again. If
this is not done it will not fit into the counterpart.
Application examples:
- Connector, CDS electronic unit
- Connector, ECAS-2/3 electronic unit
- Connector for UPEC electronic unit
Ejecting contacts
For repair or extension of the wiring a contact
may have to be replaced or added. Using
special ejector tools a contact can be removed
from the connector without being damaged.
For the proper ejector tools, see Parts Rapido.
200303 2-3
REPAIRING WIRING 5
1. Push the wire with contact forwards (1). The

locking bolt (2) is now free from the
connector (3).
2. Push the proper ejector tool (4) into the
front of the connector. This will push the
3
1
locking bolt (2) down. 2
3. The contact can now be removed by gently
pulling the wire.
Note: 4
If the wire is pulled before the ejector tool
pushes the locking bolt down, the contact will
only be fixed in the connector even more.
3
E501482
Contacts are also used in which the locking bolt

(2) is on the rear of the connector (3).
3
1. Pull the wire and contact backwards (1).
The locking bolt (2) is now free from the
connector (3). 1
2. Push the proper ejector tool (4) into the

back of the connector. This will push the
locking bolt (2) up.
2
3. The contact can now be removed by gently

pushing the wire forwards.
Note: 4
Here the locking bolt works exactly the opposite
to the usual connectors.
- EMAS pressure sensor connector
- Accelerator sensor connector, CF series /
XF series
E501696
2-4 200303
5 REPAIRING WIRING
For each contact a specific ejector tool is

required.
The proper ejector tool for each contact can be
found through Parts Rapido.
An MQS (Micro Quadlock System) contact

lock
Before the contact can be removed, the lock
must be unlocked with a needle-shaped object. 1
1. First press the lock at the end of the
connector (1). At the same time gently pull
the wire (2) until resistance is felt.
3
2. Then press the second lock (3) and again
gently pull the wire (2).
3 2
3. The contact can now be removed from the
connector.
Note: E501486
This type of contact is locked twice and must

therefore be unlocked twice.
- Connector for VIC electronic unit
Removing contacts from the Bosch 89-pin

connector
To remove a contact from this connector
proceed as follows:
1. Fold the protective cover around the wiring
harness down by pushing the lock
outwards.
2. Now push the two outer halves of the
protective cover outwards and then
upwards. The protective cover can now be 1
removed.
3. The pink secondary contact lock (1) must
E501485
be slid to the centre of the connector to
enable the contacts to be removed.
4. The contacts can now be removed using
the proper ejection tool.
200303 2-5
REPAIRING WIRING 5
Note:
The larger contacts are locked with four locking
bolts. The smaller contacts are locked with two
locking bolts.
Always unlock the locks when adding contacts!
Fitting the Bosch 89-pin connector

When refitting the protective cover, ensure that
the siphon and slide are both in the unlocked
position.
If they are not, the connector, when fitted, will
not be locked correctly on the electronic unit. As
a result, the contact between the connector and
the electronic unit may be bad.
3 Application examples:
- Connector, ECS-DC3 electronic unit
E501498
2-6 200303
5 REPAIRING WIRING
Removing 39-pin connector contacts

1. Loosen union G.
2. Push pressure ring H and seal K back
slightly over the wiring. G
3. Then eject the contacts from connector

housing F using a special ejector tool from
contact kit A or B.
Fitting 39-pin connector contacts
1. Fit union G, pressure ring H over the wiring. H
2. Fit the new contacts to the wires using the

correct tool. K
3. Insert the wires and contacts through

seal K.
3
4. Press the contacts to their definitive
positions in connector housing F.
5. Press seal K against connector housing F.
6. Position pressure ring H so that the two F
ridges on the side of connector housing F
fall into the pressure ring recesses.
7. Tighten union G by hand.
E500477
Note:
- Pressure ring H has contact numbers (their
purpose is to enable the contacts to be
positioned correctly). These contact
numbers must be in the same position as
the contact numbers on the connector
housing.
- When an incorrectly positioned wire is
removed the seal will leak. If a new wire is
not inserted a sealing plug should be fitted.
200303 2-7
REPAIRING WIRING 5
Removing contacts from 39-pin connector 2

counterpart
1. Loosen end union nut A and tapered
coupling nut B and push these as far as
possible back over the insulation pipe. D
2. Push pressure ring H and seal K as far as

possible back over the wiring harness.
1
3. Push union E back over the wiring harness.
4. Carefully remove the sealing ring (2).
3
5. Carefully loosen the locking lugs (3) in
connector housing F.
3 6. Remove centring sleeve D from connector
housing C. C
7. Then eject the contacts from connector
housing C using a special ejector tool from
contact kit A or B.
Fitting contacts in 39-pin connector
counterpart
1. Push end union nut A and tapered coupling
nut B and as far as possible back over the E
insulation pipe.
2. Fit the centring sleeve D in connector
housing C so that all openings are K
positioned opposite each another.
3. Check that all locking lugs (3) are
positioned in the lock openings (1).
4. Insert the wires without contacts through H
pressure ring H and seal K.
5. Fit new contacts to the wires using the
correct tool.
B
6. Feed the cable harness through tapered
coupling nut B.
7. Press seal K against connector housing C.
8. Position pressure ring H so that the two
ridges on the side of connector housing C
fall into the pressure ring recesses.
9. Press the connector pins into their correct A
positions in connector housing C.
10. Fit sealing ring (2) around centring sleeve D
and press it until the stop of connector
housing C.
E500478
2-8 200303
5 REPAIRING WIRING
Note:
- When carrying out the last two steps it is
important not to twist the cable harness as
this can lead to serious damage (wire
breakage).
- Tighten the respective union nuts by hand.
Do not use tools (pliers) to do this.
11. Screw tapered coupling nut B onto
connector housing C.
12. Screw end union nut A (with insulation pipe)
onto tapered coupling nut B.
200303 2-9
REPAIRING WIRING 5
2.3 FITTING CONTACTS TO ELECTRICAL WIRES
The increasing application of electronics in

vehicles means a much broader range of
connectors, contacts and wiring is being used.
The result of this is that more attention has to be
paid to making and repairing connections.
The following criteria should be taken into
account:
1. Wires with a reduced insulation thickness,
with retention of the mechanical properties,
for use with core sections from 0.5 to
2.5 mm2.
3 2. Wires with a normal insulation thickness, for

use with core sections from 4 to 120 mm2.
3. Wires for various temperature ranges:
T1: from --40_C to +70_C
(in cab and chassis) and
T2: from --40_C to +100_C
(in engine compartment and gearbox)
Note:
In view of the mechanical strength required, the
minimum permissible core section is 1 mm2,
with the exception of cab wiring. At certain
points this may be 0.5 mm2.
To ensure the reliability of systems and
connections, the following points should be
observed when repairs or extensions are made
to the wiring:
A. Always choose the following:
- the correct type of contact
- the correct wire diameter for the
contact used
- the correct type of contact material
(tin-plated, silver-plated or gold-plated)
B. Use the right tool for the job. Wire ends are
always clamped to a contact. Special
crimping tools have been developed for this
purpose.
Note:
Connections will only be reliable if these
crimping tools are used and the contact is
fitted in the correct hole.
2-10 200303
5 REPAIRING WIRING
C. Strip the correct length of wire. Always use

stripping pliers.
The rule of thumb is:
strip length = crimp-sleeve length + 1 mm.
Make sure that the core is not damaged
during stripping or problems may occur after
some time.
Note:
A good connection will only be obtained if points
A, B and C are complied with. This implies that
both the copper core and the insulation are
firmly clamped in place.
3
Crimping wire to a contact
Choose the right crimping tool and place the
contact in the correct hole.
Note:
The proper crimping tool for each contact can be
found through Parts Rapido.
The contact may never be in a twisted, slanting
or slid position (X) in the press clamp opening.
E501500
1. Place the wire in the contact.

1 2
2. The stripped wire part, the copper
conductor must be in the contact press
part (1).
The wire insulation must be in the relief
part (2).
3. Check again whether the wire is in the
correct position in the contact (1 and 2) and 3 4
press the contact press part (3 and 4)
together.
4. Do not interrupt the contact pressing before
the tool is completely compressed in the
end position. Only then is full contact
pressure reached and the tool may be
opened.
E501502
200303 2-11
REPAIRING WIRING 5
Copper connection
1A. Wire diameter too large

1B. Wire diameter too small A B
2A. Crimp height too great (hole in crimping
tool too large)
2B. Crimp height too small (hole in crimping
tool too small) 1
3A. Asymmetric crimping
3B. Asymmetric crimping
4. Proper contact crimping
S = material thickness
x = cracking
3 1A. There is a risk that copper
2
conductors could stick out,

which would adversely affect the
fixed position of the other copper
Hmax=S
conductors.
This may result in a short circuit
and loose contact. 3
X
1B. The contact may crack and the Bmax=1/2S
copper conductors may not be
sufficiently fixed in the contact.
2A. Copper conductors are not 4

sufficiently fixed in the contact.
The wire will come loose of the
contact. E501494
2B. The contact will be damaged.

The contact may crack after
some time and the wire will then
come loose from the contact.
3A and B The contact will be damaged

and the copper conductors are
not fully fixed in the contact. The
wire may come loose. The
height of any bulge on the
contact may not exceed the
material thickness of the
contact. The width of this bulge
may not exceed half the material
thickness.
2-12 200303
5 REPAIRING WIRING
Insulation connection
Different types of crimping are allowed:
1. Normal crimping; the two sides of the relief
part fully engage the insulation.
2. Double crimping; two wires are clamped in
one contact.
3. Overlap crimping; the two sides of the relief
part engage one another slightly.
4. Double overlap crimping; two wires are
clamped in one contact, the two sides of the
relief part engaging one another slightly.
A. If the insulation connection is correct, the
wire is clamped in the relief part with the
correct pressure and the insulation is not
broken. 3
B. If the contact pressure is too high the
insulation could break, possibly causing a
short circuit.
This may for instance be caused by:
- using the wrong crimping tool
- using an improper hole in the crimping
tool (too small)
- a defect in the crimping tool delaying
the interruption of the contact pressing.
C. If the contact pressure is not sufficient the
insulation may not be clamped and the wire
may come loose. This will interrupt the
electrical connection but may also result in
a short circuit.
This may for instance be caused by:
- using the wrong crimping tool
- using an improper hole in the crimping
tool (too big)
- interrupting the contact pressing
prematurely.
200303 2-13
REPAIRING WIRING 5
A B C
2
3
E501511
1. Normal crimping A. Proper insulation connection

2. Double crimping B. The insulation is broken
3. Overlap crimping C. The insulation is not secured
4. Double overlap crimping
With double crimping the thinnest wire is
always at the bottom.
A connection can be checked by gently pulling

the wire after the contact is placed in the
connector. The lock of the locking bolt in the
connector should then be felt.
E501501
2-14 200303
5 REPAIRING WIRING
Examples of wire-contact connections
A. Wire not sufficiently slid forwards.

The wire is not sufficiently slid forwards to
warrant a proper current transfer and pull
relief.
A
B. Stripped part of the wire too short.
The stripped part of the wire is too short to
ensure a proper current transfer whereas a
part of the insulation is clamped underneath B
the contact press part.
C. Wire too far backwards.
3
If the stripped part of the wire is too long
and the wire is placed correctly relative to C
the contact press part, the pull relief will
cover too little of the wire.
D. Wire too far forwards. D
If the stripped part of the wire is too long
and the wire is placed correctly relative to
the pull relief, the copper conductors at the
front will stick out too far past the contact E
press part.
E. Copper conductors not clamped.
Copper conductors not clamped may cause
a short circuit to other wires nearby. F
F. This is a correct connection.
1 2
E501499
200303 2-15
REPAIRING WIRING 5
2.4 FITTING A SCAT SEAL
SCATS are used in places where wires are

exposed to heavy conditions (environment or
application of the vehicle), with the risk of water
entering the connector.
The SCAT seal, which is made of silicone,
prevents corrosion inside the connector and
keeps the seal properties intact in the event of
temperature changes.
The SCAT seal is pressed around the wire with
the relief part of the contact.
3 The SCATS are available in various colours and
sizes.
1. Select the right SCAT for the wire, contact
and connector.
2. Slide the SCAT onto an unstripped wire (A).

3. Slide the SCAT far enough onto the wire
and strip the wire to the proper length (B).
4. Slide the SCAT back to the tip of the A
stripped wire so that the copper just sticks
out of the SCAT (C).
5. Place the contact in the proper manner (D)
around the SCAT (2) and the stripped
wire (1). B
6. Now crimp the contact around the SCAT
and the wire using the proper crimping tool.
E501503
2-16 200303
5 REPAIRING WIRING
2.5 FITTING AN ELECTRICAL BUFFER CONNECTION
A buffer connection is made when at least two

wire ends must be connected to one another.
This may be required because of a wire repair or
if a wire is to be added to a connection.
Note:
When adding a new wire to an existing wire,
both wires must be of the same thickness.
If part of the existing wire is to be removed, try
to make sure that the wire number can still
easily be found on the wire.
The contact crimping part (1) is the electrical

connection to the stripped wire part. The central
3
stop (2) is a limiter, preventing the wire to be
connected from being inserted too far. The
insulation is a crimp insulating sleeve with glue
layer (3) which, after heating by a blow drier, will
offer protection against unwanted electrical
contact and corrosion.
There are three different buffer connectors
available: red, blue and yellow. Depending on
the wire thicknesses to be connected (and
possibly the number of wires to be connected) a
specific colour must be used. 3 1 2 1 3
E501489
- red diameter 0.25 - 0.75 mm2
- blue diameter 1,0 - 2,5 mm2
- yellow diameter 4.0 - 6.0 mm2
Connecting more than two wires to

one another is not recommended.
The glue layer of the crimping
insulation is not sufficient to seal all
resulting gaps. So this is certainly
not permitted outside the cab.
200303 2-17
REPAIRING WIRING 5
It is very important to carry out contact crimping

in the correct way to prevent electrical faults. For
cold fusion a contact crimping tool is required.
This tool creates a cold fusion between wire and
buffer connector.
3 E501491
Fitting the contact crimp connector

1. Select the right buffer connector for the
wires to be connected.
Note:
If three wires of the same diameter have to be
connected after all, choose a buffer connector
that is the same diameter as two of the wires.
The single wire on the other side must be
stripped to double length and folded double.
The same applies when a wire is used on one
side that is twice the diameter of the other.
2. Strip the wire to a length of 4 to 5 mm.
Note:
The stripped wire tip may not be twisted.
E501490
3. Choose the proper contact crimping tool on

the basis of the buffer connector and wire
diameter, and check the holes to be used.
4. Place the buffer connector in the hole of the
tool and clamp it gently so the buffer
connector will remain in the hole.
2-18 200303
5 REPAIRING WIRING
5. Slide the stripped wire ends into the buffer

connector side that is engaged by the
contact crimping tool.
Note:
The insulation of the wire may not be slid
into the contact part of the buffer connector.
E501492
3
6. Compress the contact crimping the tool: Do
not interrupt the contact crimping before the
tool is completely compressed to the end
position. Only then is full contact crimping
completed and the tool is opened.
7. Repeat this for the other ends of the buffer
connector.
8. Check the contact crimping for damage and
pull the wires to ensure they are properly
fixed.
Note:
Improper contact crimping means a bad
E501493
connection, which may cause failures.
Avoid breathing in the vapours
produced when heating the
crimping insulation.
9. Heat the crimping insulation to fix it properly

to the wire insulation. Ensure that the
insulation does not get burnt. If the
insulation gets burnt it will become brittle
and easily break or crack.
200303 2-19
REPAIRING WIRING 5
2.6 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION, EARTH WIRE
When a failure occurs in an electrical system,

one of the first things to be checked is the earth
connection, with particular attention being paid
to earth connections on the chassis.
Points for special attention when checking
earth connection on chassis
If an earth connection has been removed and is
being re-installed, pay attention to the following:
- The bolt, nut, earth strip and washers must

be cleaned (e.g. using a steel brush or sand
3 paper). If a component is corroded, it must
be replaced by a new one.
- Clean all dirt and paint from the area around
the engine/chassis earth connection on both
sides of the chassis member so that the
bare metal is visible.
- Clean all dirt and paint from the area around
the battery/chassis earth connection on the
inside of the chassis member so that the
bare metal is visible.
- On the earth strip side, the cleaned area
must be larger than the contact area of the
earth strip. E501495
- On the nut side, the cleaned area must be

larger than the contact surface of the nut.
- After fitting the earth connection, a
protective zinc primer should be applied to
both sides of it and it should be painted.
2-20 200303
5 REPAIRING WIRING
2.7 REPAIRING CAN NETWORK WIRING
When repairing or replacing CAN wiring, the

original twisted lengths and diameters of the
wiring must be taken into consideration. A 10%
tolerance in the twisted length of the wiring is
permitted. Pitch figure 40-50 rpm.
When repairing the wiring, the pitch figure must

be maintained, with the provision that it is Max. 60mm
permissible for the wiring at the point of repair to
have no twists over a maximum length of
60 mm. When the wiring is being repaired, it
3
must be secured in a wire tie at the end and in
the middle.
Replacing CAN wire
1. Measure the length of the original wire
when untwisted.
E500977
2. Measure the diameter of the original wire.
Always take a wire of the same diameter or,
if this is not available, of the next size.
3. Preferably choose a wire of the same colour
as the original wire.
4. Follow the routing of the original wire and
install the wire in the original way.
200303 2-21
REPAIRING WIRING 5
2-22 200303
5 BATTERIES
CONTENTS
Page Date
1. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200303
1.1 Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200303
1.2 Battery charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 . . . . 200303
2. CHARGING BATTERIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200303
2.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200303
2.2 Methods of charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 . . . . 200303
3. STORAGE OF BATTERIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 .... 200303
3.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 .... 200303
3.2 Storage up to four weeks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 .... 200303
3.3 Storage for more than four weeks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 .... 200303
4. INSPECTION OF BATTERIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 .... 200303
4.1 Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 .... 200303
4.2 Inspection of the charging condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3 Inspection using a battery tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-1
4-3
....
....
200303
200303
4
200303 1
BATTERIES 5
2 200303
5 BATTERIES
XF95 series Safety instructions
1. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
1.1 BATTERIES
- The sulphuric acid in the batteries is an

aggressive and poisonous liquid. While
working on batteries, wear protective
clothing, gloves and safety goggles.
In case of contact with clothes, skin or eyes,
rinse immediately with plenty of water.
Consult a doctor in case of contact with
eyes or skin.
- Always remove the earth lead before
working on batteries.
When connecting battery leads, always
connect the earth lead last.
- Always handle batteries carefully and hold
them upright. 4
- When topping up batteries, never allow the
electrolyte level to rise more than 10 mm
above the plates or to go higher than the
level indicator.
- Never put down tools or other materials that
could accidentally short circuit the battery
poles on the batteries or in the vicinity of
batteries. Short-circuited battery poles may
cause the battery to explode.
- Secure the batteries well after completing
the work, but not too tightly.
200303 1-1
BATTERIES 5
Safety instructions XF95 series
1.2 BATTERY CHARGING
- During battery charging, an explosive gas

mixture may be released. Only charge
batteries in a well-ventilated area.
- Never smoke or allow naked flames or
sparks in the vicinity of the battery.
- Allow frozen batteries to thaw before
charging.
- Switch the charger off before disconnecting
the leads to the battery.
1-2 200303
5 BATTERIES
XF95 series Charging batteries
2. CHARGING BATTERIES
2.1 GENERAL
- A battery may only be charged using DC

current. Connect the positive pole of the
battery to the positive terminal (+) of the
charger and the negative pole of the battery
to the negative terminal (--) of the charger.
The cell sealing plugs may remain on the
battery during charging (except during fast
charging).
During charging, the cell voltage will rise.
This increase in voltage depends on the
charging current applied and the
temperature. During normal charging, the
cell voltage will rise from about 2 volts/cell
to about 2.65 volts/cell. If a charging voltage
of about 2.35 to 2.4 volts/cell (about
14.2 volts in a 12V battery) is exceeded,
4
this will start off active gas development.
As a consequence of the rise in voltage
during charging, the charging current will,
as a rule, fall gradually.
Overcharging will reduce the service life of
a battery.
- If the charging of the battery is continued
after it has been fully charged (even with a
low current), this will lead to corrosion
(corrosive attack) of the grids of the positive
battery plates. This type of wear leads to
premature redundancy of the battery.
Depending on the capacity of the charger,
the normal charging time is between 8 and
15 hours.
If during charging the temperature of the
battery acid rises to more than 55_C, the
charging should be stopped. High
temperatures reduce the service life of the
battery.
200303 2-1
BATTERIES 5
Charging batteries XF95 series
- A battery may be said to be charged if the

charging voltage has not increased for more
than 2 hours and the acid density (relative
density) has reached the nominal value (for
example, 1.28 kg/dm3) and does not rise
further.
- A charged battery must be used
immediately. If this is not possible, maintain
the battery as described in the section
Storage of batteries.
- A discharged battery must be charged as
soon as possible. If a discharged battery is
not recharged, the battery plates may
become sulphated (i.e. hard), which will
lead to permanent loss of capacity.
- To prevent damage to electronic
4 components, never disconnect the battery
terminals when the engine is running.
- First connect the positive terminal (+) of the
battery charger to the positive pole (+) of
the battery and then the negative terminal
(--) to the negative pole (--).
- Before disconnecting the battery charger
leads, switch off the battery charger to avoid
sparking and to eliminate the risk of
explosion.
- To disconnect, first release the negative
terminal (--) and then the positive
terminal (+).
2-2 200303
5 BATTERIES
XF95 series Charging batteries
2.2 METHODS OF CHARGING
Always disconnect the battery

terminals before charging.
Normal charging
- Normal charging is done to restore partially
or fully discharged batteries to full capacity.
In most cases, a charging current of 1/20 to
1/ of the capacity is selected.
10
- It is important to reduce the charging

current during gas development and to
switch the charger off when the battery is
charged.
Fast charging
- With this charging method, multiples of the
normal charge current (approx. 3 to 5 times)
4
are used in order to achieve an acceptable
charge condition in the shortest possible
time.
- Before fast charging, remove the battery
leads in order to prevent damage to the
electronic components.
- Remove the cell sealing plugs so that the
released gases can easily escape.
- To prevent overcharging, switch to a lower
charging current on reaching the cell
voltage (2.35 to 2.4 volts/cell).
Note:
Avoid fast charging. Only use this method in
exceptional cases. Fast charging causes
battery overloading, which reduces the
service life of the battery.
200303 2-3
BATTERIES 5
Charging batteries XF95 series
Buffer charging
- With this method, the consumer and the
charger are both connected to the battery.
The charger delivers sufficient current to
ensure that the battery remains virtually fully
charged. The battery will deliver peak
currents to the consumer.
- Buffer charging is best done at a constant
(stabilised) voltage.
Trickle charging
- A fully charged battery that is not used for
some time will start to discharge of its own
accord. It may discharge at a rate of 0.1%
to 1% per day. Trickle charging
compensates for such discharges.
- The charging current for trickle charging
4 should be around 0.1 A per 100 Ah.
2-4 200303
5 BATTERIES
XF95 series Storage of batteries
3. STORAGE OF BATTERIES
3.1 GENERAL
Before storing batteries, carry out the following

operations:
1. Remove the battery terminals.
2. Clean the battery poles and the top of the
batteries.
3. Grease the battery poles with petroleum
jelly.
4. Check the charging condition of the
batteries and charge them if necessary. See
Inspection and adjustment.
5. Check the electrolyte level; this should be
approx. 10 mm above the plates or, if fitted, 4
up to the level indicator.
If necessary, top up the batteries with
distilled water.
3.2 STORAGE UP TO FOUR WEEKS
If batteries (whether as separate units or fitted in

a vehicle) are not going to be used for an
extended period of time not exceeding four
weeks, the following measures should be taken:
1. Do not connect the battery leads to the
batteries.
batteries regularly, particularly if the
batteries are stored under low temperature
conditions. See Inspection and adjustment
If the voltage falls below 12.4 volts, or if the
relative density of the electrolyte in one or
more of the cells is less than 1.23 kg/dm3,
the battery must be charged.
Note:
The lower the relative density of the
electrolyte, the higher the risk of the battery
freezing.
200303 3-1
BATTERIES 5
Storage of batteries XF95 series
3.3 STORAGE FOR MORE THAN FOUR WEEKS
If the batteries will not be used for more than

four weeks, the following measures should be
taken:
1. Remove the batteries from the vehicle and
store them in a frost-free, dry, cool and
well-ventilated room.
batteries regularly, at least once every four
weeks. See Inspection and adjustment.
If the voltage falls below 12.4 volts, or if the
relative density of the electrolyte in one or
more of the cells is less than 1.23 kg/dm3,
the battery must be charged.
4 3. Limit the storage period to a maximum of

three months. The longer the period of
storage, the greater the permanent loss of
capacity.
3-2 200303
5 BATTERIES
XF95 series Inspection of batteries
4. INSPECTION OF BATTERIES
4.1 VISUAL INSPECTION
- A white dividing line at 1/3 of the plate height

(this can be seen through transparent
battery boxes) indicates that the battery has
been allowed to remain in a seriously
discharged condition.
- If the electrolyte is brown and the battery
consumes a lot of fluid, this indicates that
the battery is overcharged.
- If the electrolyte is turbid and milky and the
cells have a white deposit, the battery has
become damaged due to insufficient
charging (deep discharge).
4
4.2 INSPECTION OF THE CHARGING CONDITION
Relative density
- The charging and discharging of the battery
leads to a chemical reaction in the battery,
which involves sulphuric acid. The sulphuric
acid concentration drops as the battery
discharges.
The concentration, measured as relative
density (kg/dm3), is a useful yardstick for
determining the charging condition of the
battery.
- An acidimeter can be used to check the
charging condition.
Relative density at 27_C in kg/dm3
Charged battery : 1,28
Half-charged battery : 1,20
Discharged battery : 1,10
- Measurement corrections are necessary if

temperatures are significantly lower or
higher. For every 10_C of lower
temperature, subtract 0.007 points from the
measured value. For each 10_C of higher
temperature, 0.007 points must be added.
In batteries in good condition, the relative
density must be the same in all the cells.
The maximum difference between the
highest and lowest relative density may not
exceed 0.03 kg/dm#.
200303 4-1
BATTERIES 5
Inspection of batteries XF95 series
Note:
If the relative density in one of the cells is
much lower than in the other cells, the
cause may be cell closure. If the relative
density of two adjacent cells is much lower
than in the other cells, this indicates a leak
in the cell partition. In both cases, the
battery must be replaced.
Voltage
- The charging condition of the batteries can
be measured using a sensitive, preferably
digital voltmeter. This method can only be
used 1 to 2 hours after full completion of
charging or discharging. Measure the
absolute rest voltage (the positive and
negative terminals must be removed from
the battery).
4 The charging condition of the battery can be

calculated using the formula: Voltage per
cell = relative density (kg/dm#) + 0.84.
Example:
For a fully charged battery, the relative
density per cell is 1.28 kg/dm#. The voltage
per cell is therefore 1.28 + 0.84 = 2.12 V.
A 12V battery has 6 cells. The total voltage
for a charged battery is 6 x 2.12 = 12.72 V.
The voltage of a half-charged battery is
approx. 12.24 V.
The voltage of a discharged battery is
approx. 11.75 V.
4-2 200303
5 BATTERIES
XF95 series Inspection of batteries
4.3 INSPECTION USING A BATTERY TESTER
- The general condition of the battery can be

checked quickly using a battery tester. For
this check, a load is applied to the battery
and then the discharge voltage at the
battery poles is measured. The load applied
to the battery must be at least 3 times the
capacity of the battery.
- The rule of thumb is that the test can be
carried out when the battery is sufficiently
charged (relative density 1.25 -
1.28 kg/dm#).
At normal temperatures (10-20_C), the
charging voltage for a properly charged
battery must be 10 volts after 10 seconds.
In the case of a partially discharged battery
(relative density 1.25 kg/dm3), the reading
should be at least 9 volts.
4
It is important that the voltage be measured
directly at the battery poles.
200303 4-3
BATTERIES 5
Inspection of batteries XF95 series
4-4 200303
5 CONNECTION OF ACCESSORIES
CONTENTS
Page Date
1. CONNECTION OF ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 .... 200323
1.1 Spare wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 .... 200323
1.2 Dashboard lead-through connectors, general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 .... 200323
1.3 Overview of the dashboard lead-through connector functions . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 .... 200323
1.4 Connection of accessories via the accessories connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 .... 200323
1.5 Dashboard lead-through connector for superstructure functions
application connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 . . . 200323
1.6 Dashboard lead-through connector for engine speed control
1.7 Dashboard lead-through connector for chassis wiring
1.8 Overview of connection points in roof console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21 . . . 200323
1.9 40 A connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23 . . . 200323
1.10 Connector for 12V connection in roof console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23 . . . 200323
1.11 Connector for alarm/immobiliser LED in roof console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24 . . . 200323
1.12 Connector for cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24 . . . 200323
1.13 Connectors for connecting the radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25 . . . 200323
1.14 Connectors for connecting the telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27 . . . 200323
200323 1
CONNECTION OF ACCESSORIES 5
2 200323
XF95 series Connection of accessories
1. CONNECTION OF ACCESSORIES
1.1 SPARE WIRES
Additional wiring
In the roof console on the drivers side of the
XL/XH cab there are two 1-pin connectors with
two spare wires (spare 1 and spare 2) that are
connected to connector 694. There is also a
black 21-pin connector in the roof console
(connector no. 291).
E501565
The following signals are available there:
Pin pattern for wiring harness connector

no. 291:
Pin no. Wire no. Description
4 2122 Main beam signal 6
5 2630 Instrument lighting
6 M Earth
12 1154 Power supply before contact
21 2102 Left rear light signal
200323 1-1
Connection of accessories XF95 series
In the roof console on the drivers side of the

XC cab there is a black 12-pin connector
(connector no. 597) with two spare wires (spare
12 and spare 2) that are connected to
connector 694.
597
E501558

no. 597:
4 2102 Left rear light signal
6
5 2103 Right rear light signal
6 2122 Main beam signal
7 2630 Instrument lighting
10 spare 1 Spare 1
11 spare 2 Spare 2
12 M Earth
NOTE: The power supply before contact is

fuse-protected via fuse E142.
Fuse 25 A. The power supply to the
cooler and connector 656 (if present)
is also via fuse E142.
1-2 200323
A yellow 9-pin connector (connector 694) that is

connected to the two 1-pin connectors
(XL/XH cab) or to connector no. 597 (XC cab) is
fitted at the height of the top connector
attachment partition on the drivers side.

no. 581:
1 spare 1 Spare 1
2 spare 2 Spare 2
200323 1-3
1.2 DASHBOARD LEAD-THROUGH CONNECTORS, GENERAL
A number of connectors are fitted in the

dashboard connector lead-through at the front of
the cab. A number of earth wires and the main
power supply wire are also led through at this
point.
E501551
Seen from the outside looking inwards, the A B C D

dashboard connector lead-through appears as
1
follows.
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10
E501060
Seen from the inside looking outwards, the

dashboard connector lead-through appears as
follows. D C B A
1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10
E501093
In the descriptions of the various connectors in

the dashboard connector lead-through, the view
is always from the cab.
1-4 200323
1.3 OVERVIEW OF THE DASHBOARD LEAD-THROUGH CONNECTOR

FUNCTIONS
The panel with the dashboard lead-through

connectors is divided into four columns.
Connectors of the same colour are in the same
column.
Pattern for dashboard lead-through
connectors < 0E608863:
Column A: Colour: Yellow A B C D

Row Function Number 1
number of pins 2 2
1-2 EMAS 21 3 3
4 4
3 Not in use 6 5
5
4 Application connector, 12 6
engine speed control 7 7
5 Fuel filter 6 8 8
9 9
6 Cab heater 12 10
7 Not in use 6
6
E501435
8 Not in use 12
9 Not in use 2
10 Power supply before 1
contact (1000)
Column B: Colour: Grey A B C D

number of pins 2 2
1-2 AS Tronic gearbox 18 3 3
4 4
5 5
3-4 Engine wiring 21
6
7 7
5-6 ABS or EBS, rear axle 21
8 8
9 9
7 ECAS, front axle 6 10
8 ECAS, rear axle 12 E501436
9 ABS, drawn vehicle 2

10 Earth 1
200323 1-5
Column C: Colour: Green A B C D

number of pins 2 2
1 AGS wiring 6 3 3
4 4
2 Not in use 12 5
5
3-4 Engine wiring 21 6
5-6 Chassis wiring 21 7 7

8 8
7-8 ABS or EBS, front axle 21 9 9
10
9 Mechanical lifting gear, 6 E501437
FAS/FAG
10 Earth 1
Column D: Colour: Blue A B C D

number of pins 2 2
1-2 Superstructure 21 3 3
connector 4 4
5 5
3 Not in use 12
6
6
4 Main switch 6 7 7
5-6 Chassis/Gearbox 21 8 8
9 9
7 Not in use 6 10
8 Intarder 12 E501438
9 MTCO tachograph 6
10 Earth 1
1-6 200323
Pattern for dashboard lead-through

connectors 0E608863:
Column A: Colour: Yellow A B C D

number of pins 2 2
1-2 EMAS 21 3 3
4 4
3 Not in use 6 5
5
4 Application connector, 12 6
engine speed control 7 7
5 Fuel filter 6 8 8
9 9
6 Cab heater 12 10
7 Chassis wiring 6 E501435
8 Not in use 12
9 Not in use 2
10 Power supply before 1
contact (1000)
Column B: Colour: Grey A B C D

Row
number
Function Number
of pins
1
2 2
6
1-2 AS Tronic gearbox 18 3 3
4 4
3-4 Engine wiring 21 5
5
5-6 ABS or EBS, rear axle 21 6
7 ECAS, front axle 6 7 7

FAS/FAG/FTM/FAK 8 8
ECAS 9 9
10
8 ECAS, rear axle 12
E501436
9 ABS, drawn vehicle 2
10 Earth 1
200323 1-7
Column C: Colour: Green A B C D

number of pins 2 2
1 AGS wiring 6 3 3
4 4
2 Not in use 12 5
5
3-4 Engine wiring: colour 21 6
green or purple 7 7
5-6 Chassis wiring 21 8 8
9 9
7-8 ABS or EBS, front axle 21 10
9 FAS/FAG/FTM/FAK 6 E501437
lifting axle
10 Earth 1
Column D: Colour: Blue A B C D

number of pins 2 2
1-2 Superstructure 21 3 3
connector 4 4
5 5
3 Not in use 12
6
6
4 Main switch 6 7 7
5-6 Chassis/MTCO 21 8 8
9 9
7 Not in use 6 10
8 Intarder 12 E501438
9 Cab lock 6
10 Earth 1
1-8 200323
1.4 CONNECTION OF ACCESSORIES VIA THE ACCESSORIES CONNECTOR
Fitted under the central PCB is a green 6-pin

accessories connector (connector no. 580),
which is connected to the dashboard wiring
harness.
580
E501552
Pin pattern for wiring harness connector 580:

6
2 1258 Power supply after contact
3 3412 Cab locking signal
4 3157 Engine running signal
5 M Earth
6 M Earth

fuse-protected via fuse E142. The
power supply after contact is
fuse-protected via fuse E163. Both
25 A. The power supply to the
spotlights, rotating beam and cooler
(among others) is also via fuse E142.
200323 1-9
Application connector 656 for superstructure

functions (with 12 spare wires) is optional.
A wiring harness is fitted from the connector
under the PCB (connector no. 580) to the
connector lead-through (connector no. 656) and
to the connector behind the cover of the radio
panel (connector no. 698) only if this option has
been selected.
580
698
E501552 E501583
1-10 200323
A B C D
1 656
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10
E501063

1 M Earth
2 M Earth
3
5
6
spare 1
spare 2
Spare 1
Spare 2
6
7 spare 3 Spare 3
8 spare 4 Spare 4
9 spare 5 Spare 5
10 spare 6 Spare 6
11 spare 7 Spare 7
12 spare 8 Spare 8
13 spare 9 Spare 9
14 spare 10 Spare 10
17
18
200323 1-11

fuse-protected via fuse E163. Both 25
A. The power supply to the spotlights,
rotating beam and cooler (among
others) is also via fuse E142.

1 spare 1 Spare 1
2 spare 2 Spare 2
3 spare 3 Spare 3
4 spare 4 Spare 4
5 spare 5 Spare 5
6 spare 6 Spare 6
7 spare 7 Spare 7
8 spare 8 Spare 8
9 spare 9 Spare 9
6 10
11
spare 10
spare 11
Spare 10
Spare 11
1-12 200323
1.5 DASHBOARD LEAD-THROUGH CONNECTOR FOR SUPERSTRUCTURE

FUNCTIONS APPLICATION CONNECTOR
Application connectors for superstructure A B C D

functions are optional. Dashboard lead-through
1
connector 656 is present only if this option has 656
been selected. 2 2
3 3
Dashboard lead-through connector 656 is 4 4
connected to a wiring harness outside the cab 5
5
for application connectors 657 and 658.
6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10
E501063
657
658
656
6
E501030
200323 1-13

1 M1 Earth
2 M2 Earth
3
5 spare 1 Radio compartment spare wire 1
6 15 spare 11 Radio compartment spare wire 11

17
18

1-14 200323
The connectors 657 and 658 are located on the

co-drivers side behind the cab.

1 spare 1 Spare wire 1
Pin pattern for wiring harness connector 658: 6

5 3700 CAN-L
6 3701 CAN-H
7 M Earth
8 M Earth

200323 1-15
1.6 DASHBOARD LEAD-THROUGH CONNECTOR FOR ENGINE SPEED

CONTROL APPLICATION CONNECTOR
Application connectors for engine speed control A B C D

are optional. (connector A068)
1
connected to a wiring harness outside the cab 3 3
for application connector A068. 588
4 4
5 5
6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10
E501032
A068
6
588
E501031
1-16 200323
Connector A068 is located on the co-drivers

side behind the cab.
Pin pattern for wiring harness connector A068:

1 M Earth
2 9029 Earth
3 3003 Engine speed signal
4 3039 Vmax signal
5 3141 SET - signal
6 3142 SET + signal
7 3143 Engine speed control permitted signal
8 3144 N1 variable signal
9 3145 N2 signal
10 3146 N3 signal
11 4594 PTO remote control
In the dashboard lead-through, the wiring

harness coming from connector A068, is
6
connected to the dashboard wiring harness via
connector no. 588 at location A4.

1 M Earth
2 9029 Earth
3 3003 Engine speed signal
4 3039 Vmax signal
5 3141 SET - signal
6 3142 SET + signal
7 3143 Engine speed control permitted signal
8 3144 N1 variable signal
9 3145 N2 signal
10 3146 N3 signal
11 4594 PTO remote control
200323 1-17
1.7 DASHBOARD LEAD-THROUGH CONNECTOR FOR CHASSIS WIRING

APPLICATION CONNECTOR
Application connector: A070 This is only fitted on A B C D

FA vehicles.
1
connected to a wiring harness outside the cab 3 3
for chassis wiring application connector A070. 4 4
5 5
6 576
7 7
8 8
9 9
10
E501034
A070
6
576
E501033
1-18 200323
Connector A070 is located on the co-drivers

side behind the cab.
Pin pattern for wiring harness connector A070:

2 2155 Superstructure lighting
3 4601 Stop light signal
4 4591 Reversing light signal
5 3651 Alarm, power supply
6 3659 Alarm, superstructure/drawn vehicle
8 M Earth
200323 1-19
In the dashboard lead-through, the wiring

harness coming from connector A070, is
connected to the dashboard wiring harness via
connector no. 576 at location C5/6.

1 9005 Earth
2 3651 Superstructure/drawn vehicle alarm power supply
3 4591 Reversing light signal
4 2036 Left direction signal
5 2037 Right direction signal
6 2008 Left direction signal (semi-trailer)
7 2009 Right direction signal (semi-trailer)
8 2102 Left town light
9 2103 Right town light
10 2152 Rear fog light signal
11 2155 Work lamp
6 12 4601 Stop light signal

13 3408 Differential blocking signal
14 4517 Differential blocking signal
15 4518 Differential lock (cross axle)
16 3503 Fuel level signal
17 4935 Cab heater signal
18 4936 Cab heater signal
1-20 200323
1.8 OVERVIEW OF CONNECTION POINTS IN ROOF CONSOLE
Cab versions
1 2
K1 01 467
1. XL cab (Comfort cab)

2. XH cab (Space cab)
3. XC cab (Superspace cab)
200323 1-21
Roof console, XL and XH cabs
E501566
Roof console, XC cab
6
E501629
The following connectors are standard in all

three cab types:
1. Black connector with wires 1264 and 3482
for alarm/immobiliser LED (if NO alarm
system is fitted).
2. Connector B026 (1108 and M) for the
12V connector for audio equipment (for
example CB transmitter).
3. 24V (40 A) connector for microwave, fog
lamps, etc.
1-22 200323
1.9 40 A CONNECTOR
This connector (A) is a 2-pin connector. The

supply voltage for this connector is branched A
from the power supply before contact via fuse
E168. This fuse is fitted as standard in a fuse
holder on the edge of the central PCB.
A contact block can be connected to this
connector, resulting in a central connection point
for power supply and earth.
E500329
1334294
E500566 6
1.10 CONNECTOR FOR 12V CONNECTION IN ROOF CONSOLE
In the roof console is a white 2-pin connector

(B026). This is intended for connecting a CB set.
This connector has the following wires: 1108 and
earth.
B026
E501553
200323 1-23
1.11 CONNECTOR FOR ALARM/IMMOBILISER LED IN ROOF CONSOLE
In the roof console is a white 2-pin connector

(A). This is for connecting an LED alarm.
This LED alarm is fitted as standard if the
vehicle does not have an alarm system. This
connector has the following wires: 1264 and
3482.
E501556
1.12 CONNECTOR FOR COOLER
As standard, the wiring for the cooler has been

fitted in the bunk compartment ready for use.
This connector consists of the following wires:
1154 and M.
6 NOTE: The power supply before contact is

fuse-protected via fuse E142 (25 A).
The power supply for the
superstructure functions dashboard
lead-through connector (if present) is
also via these fuses.
E501557
1-24 200323
1.13 CONNECTORS FOR CONNECTING THE RADIO
Radio connection
Behind the radio panel there is a connector
(connector no. 424) (to ISO standard) for the
radio connection; this connector is provided with
a power supply before contact of 12 V/10 A (20
A) (1108) and earth. The wiring for the
loudspeakers (connector 425) to the door,
A pillar and rear wall has also been fitted ready
for use as standard. If tweeters are fitted, a
separating filter should be fitted.
Connectors for connecting the radio.
424 GS
1 3 5 7
425
2 4 6 8
424
425 BN
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
6
E501041
424 Power supply to radio

425 Loudspeakers for radio
DISPLAY LIGHTING DIMMING

VDO Dayton and Grundig radio 1000
1010
1108
If the radio has display lighting (search lighting),
G231
G377
385
30 3
it can switch on at the same time as the vehicle 87a 87 4 5
lights are switched on. The display lighting can
1363
be dimmed by connecting relay G231 in

A2
B2
A4
B1
A4 A6 A7
accordance with the diagram. 24V

D895
12V 12V 12V
B365
12V
+
Relay G231 should be connected to search

A1
A3
A8 B8 B7 B6 B5 B2 B1 B4 B3
lighting wire 2630.

4828
4827
4542
4540
4832
4831
4543
4541
1107
1110
1240
85 1
G231
G377
B024
B178
B179
B025
B180
B181
+ + + + + +
86 2
E501008
200323 1-25
VDO Dayton radio transmitter memory 1000

1010
1108
Wire 1110 is switched by relay G178 in the
G377
385
3
accessories ignition/starter switch position. This 4 5
relay (G178) then switches relay G377 and, as a
1363
result, the radio is connected to the 12V power
A2
B2
A4
B1
A4 A6 A7
supply through wire 1108. 24V

D895
12V 12V 12V
B365
12V
+
A1
A3
A8 B8 B7 B6 B5 B2 B1 B4 B3
4828
4827
4542
4540
4832
4831
4543
4541
1107
1110
1240
1
G377
B024
B178
B179
B025
B180
B181
+ + + + + +
2
480 301 030
E501009
Pin pattern for wiring harness connector 576: 1000

1010
1108
Grundig radio transmitter memory
G377
385
3
Wire 1110 is switched by relay G178 in the 4 5
accessories ignition/starter switch position.
1363
This relay (G178) then switches relay G377 and,
A2
B2
A4
B1
A7 A6 A4
as a result, the radio is connected to the 24V

D895
12V 12V 12V
B365
12V
12V power supply through wire 1108.
+
A1
A3
A8 B8 B7 B6 B5 B2 B1 B4 B3
Wires 1108 and 1363 in connector no. 424 (the
4828
4827
4542
4540
4832
4831
4543
4541
6 iso connector) must be reversed. (see
illustration)
1107
1110
1240
1
G377
B024
B178
B179
B025
B180
B181
+ + + + + +
2
480 301 030
E501010

The wiring for the loudspeakers in the bunk
compartment has been fitted behind the seat
ready for use.
The wiring for tweeters has been fitted ready for
use in the A pillar under the dashboard.
1-26 200323
1.14 CONNECTORS FOR CONNECTING THE TELEPHONE
Telephone connection A076

There is space for a telephone connection on
the right side of the radio panel.
A white 3-pin connector (A076) is fitted behind
the radio panel as standard.
E501555

1 1108 Power supply before contact (12 V)
2 1353 Power supply before contact (12 V/25 mA)
3 M Earth
200323 1-27
TELEPHONE TRANSMITTER
MEMORY IN COMBINATION WITH
24V/12V 10A OR 20A CONVERTER
A2
B2
A4
B1
This converter is supplied in two versions: 24V 12V
D895
24 V/12 V (10 A + 25 mA) or:
A1
24 V/12 V (20 A + 25 mA)
A3
They are connected in the same way.
The converter has two separate inputs and
outputs:
24V 12V Max. current

input output strength
A2 A4 10 or 20 A
B2 B1 25 mA M
E500726
1000
1010
1108
1353
G377
385
3
4 5
1363
A2
B2
A4
B1
A4 A6 A7
6
24V 12V 12V 12V 12V
D895 B365
+
A1
A3
A8 B8 B7 B6 B5 B2 B1 B4 B3
4828
4827
4542
4540
4832
4831
4543
4541
1107
1110
1240
1
A076
A076
A076
G377
B024
B178
B179
B025
B180
B181
+ + + + + +
1 2 3 2
480 301 030
E501011
1-28 200323
5 READING OF DIAGRAMS
CONTENTS
Page Date
1. GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200303
1.1 List of abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200303
2. MARKING OF WIRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200303
3. READING OF CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 . . . . 200303
4. READING OF SECTION DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 . . . . 200303
200303 1
READING OF DIAGRAMS 5
2 200303
XF95 series General
1. GENERAL
1.1 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
Abbreviation Explanation Translation/description

ABS/ASC-D Antilock Braking System/Anti-Slip Antilock Braking System/Anti-Slip
Control - version D Control, version D
ACH-E Additional Cab Heater - Cab heater - Eberspcher
Eberspcher
ACH-W Additional Cab Heater - Webasto Cab heater - Webasto
AGS Automatic Greasing System Automatic lubrication system
AIRCO Air conditioning Air conditioning
ALS-S Alarm system - Scorpion Alarm system - Scorpion
ASC Anti Slip Control Anti-slip control
CAN Controller Area Network Controller Area Network
CDB Central Distribution Board CF series central box
CDS Central door locking Central door locking
DAVIE XD DAF Vehicle Investigation DAF vehicle diagnosis tool - version XD
Equipment - version XD
DEB DAF Engine Brake DAF engine brake
DIP-4 DAF Instrument Pack DAF instrument panel
DVB DoorVerBinding Through-connection 7
EBS Electronic Brake System Electronic brake system
ECAS-2 Electronically Controlled Air Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
Suspension - version 2 system - version 2
ECAS-3 Electronically Controlled Air Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
Suspension system - version 3 system - version 3
EMAS Electronically controlled multi-axle Electronically controlled trailing axle
steering steering
NMV Engine-dependent PTO Engine PTO
PTO Power Take Off Power take-off
MTCO Modular Tachograph Modular tachograph
200303 1-1
General XF95 series
Abbreviation Explanation Translation/description

UPEC Unit Pump Electronically Electronically controlled pump unit
Controlled
VIC Vehicle Intelligence Centre Vehicle intelligence centre
VLG/ ADR/ Overland transport of hazardous Transport of hazardous substances
GGVS/ PETREG/ substances (VLG)
RTMDR
1-2 200303
XF95 series Marking of wiring
2. MARKING OF WIRING
INTRODUCTION
This standard sets out specifications for the
uniform use of markings on electrical wiring.
The marking system consists of a numerical
system and a colour coding system, thus
ensuring a clear wiring layout and precluding
faulty connections and manufacturing errors.
The marking system does not apply to vehicles
subject to special conditions, such as military
vehicles.
Numerical and colour coding
Each numerical code consists of four digits, the
first of which refers to the main group and to the
colour.
Main groups
Power supplies (red)
1000 to 1099 Voltage generation
1100 to 1199 Power supplies before
contact
1200 to 1499 Power supplies after
contact
Lighting (yellow)
2000 to 2099 Indicator and alarm lighting
2100 to 2599
2600 to 2999
External vehicle lighting
Interior vehicle lighting 7
Warning and control functions (blue)
3000 to 3399 Engine functions
3400 to 3999 Vehicle functions
Consumers (black)
4000 to 4499 Start, stop, engine, glowing
functions
4500 to 5499 Vehicle functions
5500 to 5999 Automatic gearboxes
Special applications (colour as desired)

6000 to 6999
Earth connections (white)

Not marked
9000 to 9499 Test and signal earth
200303 2-1
Marking of wiring XF95 series
I-CAN wiring (twisted)

3565 CAN-L (yellow)
3566 CAN-H (grey)
V-CAN wiring (twisted)

3700 CAN-L (yellow)
3701 CAN-H (blue)
Notes:
- The M with serial number coding on earth
wiring is used for production-related
reasons.
- In the case of straight splicing of the wiring
(cascading), the numerical codes are shown
on each separate wire followed by a serial
letter.
Earth connections
The application of electronic systems has made
it necessary to divide the earth connections into
groups. There is a distinction to be made
between two different types of earth connection:
- switching earth
- test and signal earth
The switching earth is the conventional type of
earth.
The test and signal earth is used exclusively for
electronic systems.
The wiring colour for both types of earth is white,
7
but the test and signal earth wiring is marked
with numerical codes (from 9000 to 9500).
Never use the test and signal earth
when fitting an electrical
component
If you do this, electronic components may not

work correctly.
If an electronic component needs to be
connected, the earth for this system must be
connected to the central earth connection in the
cab.
The connection point is located in the dashboard
connector lead-through.
Abbreviations used in colour coding
Colour Ab- Colour Ab-
brevi- brevi-
ation ation
red rd yellow gl
brown bn white wt
green gn grey gs
blue bw black zt
orange oe violet vi
2-2 200303
XF95 series Reading of circuit diagrams
3. READING OF CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

The circuit diagram is intended to show the
various circuits in the simplest way possible.
Symbols are used to do this.
LIGHT SWITCH SWITCH MAIN/ DIPPED BEAM

1000
1010
1
E084
7.5A
1101
2110 2
1
D610
2
2154
G107 C622 G154 C506 G000
59 30 2 1 58 30 3.4 61 30
E002
5.0A
87A 87 1 4 87A 87 3.5 87
2
87A
1
2105
1020
2630
2100
2111
2120
D609
2
G154 85 G107 85 G000 85
86 86
009
039
052
86
205
251
143 146
7
M NC CO NO LAMP
65 59 68 MAIN
SWITCH
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
E501056
1. In the diagram, the indications 1000 and

1010 are shown at top left.
What these indications mean:
1000 = power supply before contact.
1010 = power supply after contact.
2. The indication M is shown at bottom left of
the diagram.
Explanation to this indication:
M = earth connection.
200303 3-1
Reading of circuit diagrams XF95 series
3. To make it easier to find your way around

the circuit diagram, a search bar is
included at the bottom, containing numbers.
These numbers are called location
numbers.
In the legend to the circuit diagram the
description of the basic code (ECN) is
followed by the relevant location number.
In this way, a specific component can
immediately be located in the diagram.
4. There is an arrow above location numbers
60, 63, 64 and 68 in the example diagram.
At the bottom of this arrow is a number. This
number refers to the location number on the
search bar where you can find the relevant
wire number.
5. In the example diagram, under the M
(earth connection) line, there are the codes
NC (relating to relay G154), CO (relating
to relay G107), and NO (relating to relay
G000).
Explanation to these codes:
NC = normally closed (= break contact)
CO = change over (= changeover contact)
NO = normally open (= make contact)
These contacts can be found at the location
numbers shown under the codes NC, CO
7
and NO.
At the relay contacts shown in the diagram
you will also find the location numbers that
indicate the relay locations.
6. In the circuit diagram you will find the basic
codes (for example E002). What these
codes stand for can be found in the legend
to the relevant circuit diagram.
3-2 200303
7. If the wire numbers remain unchanged,

these will not be repeated in the circuit
diagram.
For example, in the example diagram wire
1101 is connected to connection point 87 of
relay contact G107, but also to connection
point 2 of component C622.
Wire 2100 (at location number 64) is
connected to connection point 30 of relay
G154, but also to connection point 85 of
relay G000, etc.
200303 3-3
Symbols used
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
II 0 I II 0 I
9 10 11 12
I 0
7 13 14 15 16
1 85 30 1 3
P
86 87A 87 2 4 5
2
17 18 19 20
P T
21 22 23 24
P T N
U U
25 26 27 28
E501591
3-4 200303
30B DO
1
L M
4 2
31 DL
29 30 31 32
M M M
33 34 35 36
37 38 39 40
Y1
1 R
X1
L
2
X1 Y1
41 42 43 44 7
45 46 47 48
49 50 51 52
3
G
53 54
E501578
200303 3-5
Symbol Description
number
1 Loudspeaker
2 Electropneumatic or hydraulic valve, 1 driving coil
3 Electropneumatic or hydraulic valve, 2 non-compound relay valves
4 Electropneumatic or hydraulic valve, 3 non-compound relay valves
5 Diode
6 Bipolar diode
7 LED
8 LED with series resistor
9 4-position switch, key-operated
10 3-position switch with fixed central position, manually operated, spring return
11 Dual 3-position switch with fixed central position, manually operated, spring return
12 Potentiometer with series resistor
13 Potentiometer without series resistor
14 Dual switch; one 2-position switch, manually operated, changeover contact, one
2-position switch, manually operated, contact normally open
15 Dual switch; one 2-position switch, spring return, contact normally open, one 3-position
switch, fixed central contact, spring return, changeover contact
7 16
17
2-position switch with fixed 0-position, spring return, contact normally open
Through-connection
18 Relay with changeover contact
19 Relay with changeover contact
20 Switch, pressure-controlled, dual break, contact normally closed
21 Switch, pressure-controlled, dual break, contact normally open
22 Switch, temperature-controlled, single break, contact normally closed
23 Switch, mechanically operated, dual break, contact normally closed
24 Switch, mechanically operated, dual break, contact normally open
25 Pressure - voltage converter
3-6 200303
Symbol Description
number
26 Temperature - voltage converter
27 Revs - pulse converter
28 2-position switch, single break, contact normally open, foot-pedal-operated
29 2-position switch, float-operated, dual break, contact normally closed
30 Sensor, Impedance
31 Sensor, Induction
32 DC motor, key-operated
33 DC motor
34 2-speed DC motor
35 Starter motor
36 Bulb
37 Resistor
38 Fuse
39 Heating element
40 Temperature-switched heating element
41 Plug socket with two contact sockets
7
42 2-position switch, fixed central position, manually operated
43 Timer
44 Threefold switch, fixed central position, contact normally open, manually operated,
spring return
45 Fluid level, voltage converter
46 Twisted wire
47 Buzzer
48 2-position switch, manually operated, single break, contact normally open, in
combination with tubular lamp
49 2-position switch, key-operated, single break, contact normally open
50 Protected wire with earth connection
51 Switch, temperature-controlled, single break, contact normally closed
52 Switch, pressure-controlled, single break, contact normally closed
53 Twofold, 2-position, magnetically operated reed switch, single break, contact normally
open
54 Generator
200303 3-7
3-8 200303
XF95 series Reading of section diagrams
4. READING OF SECTION DIAGRAMS

EXPLANATION OF THE POSITION NUMBERS IN THE SECTION DIAGRAMS
In the section diagram only information that is
functional in the section diagram described is
shown in detail.
1. The wiring is shown in the same colours as
the wiring in the vehicle.
2. The wire numbers are as they are printed
on the wiring in the vehicle.
Suffixes to wire numbers, such as A, B, C
etc., have been omitted.
3. Basic code of a component. For component
descriptions, see the legend to the diagram.
For more information, see the relevant
section diagram.
4. Number of the wire connection point or the
PCB track on the component.
5. The basic code of the connector and the
connection point on this connector.
6. The symbols indicate which system or
component is being referred to (in most
cases, the symbol is also shown on the lens
of the warning lamp or switch).
7.
8.
PCB tracks.
The central box and instrument panel PCBs
7
are grey.
9. Removable components are shown in
white.
200303 4-1
Reading of section diagrams XF95 series
10. Reference to the component and

connection point and to the section (section
diagram) which gives further information
about this component.
G178
85
G178 = Basic code of the

component
85 = Connection point on the
component
7 = Reference to section
diagram 7
11. ATTENTION! The situation on the vehicle

may be different, because of different
specifications. Always consult the legend to
the diagram.
12. The housing of this component is connected
to earth. The line shown is therefore not a
wire.
13. Search bar numbers.
14. Section diagram number as well as section
7 number.
15. Relation to the circuit diagram.
4-2 200303
5
D524
1000
200303
1000
1010
1010
9642
2100 2101 2101
XF95 series
85 30
15A
7,5A
7,5A
E037
E084
E117
D609
G000
86 87A 87
2/233
1/233
5/206
5/207
1/208
1/237
14/206
14/208
3 7 C707
9 2630
9 4 8 15
2 2630
1000
1010
1100
1101
2619
1 1 C539
B010
50
2/239
11/200
15/202
6/202
7/200
12 D555
2 4 6
D816
4002
B10
6 2
STOP
4001 P P
1101
2110
2100
B156
14 1
C506
87 85 7
1130
8
G015
30 86
0
5/201
2/201
1/239
G178
11/201
16/201
12/201
15/200
85 6
7
3426
3403
1101
9102
3000
3503
3012
114
114
A B
10 D582
15/ 8/
114
114
115
2 3 2 16 214 215
1000
1000
!
C622
9102
9102
3000
3503
114 1 4 5 7/ 3/ 4/ 20/
7 214 214 215 215
53
133
2
A502 G014
B+ 1 3012
13 14
200
3014
3413
3412
3503
5 1 13
28
1000
1000
114
113
7 133 115 14
B010 B501
30 1 6 1 2 1 1
1293789/04-17
13 26
P !
F011
F535
F534
F009
C072
15 2 2 2 3 4 2
15
11
A500 28 3 8 D
9102 9102 3012
12 115 133 133 115
13
G515
G517
G517
G517
G517
G517
G517
G517
EL000001
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Reading of section diagrams
READING OF DIAGRAMS
4-3
7
Reading of section diagrams XF95 series
4-4 200303
5 LOCATION OF COMPONENTS
CONTENTS
Page Date
1. GENERAL LOCATION OF COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200323
1.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200323
1.2 Location of components in relation to circuit diagram: 1426261/07-11 . . . . . 1-2 . . . . 200323
200323 1
LOCATION OF COMPONENTS 5
2 200323
XF95 series General location of components
1. GENERAL LOCATION OF COMPONENTS

1.1 INTRODUCTION
This main group contains an overview of

components that do not occur in a system
manual.
The location of system components is shown in
the appropriate system manual.
There is a sticker in the central box, indicating
what relays, diodes and fuses can be found on
the PCB.
200323 1-1
General location of components XF95 series
1.2 LOCATION OF COMPONENTS IN RELATION TO CIRCUIT DIAGRAM:

1426261/07-11
Column 1 = Basic codes of component

Column 2 = Description
Column 3 = Location
Column 4 = Page number reference
1 2 3 4
A000 Drawn vehicle plug socket (7-pin) Rear of cab/chassis 8
A001 Plug socket for rear fog lamp, Rear of cab/chassis 8
reversing light (7-pin)
A004 Plug socket, ABS/EBS, drawn Rear of cab/chassis 8
vehicle (7-pin)
A007 24 V plug socket, 2-pin Under central console, co-drivers 4
side
A021 Diagnostics plug socket (16-pin) Under step-up bracket, co-drivers 1
side
A043 Plug socket, seat console, drivers Left of seat console, drivers side 5
side (2-pin)
A076 Telephone socket Behind radio panel 4
A510 Alarm system battery On attachment plate, central box 2
B071 Lifting-gear lifting valve On mechanical lifting device pump, 10
between side members behind
driven axle
B072 Lifting-gear lowering valve On mechanical lifting device pump, 10
8 between side members behind
driven axle
B073 Lifting-gear pump motor On mechanical lifting device pump, 10
between side members behind
driven axle
B026 CB set connector In roof console, drivers side 4
B176 Reversing buzzer In rearmost chassis cross member 9
B243 Cross-axle differential lock In chassis side member, above rear 9
operation valve axle, drivers side
1-2 200323
1 2 3 4
B245 PTO control valve Gearbox, co-drivers side 12
B378 Heating element for fuel filter/water Behind the cab, drivers side 7
separator
B403 ECAS resistor for increased In ECAS cable harness, central box 11
manoeuvring level, lowering
B404 ECAS resistor for increased In ECAS cable harness, central box 11
manoeuvring level, lifting
C622 Switch, lighting Dashboard, panel on drivers side 5
C716 Switch, rotating beams Roof console, drivers side 5
C725 Work lamp switch Dashboard, instrument panel 5
C727 Front/rear fog lamp switch Dashboard, instrument panel 5
C731 Interior roof console lighting switch, Dashboard, central console 5
co-drivers side F249 XC
C733 Interior roof console lighting switch, Dashboard, central console 5
drivers side F249 XC
C735 Interior nightlight switch Dashboard, central console 5
C736 Roof hatch switch Dashboard, central console 5
C737 ABS/ASC-D traction switch Dashboard, central console 5
C739 Mechanical lifting-gear switch Dashboard, radio panel 5
C740 ECAS switch, normal driving level Dashboard, radio panel 5
C741 ECAS switch, axle lifting Dashboard, radio panel 5
8
C742 Traction assistance switch Dashboard, radio panel 5
C748 Cross-axle differential lock Dashboard, radio panel 5
operation switch
C749 Longitudinal controlled slip Dashboard, radio panel 5
differential control switch
C750 PTO control switch Dashboard, instrument panel 5
C751 PTO control switch Dashboard, instrument panel 5
200323 1-3
1 2 3 4
C760 Air conditioning switch Dashboard, radio panel 5
C763 Instrument lighting dimming Dashboard, instrument panel 5
potentiometer
C764 Potentiometer, headlamp Dashboard, instrument panel 5
height adjustment
C765 Switch, warning lamps (with Dashboard, central console 5
LED search lighting)
C773 Rear fog lamp switch Dashboard, instrument panel 5
C774 Central door locking switch Dashboard, central console 5
C778 Cab heater switch Dashboard, central console 5
C802 Switch, recirculation valve Dashboard, radio panel 5
C813 Spotlight switch, roof Roof console, drivers side 5
C835 Switch for turning off interior Dashboard, instrument panel 5
detection
C836 Switch for turning off Dashboard, instrument panel 5
superstructure/drawn vehicle load
space detection
C844 Switch for Eberspcher cab heater Dashboard, central console 5
with timer unit
C853 Cab main switch Dashboard, central console 5
C854 Chassis main switch In chassis side member housing, 7
drivers side
C859 Interior lighting roof console switch, In rear wall, drivers side 11
8 C881
drivers side
Switch, ECAS lifting Dashboard, radio panel 5
C883 FAG traction assistance switch Dashboard, radio panel 5
C890 Switch for turning off integration of Dashboard, radio panel 5
third brake
C895 ECAS limited height switch, Dashboard, radio panel 5
speed-dependent
C897 Interior lighting, SH cab, co-drivers In rear wall, drivers side 11
side
1-4 200323
1 2 3 4
D094 Warning light (orange), PTO (2nd) Dashboard, instrument panel 5
D503 Electronic unit, mechanical lifting In distributor box, inside of chassis 10
gear on co-drivers side, front of driven
axle
D529 Electronic unit, ECAS remote Left of seat console, drivers side 5
control
D609 Light switch diode On PCB print track, central box 1
D610 Diode, main beam/dipped beam On PCB print track, central box 1
D611 Diode, damping valve for lowering In distributor box, inside of chassis 10
mechanical lifting gear on co-drivers side, front of driven
axle
D612 Diode, damping valve for lifting In distributor box, inside of chassis 10
axle
D613 Diode for pump relay damping, In distributor box, inside of chassis 10
axle
D622 Diode for mechanical lifting gear, In distributor box, inside of chassis 10
lifting lock on co-drivers side, front of driven
axle
D623 Diode for mechanical lifting gear, In distributor box, inside of chassis 10
lowering lock on co-drivers side, front of driven
axle
D709 Diode for interior lighting to prevent In roof console, drivers side 6
feedback to co-drivers switch
D710 Interior lighting diode to prevent
feedback to drivers side switch
In roof console, drivers side 6 8
D715 Alarm system LED Under roof console, centre 2
D758 Diode to prevent feedback to VIC On PCB print track, central box 1
D759 Diode to prevent feedback to stop On PCB print track, central box 1
lights
D782 Diode to prevent door locking On PCB print track, central box 1
feedback, drivers side
D783 Interior lighting diode, drivers side On PCB print track, central box 1
D802 ECAS-2 (6x2) electronic unit On attachment plate, central box 1
200323 1-5
1 2 3 4
D814 UPEC electronic unit Against engine block, left side 3
D826 Electronic unit for VLG current Chassis side member, drivers side 12
limiter
D850 Electronic unit for ABS/ASC, On attachment plate, central box 1
D model
D851 Electronic unit, ECAS-3 (4x2) On attachment plate, central box 1
D880 Electronic unit for EBS On attachment plate, central box 1
D895 Electronic unit for (10A) converter On attachment plate under PCB, 1
with power supply for radio memory central box
D900 VIC electronic unit On attachment plate under PCB, 1
central box
D901 Electronic unit for Hydronic 10 cab Rear of cab, central 7
heater
D902 Electronic unit, ZF intarder with On attachment plate under PCB, 1
CAN central box
D904 Menu Control Switch, MCS Dashboard, radio panel 5
D905 Electronic unit for central door In roof console, drivers side 6
locking
D909 Electronic unit, ultrasonic alarm Under roof console, centre 2
system
D910 Electronic unit, battery charger On attachment plate, central box 2
D911 Electronic unit, alarm system On attachment plate under PCB, 1
(ALS-S) central box
8 D912 Electronic unit, immobiliser Against steering column near

ignition/starter switch
2
D924 Electronic unit for main switch In chassis side member housing, 7
drivers side
D929 Central PCB Central box, co-drivers side 1
D931 LED unit, immobiliser On attachment plate under PCB, 1
central box
D932 EMAS electronic unit On attachment plate, central box 1
D954 AS Tronic gearbox modulator Gearbox, centre 8
1-6 200323
1 2 3 4
D955 AS Tronic gear lever unit On engine tunnel, drivers side 6
D969 CAN-data manager, CDM Central box, co-drivers side 1
E112 Fuse, glow warning lamp Above glow plug relay 3
E153 Fuse, main switch for timer/engine In chassis side member housing, 7
stop/main switch power supply drivers side
E279 Fuse, generator voltage regulation Above starter motor relay 9
E286 Main fuse On engine block bracket, left side 3
E330 Fuse, sens wire main switch In chassis side member housing, 7
drivers side
E507 Proximity switch for axle-load Next to distributor box, inside of 10
protection lifting gear (10 tons) chassis on co-drivers side, front of
driven axle
E509 Operating switch, air conditioning, In evaporator pipe, on outside of 9
low pressure cab, co-drivers side
E511 Stop light operating switch Behind radio panel 4
E524 Mechanical lifting-gear operating On mechanical lifting device pump, 10
switch, oil pressure limit switch between side members behind
driven axle
E564 Operating switch, engine brake On floor plate, drivers side 5
E566 Operating switch, Eberspcher In rear wall, drivers side 2
Airtronic cab heater thermostat
E570 Proximity switch, clutch PTO N10 Above clutch pedal 4
E575 Proximity switch, clutch To left of clutch pedal 4
E579 Operating switch, Eberspcher cab In rear wall, drivers side 2 8
heater thermostat (water)
E580 Operating switch, Eberspcher cab In rear wall, drivers side 2
heater timer (timer)
200323 1-7
1 2 3 4
E581 Operating switch/timer, In rear wall, drivers side 2
Eberspcher cab heater, Airtronic
E584 Proximity switch for axle-load Next to distributor box, inside of 10
protection lifting gear (7.5 tons) chassis on co-drivers side, front of
driven axle
E590 AS Tronic selector switch On engine tunnel, drivers side 6
E592* Operating switch, reversing light (no Gearbox, top 8
PTO)
E592** Operating switch, reversing light Gearbox, top 8
(with N10 PTO)
E593* Neutral position switch for RHD Gearbox, top 8
E593** Neutral position switch for LHD Gearbox, top 8
E595 Low-range switch Gearbox, drivers side 8
E599 Neutral position switch Gearbox, top 8
F000 Control switch for parking brake Behind radio panel 4
F050 Differential lock pressure control In chassis side member, above rear 9
switch (1st and 2nd differentials) axle, drivers side
F087 Control switch, gearbox PTO Gearbox, drivers side 8
F097 Proximity switch for trailing axle Next to distributor box, inside of 10
mechanical lifting gear chassis on co-drivers side, front of
driven axle
F120 Gearbox switch, gates 3-4 Left side of gearbox 8
F533 Speed sensor (4-pin, 1st) Gearbox, drivers side 8
8 F603 Transmitter, ultrasonic Under roof console, centre 2
F604 Receiver, ultrasonic Under roof console, centre 2
F616 Cab locking sensor In cab lock, co-drivers side 12
F619 Cab locking sensor, alarm system In cab lock, drivers side 12
F651 Ambient temperature sensor Behind bumper, drivers side 7
1-8 200323
1 2 3 4
F652 Air pressure sensor On air supply unit 8
F656 Coolant level sensor Rear of expansion tank 9
F673 Sensor, engine oil level and In engine oil sump, drivers side 7
temperature
F686 Alarm system sensor, radar Under headlining, centre 2
F705 Speed sensor Gearbox, drivers side 8
G014 Relay, glowing Against engine block, left side 3
G052 Relay, mechanical lifting-gear motor In distributor box, inside of chassis 10
on co-drivers side, front of driven
axle
G066 Relay, mechanical lifting-gear In distributor box, inside of chassis 10
takeover on co-drivers side, front of driven
axle
G257 Recirculation valve relay Right-hand side of heater unit 5
G258 Recirculation valve relay Right-hand side of heater unit 5
G267 Air conditioning relay Right-hand side of heater unit 5
G279 Air conditioning relay Right-hand side of heater unit 5
G367 Relay, main switch power supply In chassis side member housing, 7
drivers side
G380 Relay, mechanical lifting axle In distributor box, inside of chassis 10
upwards on co-drivers side, front of driven
axle
G381 Relay, mechanical lifting axle (7.5 In distributor box, inside of chassis 10
tons) on co-drivers side, front of driven
axle
8
G535 CAN distributor block On attachment plate under PCB, 1
central box
200323 1-9
1-10 200323
D609
D610
D929 D758
D759
D782
D783
D902
A021
8
G535
D900
D895
D931
D851
D802 D850
D880
D969
D911
D932
E501826
200323 1
F686
E501577
F603 A510
D715
F604 D910
D909
E501575
E501574
8
E579
E501571
E580
E501767
D912
E501576 E566
E581 E501764
E501755
2 200323
D814
VD0084
E112
G014
E286
E501168
E501584
200323 3
B026
A007
E501598
E501553
8 F000
E511
E501593
E501571
E570 A076
E575
E501068 E501555
E501635
4 200323
C883 C742
C890 C749 C760
C739 C748 C802
C741
C881
C740 C895
C813
C716
C731
C774
C622
C778
C844
C737
C736
C750 C835 D904
C733
C751 C836
D094 C765 C853 C735
C764 C763
C725 C727
C773 E501837
G267 G279 G258 G257
E501627
E501571
E564
D529
A043
E501069 E501596
E501824
200323 5
D905
D905
E501601
E590
D955
8 E501595
E501571
D709
D710
E501839 E501825
6 200323
F673
D901
E501623
E501200
8
VD0046
G367
C854
E153 E330 D924

E501775
F651
B378
E501599
E501633 E501776
200323 7
F652
A000 A004 A001 E501624

E501600
VD0046
D954
E599
F705 F533 A000 A004 A001

E501757 E501622
E593
E592
E592**
E595 E593*
E595 F087
E593**
F120 E592*
F533 E501621
E501899 E501900
8 200323
F656
E509
E501597
E501594
B176
E501071
E279 B243 F050
E501117 E501630
E501640
200323 9
G052 G380 D623 E584
E507 F097
D503
D611
D612
D622 D613 G066 G381 E501472 E501473
8
E501466
B073
B071
B072
E524
E501838
E501822
10 200323
B403
B404
E501840
E501571
C897
C859
E501842
E501827
200323 11
F616
E501844
B245
E501845
8
VD0046
D826
E501841
F619
E501846
E501828
12 200323
5 LOCATION OF CONNECTORS
CONTENTS
Page Date
1. LOCATION OF CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200323
1.1 List of connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200323
1.2 Drawings showing location of connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 . . . 200323
200323 1
LOCATION OF CONNECTORS 5
2 200323
XF95 series Location of connectors
1. LOCATION OF CONNECTORS
1.1 LIST OF CONNECTORS
Column 1 = Connector coding

Column 2 = Number of connection
points on connector
Column 3 = Colour of connector
Column 4 = Description of connector, if
applicable
Column 5 = Location of connector in
the vehicle
Column 6 = Reference to page number
(see Drawings showing
location of connectors)
1 2 3 4 5 6
116 7 Black Chassis wiring harness for Distributor box, inside of 27
mechanical lifting gear chassis on co-drivers side,
front of driven rear axle
122 6 Black Time relay, mechanical lifting Mechanical lifting-gear 33
gear electronic unit, inside of
chassis on co-drivers side,
143 4 Black Stepwell lighting Under cab, drivers side 15
144 4 Black Stepwell lighting Under cab, co-drivers side 15
161 3 White Contour lighting Roof console, drivers side 29
176 21 Blue Dashboard switches Connector partition, behind 2
right-hand steering column
cover
190 21 Black Roof console wiring Roof console, drivers side 8
216
222
16
6
Black
Blue
Diagnostics
Steering column ignition
Bottom right, central box
Connector partition, behind
3
2
9
switch right-hand steering column
cover
231 5 Black Light switch On light switch, left-hand side 23
of steering column
251 3 White Engine brake switch With foot panel engine brake 20
switch
200323 1-1
Location of connectors XF95 series
1 2 3 4 5 6
252 6 White Windscreen wiper motor Behind radio panel, drivers 20
side
269 14 Black Eberspcher Airtronic cab Rear wall corner, drivers 12
heater thermostat unit side
284 12 Black Chassis substructure Under cab, drivers side 21
288 12 Black Chassis substructure Under cab, drivers side 21
291 21 Black Roof console wiring Roof console, drivers side 30
294 35 Black UPEC engine management On UPEC electronic unit 14
(A connector) against engine block, drivers
side
295 35 Black UPEC engine management On UPEC electronic unit 14
(B connector) against engine block, drivers
side
307 9 Black Remote control system, Below seat, drivers side 27
ECAS
340 35 Black ECAS-2 (6x2) electronic unit On ECAS-2 (6x2) electronic 19
connector unit
390 8 Black AS Tronic gearbox Right-hand side of gearbox 32
397 12 Black Heater wiring In connector partition behind 3
radio panel
400 35 Grey PCB connector Rear of PCB, central box - 1
A connector
401 35 Black PCB connector Rear of PCB, central box - 1
B connector
402 35 Grey PCB connector Rear of PCB, central box - 1
C connector
9 403 35 Black PCB connector Rear of PCB, central box -
D connector
1
407 6 Yellow Clutch pedal sensor Connector partition, behind 2

cover
416 1 White PCB connector, power Rear of PCB, central box 1
supply before contact
1-2 200323
1 2 3 4 5 6
417 1 Brown PCB connector, power Rear of PCB, central box 1
supply after contact
424 8 Grey Power supply to radio Behind radio panel 10
425 8 Brown Loudspeakers Behind radio panel 10
446 25 Black Electronic unit connector, On electronic unit, ECAS-3 19
ECAS-3 (4x2) (4x2)
453 18 Black A connector, ABS/ASC-D On ABS/ASC-D electronic 9
electronic unit unit, central box
454 6 Black B connector, ABS/ASC-D On ABS/ASC-D electronic 9
455 9 Black C connector, ABS/ASC-D On ABS/ASC-D electronic 9
456 15 Black D connector, ABS/ASC-D On ABS/ASC-D electronic 9
483 12 Black Eberspcher Airtronic cab Connector partition under 4
heater PCB, central box
527 14 Black Cab heater thermostat unit, On thermostat unit, drivers 13
Eberspcher Hydronic 10 side rear wall corner
528 12 Black Cab heater unit, Eberspcher On Hydronic 10 cab heater 24
Hydronic 10 unit
533 2 White Eberspcher Hydronic 10 On cab rear wall 13
cab heater, temperature
sensor
545 6 Blue Cab lock Dashboard lead-through, 7
location D9
546 8 Black Gearbox Right-hand side of gearbox 22
553 16 Grey Door wiring, drivers side Door pillar, drivers side 17
560 9 Blue Substructure, EBS valve Connector partition, behind
2 9
cover
561 12 Yellow Steering column - B conn. Connector partition, behind 2
cover
562 6 Green Immobiliser Connector partition, behind 2
cover
200323 1-3
1 2 3 4 5 6
563 14 Black Instrument panel Rear of DIP-4 12
566 18 Black Steering column - A conn. Connector partition, behind 2
cover
574 21 Green Alarm system Connector partition under 4
PCB, central box
575 21 Green Engine wiring Dashboard lead-through, 6
or location C3/4
purple
576 21 Green Chassis wiring application Dashboard lead-through, 6
connector (A070) location C5/6
578 6 Blue MTCO speed sensor Dashboard lead-through, 6
lead-through connector location D9
579 6 Blue Continuous lighting Connector partition under 5
PCB, central box
580 6 Green Superstructure accessories Connector partition under 3
PCB, central box
581 6 Black Roof wiring Connector partition, behind 4
right-hand co-driver cover
582 12 Black Eberspcher Hydronic 10 Connector partition under 4
cab heater PCB, central box
583 12 Blue Intarder Connector partition under 3
PCB, central box
584 21 Black EBS Connector partition under 4
PCB, central box
585 21 Black ABS Connector partition under 4
PCB, central box
9
586 21 Black Brake lining Connector partition under 5
PCB, central box
587 6 Green Grease lubrication Dashboard lead-through, 6
location C1
588 12 Yellow UPEC (A068) application Dashboard lead-through, 6
connector location A4
589 21 Black UPEC Dashboard lead-through, 6
location B3/4
1-4 200323
1 2 3 4 5 6
590 2 Black ABS, drawn vehicle Dashboard lead-through, 6
location B9
591 16 Grey Door wiring, co-drivers side Door pillar, drivers side 17
592 9 Black A connector, electronic unit, On VIC electronic unit, 9
VIC central box
593 24 Black B connector, electronic unit, On VIC electronic unit, 9
VIC central box
594 52 Black C connector, electronic unit, On VIC electronic unit, 9
VIC central box
595 40 Black D connector, electronic unit, On VIC electronic unit, 9
VIC central box
596 9 Black E connector, electronic unit, On VIC electronic unit, 9
VIC central box
597 12 Black Roof wiring Roof console, drivers side 8
598 8 White A connector Rear of tachograph 8
599 8 Yellow B connector Rear of tachograph 8
600 16 Black Electronic unit, CDS-3 Roof console, drivers side 11
601 6 Black Interior alarm/load-space Connector partition, behind 2
detection right-hand steering column
cover
602 6 Green Alarm system siren Under instrument panel 11
603 12 Black Electronic unit, ASL-S, On alarm system electronic 31
A connector unit, central box
604 21 Black Electronic unit, ASL-S, On alarm system electronic 31
B connector unit, central box
608 21 Grey EBS chassis Dashboard lead-through, 6
609 21 Green EBS substructure

location B5/6
Dashboard lead-through, 6
9
location C7/8
610 21 Grey ABS chassis Dashboard lead-through, 6
location B5/6
611 21 Green ABS substructure Dashboard lead-through, 6
location C7/8
200323 1-5
1 2 3 4 5 6
612 18 Black A connector, electronic unit, On EBS electronic unit, 14
EBS central box
613 15 Black B connector, electronic unit, On EBS electronic unit, 14
EBS central box
614 9 Black C connector, electronic unit, On EBS electronic unit, 14
EBS central box
615 12 Black D connector, electronic unit, On EBS electronic unit, 14
EBS central box
616 6 Black E connector, electronic unit, On EBS electronic unit, 14
EBS central box
620 12 Blue ZF intarder Dashboard lead-through, 6
location D8
621 9 Blue Eberspcher Airtronic cab Connector partition, behind 3
heater wiring right-hand co-driver cover
622 88 Black Electronic unit, Intarder On intarder electronic unit, 18
EST 42 central box
624 2 Black Cab heater fuel pump Behind cab in side member. 24
extension cable Special vehicle model
625 4 Black Fuel level sensor extension Behind cab in side member. 24
cable Special vehicle model
626 21 Blue Gearbox wiring feed-through Manual gearbox chassis 6
wiring, location D5/6
627 12 Black Chassis wiring, ECAS-2 Dashboard lead-through, 7
(6x2) location B8
628 8 Black Electric cable harness, Left side of engine 30
engine
629 12 Yellow Eberspcher Hydronic 10 Dashboard lead-through, 6
cab heater location A6
9 630 9 Blue Eberspcher Airtronic cab
heater wiring
Connector partition, behind
5
631 2 White External temperature sensor Rear wall corner, drivers 12

for cab heater side
1-6 200323
1 2 3 4 5 6
632 12 Black Timer for Eberspcher Rear wall corner, drivers 12
Airtronic cab heater side
633 12 Black Timer for Eberspcher Rear wall corner, drivers 13
Hydronic 10 cab heater side
634 12 Black Chassis wiring, ECAS-3 Dashboard lead-through, 7
(4x2) location B8
635 6 Black Air-sprung front axle Dashboard lead-through, 6
location B7
636 7 Black Air pressure sensor wiring Under cab, co-drivers side 19
637 12 Black Gearbox Gearbox, co-drivers side 32
638 6 Blue Main switch Dashboard lead-through, 6
location D4
639 8 Black Main switch At main switch, drivers side 25
650 8 Black AS Tronic gearbox PTO Right-hand side of gearbox 31
656 21 Blue Accessories connector Dashboard lead-through, 6
location D1/2
657 12 Black Superstructure application Behind cab, co-drivers side 28
connector
658 8 Black Superstructure application Behind cab, co-drivers side 28
connector
659 3 Black Alarm system extension Under cab, drivers side 28
cable
660 6 Black Alarm system charger On alarm system charger 13
661 8 Black Chassis wiring harness for Chassis side member, 26
mechanical lifting axle co-drivers side
662 7 Black Chassis wiring harness for In distributor box, inside of 27
9
mechanical lifting axle chassis on co-drivers side,
200323 1-7
1 2 3 4 5 6
663 6 Green Mechanical lifting-gear Dashboard lead-through, 6
dashboard wiring harness location C9
668 4 Black Air conditioning compressor Against engine under cab, 10
co-drivers side
669 4 Black Work lamp Against bridge piece, rear of 10
cab
672 6 Black Intermediate connector for In cab roof, near curtain rail 29
alarm system radar
673 6 Black Intermediate connector for In the central roof console 29
ultrasonic alarm system
674 21 Yellow EMAS chassis wiring Dashboard lead-through, 7
location A1/2
676 18 Blue B connector, EMAS On EMAS electronic unit, 23
electronic unit central box
677 15 Black C connector, EMAS On EMAS electronic unit, 23
681 6 Yellow Fuel filter Dashboard lead-through, 6
location A5
688 3 Black FAS/FTS chassis wiring Above distributor box, above 27
harness driven axle, co-drivers side
689 3 Black FAS/FTS chassis wiring Above distributor box, above 27
harness driven axle, co-drivers side
690 4 Black FAS/FTS chassis wiring Front of lifting axle cross 26
harness member, co-drivers side
691 2 Black FAS/FTS chassis wiring Behind lifting cylinder, in front 26
harness of lifting axle
692 18 Yellow MTCO roof wiring Connector partition, behind 2
left-hand steering column
9 cover
693 12 Blue Roof wiring Connector partition, behind 2
cover
694 9 Yellow Roof wiring Connector partition, behind 2
cover
1-8 200323
1 2 3 4 5 6
695 18 Green Chassis substructure, In connector partition behind 3
drivers side radio panel
696 12 Blue Central console switches In connector partition behind 3
radio panel
697 21 Yellow Central console switches In connector partition behind 3
radio panel
698 18 Yellow Reserve wiring Behind radio panel 25
699 21 Blue Chassis for AS Tronic Dashboard lead-through, 6
location D5/6
860 21 Yellow ECAS 4x2 wiring Connector partition under 4
PCB, central box
861 21 Yellow ECAS 6x2 wiring Connector partition under 4
PCB, central box
862 21 Yellow EMAS wiring Connector partition under 4
PCB, central box
863 18 Violet AS Tronic wiring Connector partition under 3
PCB, central box
864 9 Black CDS/Alarm roof wiring Connector partition, behind 4
865 2 Black 40A roof console accessories Connector partition, behind 4
connector right-hand co-driver cover
866 9 Yellow Door-sill wiring, co-driver Connector partition, behind 3
867 21 Black Door-sill wiring, driver Connector partition, behind 2
cover
868 9 Violet AS Tronic gear lever unit In connector partition behind 3
wiring radio panel
869 21 Black AS Tronic chassis wiring Dashboard lead-through, 7 9
location B1/2
870 3 White XL/XH cab spotlight wiring Roof console, drivers side 22
871 18 White A connector, EMAS On EMAS electronic unit, 23
200323 1-9
1 2 3 4 5 6
872 18 Grey D connector, EMAS On EMAS electronic unit, 23
873 39 Black Drawn vehicle connection / On cross member near rear 16
FA lighting axle
874 39 Black Drawn vehicle connection / Above front wheel, 16
FT lighting co-drivers side
877 8 Black Buffer beam rear light In rearmost chassis cross 32
member
878 21 Black Radio panel switch wiring In connector partition behind 3
radio panel
879 15 Black AS Tronic gear lever unit On AS Tronic lever unit 18
wiring
880 20 Black AS Tronic gearbox On AS Tronic electronic unit, 19
gearbox
881 2 White Rotating beams wiring Roof console, drivers side 22
882 21 Yellow Lifting gear wiring Connector partition under 4
PCB, central box
883 9 Yellow CDM wiring Connector partition under 5
PCB, central box
884 18 Black CDM wiring On CDM electronic unit, 30
central box
1-10 200323
1.2 DRAWINGS SHOWING LOCATION OF CONNECTORS
Explanation of connector drawings

A: Connector coding
B: Colour of connector
BN = brown
BW = blue
GL = yellow
GN = green
GS = grey
OE = orange
RD = red
VI = violet
WT = white
ZT = black
C: Overview of pin numbers on the
connector
The pin numbers on the connector are
viewed from the wire input side
200323 1-11
1-12 200323
416 WT
1 19 1 19 1 19 1 19
417 BN
18 35 18 35 417 18 35 18 35
400 401 402 403

416
E500694 E500181
400 GS 401 ZT
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19
402 GS 403 ZT
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19
E501645
200323 1
860 584
861 585
483 862 586
574 582 882
864
581
865
579 866
621
583
216
883
863
601 580
176
566
562
868 397
222
694 696
561
695 697
407 560 878
693
867
692 E501770
407 GL 693 BW 692 GL 867 ZT
3 6 3 6 9 12 3 6 9 12 15 18 3 6 9 12 15 18 21
2 5 2 5 8 11 2 5 8 11 14 17 2 5 8 11 14 17 20
1 4 1 4 7 10 1 4 7 10 13 16 1 4 7 10 13 16 19
9
694 GL 560 BW 561 GL 562 GN
3 6 9 3 6 9 3 6 9 12 3 6
2 5 8 2 5 8 2 5 8 11 2 5
1 4 7 1 4 7 1 4 10 1 4
222 BW 566 ZT 601 ZT 176 BW
3 6 9 12 15 18 3 6 21 18 15 12 9 6 3
4 5 6
2 5 8 11 14 17 2 5 20 17 14 11 8 5 2
1 2 3 1 4 7 10 13 16 1 4 19 16 13 10 7 4 1
E501771
2 200323
860 584
861 585
483 862 586
574 582 882
864
581
865
579 866
621
583
216
883
863
601 580
176
566
562
868 397
222
694 696
561
695 697
407 560 878
693
867
692 E501770
695 GN 878 ZT 697 GL 696 BW
3 6 9 12 15 18 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 3 6 9 12
2 5 8 11 14 17 2 5 8 11 14 17 20 2 5 8 11 14 17 20 2 5 8 11
1 4 7 10 13 16 1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4 7 10
9
397 ZT 868 VT 580 GN 863 VT
3 6 9 3 6 9 3 6 3 6 9 12 15 18
2 5 8 2 5 8 2 5 2 5 8 11 14 17
1 4 7 1 4 7 1 4 1 4 7 10 13 16
583 BW 216 ZT 621 BW 866 GL
3 6 9 12 3 6 9 3 6 9
2 1
6 5 4 3
2 5 8 11 10 9 8 7
2 5 8 2 5 8
14 13 12 11
1 4 7 10 16 15 1 4 7 1 4 7
E501772
200323 3
860 584
861 585
483 862 586
574 582 882
864
581
865
579 866
621
583
216
883
863
601 580
176
566
562
868 397
222
694 696
561
695 697
407 560 878
693
867
692 E501770
865 ZT 581 ZT 864 ZT 584 ZT
2 6 3 3 6 9 12 3 6 9 12 15 18 21
5 2 2 5 8 11 2 5 8 11 14 17 20
1
4 1 1 4 7 10 13 16 19
1 4 7 10
9
585 ZT 860 GL 861 GL 862 GL
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 3 6 9 12 15 18 21
2 5 8 11 14 17 20 2 5 8 11 14 17 20 2 5 8 11 14 17 20 2 5 8 11 14 17 20
1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4 7 10 13 16 19
882 GL 483 ZT 582 ZT 574 GN
12 9 6 3
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 3 6 9 12 3 6 9 12 15 18 21
11 8 5 2
2 5 8 11 14 17 20 2 5 8 11 2 5 8 11 14 17 20
10 7 4 1
1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4 7 10 1 4 7 10 13 16 19
E501773
4 200323
860 584
861 585
483 862 586
574 582 882
864
581
865
579 866
621
583 630
216
883
863
601 580
176
566
562
868 397
222
694 696
561
695 697
407 560 878
693
867
692 E501829
579 BW 586 ZT 883 GL 630 BW
3 6 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 9 6 3 3 6 9
2 5 2 5 8 11 14 17 20 8 5 2 2 5 8
7 4 1 1 4 7
1 4 1 4 7 10 13 16 19
9
E501830
200323 5
A B C D
1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10
E501551 E501060
588 GL 578 BW 629 GL 699 BW
3 6 9 12 3 6 3 6 9 12 3 6 9 12 15 18 21
2 5 8 11 2 5 2 5 8 11 2 5 8 11 14 17 20
1 4 7 10 1 4 1 4 7 10 1 4 7 10 13 16 19
589 ZT 635 ZT 590 ZT 587 GN
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 3 6 2 3 6
2 5 8 11 14 17 20 2 5 1 2 5
1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4 1 4
575 GN 576 GN 656 BW 620 BW
12 9 6 3
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 3 6 9 12 15 18 21
11 8 5 2
2 5 8 11 14 17 20 2 5 8 11 14 17 20 2 5 8 11 14 17 20
10 7 4 1
1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4 7 10 13 16 19
9
626 BW 638 BW 608 ZT 609 GN
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 3 6 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 3 6 9 12 15 18 21
2 5 8 11 14 17 20 2 5 2 5 8 11 14 17 20 2 5 8 11 14 17 20
1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4 1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4 7 10 13 16 19
610 ZT 611 GN 663 GN 681 GL
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 6 3 3 6
2 5 8 11 14 17 20 2 5 8 11 14 17 20 5 2 2 5
4 1
1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4
E501646
6 200323
A B C D
1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10
E501551 E501060
627 ZT 674 GL 634 ZT 869 ZT
12 9 6 3 12 9 6 3
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 3 6 9 12 15 18 21
11 8 5 2 11 8 5 2
2 5 8 11 14 17 20 2 5 8 11 14 17 20
10 7 4 1 10 7 4 1
1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4 7 10 13 16 19
545 BW
3 6
2 5
1 4
E501890
200323 7
597 ZT
190
3 6 9 12
2 5 8 11
1 4 7 10
190 ZT
597
21 18 15 12 9 6 3
20 17 14 11 8 5 2
19 16 13 10 7 4 1
E501604
E501648
D C B A
1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5
2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6
3 7 3 7 3 7 3 7
4 8 4 8 4 8 4 8
599 598
E501603 E501018
598 WT 599 GL
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
9
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
E501649
8 200323
592 593
594
595
596
E501609 E501058
592 ZT 593 ZT 594 ZT 595 ZT

19 20 21 22 23 24
7 8 9 31 40
40 52
13 14 15 16 17 18
4 5 6 27 39 21 30
7 8 9 10 11 12 14 26 11 20
1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 13 1 10
596 ZT
7 8 9
4 5 6
1 2 3
E501650
453 455
E501612 454 456 E501024
453 ZT 454 ZT 455 ZT 456 ZT
18 15 12 9 6 3 6 3 9 6 3 15 12 9 6 3
17 14 11 8 5 2 5 2 8 5 2 14 11 8 5 2
16 13 10 7 4 1 4 1 7 4 1 13 10 7 4 1
E501653
200323 9
669 ZT
1 4
2 3
669
E501610
E501651
668 ZT
1 4
2 3
668
E501614
E501652
424 GS
9 425 424
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
425 BN
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
E501554
E501654
10 200323
E501605
600 ZT
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
600
E501050
E501655
602 GN
3 6
9
2 5
1 4
602
E501611
E501656
200323 11
563 ZT
1 13
3 5 7 9 11
4 6 8 10 12
2 14
563
E501013
E501657
632
E566
269
631
E581
E501764 E501765
269 ZT 631 WT 632 ZT
1 13 12 9 6 3
9
3 5 7 9 11 11 8 5 2
4 6 8 10 12
1 2
10 7 4 1
2 14
E501766
12 200323
E579
633
533
527
E580
E501767 E501768
527 ZT 533 WT 633 ZT
1 13 12 9 6 3
3 5 7 9 11 11 8 5 2
4 6 8 10 12
1 2 10 7 4 1
2 14
E501769
660 ZT
1 3 5
2 4 6
660
9
E501608
E501660
200323 13
613 615
E501612 612 614 616 E501025
612 ZT 613 ZT 614 ZT 615 ZT
18 15 12 9 6 3 15 12 9 6 3 9 6 3 12 9 6 3
17 14 11 8 5 2 14 11 8 5 2 8 5 2 11 8 5 2
16 13 10 7 4 1 7 4 1 10 7 4 1
13 10 7 4 1
616 ZT
6 3
5 2
4 1
E501661
9
295
294
E501676 E501016
294 ZT 295 ZT
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
E501662
14 200323
143
143
E500242 E501617
143 ZT
1 4
2 3
E501663
144
144
9
E500103 E501618
144 ZT
1 4
2 3
E501664
200323 15
874
E501409 E501759
874 ZT
2 1
6 5 4 3
10 9 8 7
14 13 12 11
16 15
E501760
873
9
E501761 E501762
873 ZT
2 1
6 5 4 3
10 9 8 7
14 13 12 11
16 15
E501763
16 200323
553
E501625 E501620
553 GS
5 14
1 3
2 4
7 16
E501667
591
9
E501626 E501619
591 GS
5 14
1 3
2 4
7 16
E501668
200323 17
E501615
622 ZT
28 1
55 29
88 56
E501670
879 ZT
3 6 9 12 15
879 2 5 8 11 14
1 4 7 10 13
9
E501616
E501677
18 200323
636 ZT
2
3 7
1
4 6
5
F652
E501600
E501671
880 ZT
880
2 1
5 3
4
9 8 7 6
12
14 13 11 10
17 16 15
20 19 18
E501631
E501679
340 ZT
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19
446 ZT
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
340
446
E501613
E501665
200323 19
251
E501803 E501785
251 WT
2 1
E501801
9
252
E501804 E501786
252 WT
1 2 3
4 5 6
E501802
20 200323
284
284
E501805 E501787
284 ZT
9
5 12
2 8
4 11
1 7
3 10
6
E501806
288
288 9
E501855 E501788
288 ZT
9
5 12
2 8
4 11
1 7
3 10
6
E501807
200323 21
870 WT
2 1
870 881 WT
881
2 1
E501831
E501832
546 ZT
5 4
6 8 3
7 2
1
546
E501892
E501893
22 200323
231 ZT
1 2 3
5 4
231
E501784
E501800
871 676 677 872
E501799 E501798
676 BW 677 ZT 871 WT 872 GS
18 15 12 9 6 3 15 12 9 6 3 18 15 12 9 6 3 18 15 12 9 6 3
9
17 14 11 8 5 2 14 11 8 5 2 17 14 11 8 5 2 17 14 11 8 5 2
16 13 10 7 4 1 13 10 7 4 1 16 13 10 7 4 1 16 13 10 7 4 1
E501817
200323 23
625
624
E501847
624 ZT 625 ZT
1 2
2 1
3 4
E501823
D901
528
9
E501843 E501315
528 ZT
9
5 12
2 8
4 11
1 7
3 10
6
E501849
24 200323
698 GL
3 6 9 12 15 18
2 5 8 11 14 17
1 4 7 10 13 16
698
E501583
E501848
639
E501415 E501416
639 ZT
1
7 2
6
5
8
4
3
9
E501417
200323 25
661
E501409 E501468
661 ZT
5 4
6 8 3
7 2
1
E501477
691
9
E501469 E501470
690 ZT 691 ZT
690
2 3 1 2
1 4
E501471
E501478
26 200323
688
689
116
662
E501466 E501465
116 WT 662 ZT 688 ZT 689 ZT
3 4 3 4
1 2 3 1 2 3
2 7 5 2 7 5
1 6 1 6
E501467
307 ZT
3 2 1
6 5 4
9 8 7
307
9
E501790
E501809
200323 27
657
E501813 658 E501795
657 ZT 658 ZT
9 1
12 5 7 2
8 2
11 4 6 8 3
7 1
10 3 5 4
6
E501857
659
9 659
E501814 E501796
659 ZT
1 2 3
E501815
28 200323
161
672
161
673
E501821 E501820
673
672
E501819 E501818
161 WT 672 ZT 673 ZT
3 3 6 3 6
2 5 2 5
2 1 1 4 1 4
9
E501858
200323 29
291 ZT
21 18 15 12 9 6 3
20 17 14 11 8 5 2
19 16 13 10 7 4 1
291
E501789
E501808
884 ZT
18 15 12 9 6 3
17 14 11 8 5 2
16 13 10 7 4 1
884
E501797
E501816
628 ZT
9 7
1
2
6 8 3
5 4
628
E501793
E501810
30 200323
603 604
E501791 E501020
603 ZT 604 ZT
12 9 6 3 21 18 15 12 9 6 3
11 8 5 2 20 17 14 11 8 5 2
10 7 4 1 19 16 13 10 7 4 1
E501792
650 875 876

9
E501812 E501794
650 ZT 875 ZT 876 ZT
1 9
7 2 5 4 5 12
2 8
6 8 3 6 8 3 4 11
1 7
5 4 7 2 3 10
1 6
E501811
200323 31
877 ZT
5 4
6 8 3
7 2
1
877
E501833
E501834
390 ZT
5 4
6 8 3
7 2
1
391 ZT
1
7 2
6 8 3
5 4
391 390
E501891
E501901
637 ZT
9 12
9
8
5
2
11 4
637 7 1
10 3
6
E501835
E501836
32 200323
122
E500441 E501906
122 ZT
6 5 4
3 2 1
E501907
200323 33
34 200323
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
CONTENTS
Page Date
1. INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200303
2. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200303
2.1 Circuit diagram 1426261/07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200303
2.2 Overview of basic codes for circuit diagram 1426261/07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 . . . . 200303
2.3 Section diagrams from circuit diagram 1426261/07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 . . . 200303
10
200303 1
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
2 200303
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
XF95 series Introduction
1. INTRODUCTION
This main group includes the entire electrical
system shown in the form of circuit diagrams
and an overview of connectors/pin
allocations.
Circuit diagrams
All information that relates to the complete
electrical system of the vehicle is found in the
circuit diagrams with the exception of the
connectors.
Note:
For the location of the connectors in the vehicle,
see Location of connectors.
10
200303 1-1
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
Introduction XF95 series
10
1-2 200303
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
XF95 series Electrical system
2. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2.1 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1426261/07
This page can be used to make your own notes

on the circuit diagram.
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
10
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
200303 2-1
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
Electrical system XF95 series
2.2 OVERVIEW OF BASIC CODES FOR CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1426261/07
Basic code Description Number on search bar

number
A000 Drawn vehicle plug socket (7-pin) 83, 85, 239, 252, 292, 580
A001 Plug socket for rear fog lamp, reversing light (7-pin) 270, 277, 383, 386, 388,
581, 753
A004 Plug socket, ABS/EBS, drawn vehicle (7-pin) 803, 834
A007 24 V plug socket (2-pin) 402
A021 Diagnosis plug socket (16-pin) 187
A027 Plug socket, 24V accessories (4-pin) 128, 298, 579, 755, 775
A038 Plug socket, 40 A accessories (2-pin) 743
A043 Plug socket, seat console, drivers side (2-pin) 478
A058 Drawn vehicle plug socket (15-pin) 83, 84, 58, 240, 253, 271,
277, 293, 385, 388, 390,
578, 755
A068 Application connector, engine speed control 909
A070 Application connector, superstructure (8-pin) 30, 278, 294, 384, 387, 389,
578, 753
A074 Automatic gearbox plug socket, superstructure 747, 749, 750
A076 Telephone socket 708
A500 Batteries (2x) 12, 22
A510 Alarm system battery 374
A513 Alternator 19
B000 Windscreen wiper motor 93
B001 Windscreen washer pump motor 90
B002 Headlight washer motor 98
B003 Electric drop glass motor, drivers side 420
10 B004 Electric drop glass motor, co-drivers side 417
B005 Left mirror adjustment motor 432, 441
B006 Right mirror adjustment motor 437, 447
B009 Roof hatch motor 361
2-2 200303
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

number
B010 Starter motor 24
B015 4-speed heater fan 468, 469, 470, 527, 528
B017 Mirror heating, drivers side 451
B018 Mirror heating, co-drivers side 452
B024 Loudspeaker, left 711
B025 Loudspeaker, right 715
B026 CB 717
B028 Horn 203
B030 Cigar lighter, drivers side 404
B032 Seat heating, drivers side 474
B033 Seat heating, co-drivers side 476
B042 Air dryer heating element 472
B043 Air conditioning compressor 454
B071 Lifting-gear lifting valve 615
B072 Lifting-gear lowering valve 609
B073 Lifting-gear pump motor 619
B079 Low-range downshift protection valve 131
B088 Intarder proportional valve 1015
B089 Intarder air supply valve 1013
B122 Fuel dosage pump for Eberspcher cab heater 506, 513, 533
B129 Left-hand headlight height adjuster motor 220
B130 Right-hand headlight height adjuster motor 222
B131 Solenoid valve, pump unit, cylinder 1 922
B133 Solenoid valve, pump unit, cylinder 3 925 10
200303 2-3
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5

number
B166 ECAS valve, front axle 636, 666, 693
B176 Reversing buzzer 280
B192 Exhaust brake solenoid valve 936
B199 Central door locking motor, drivers side 553
B200 Central door locking motor, co-drivers side 548, 556
B237 Valve, ABS/ASC-D, differential lock, rear axle 821
B238 ECAS-2 (6x2) driven axle left/right air supply valve 635
(FT)
B243 Cross-axle differential lock operation valve 282
B244 Longitudinal controlled slip differential control valve 285
B245 PTO control valve 486, 500
B246 PTO control valve 492
B247 DEB solenoid valve 937
B250 ECAS driven axle, left/right, air supply valve (FA) 633
B252 Recirculation valve 466
B253 ECAS driven axle, left/right, air supply valve 664, 691
B254 Valve, ECAS second steered axle/trailing axle, 667
left/right, lifting bellows
10
B256 Valve, ABS-D, ABS/ASC-E, front axle, left 814, 839
B257 Valve, ABS/ASC-D, front axle, right 815, 849
B258 Valve, ABS-D, ABS/ASC-E, driven axle, left 817
2-4 200303
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

number
B259 Valve, ABS/ASC-D, driven axle, right 819
B293 Gearbox gate protection valve 133
B294 Cab air suspension valve, switching off height 297
control, front
B306 EBS redundancy valve 858
B307 EBS front axle modulator 842
B308 Drawn vehicle EBS control valve 846
B309 ASC cut-off valve 860
B335 Electronically controlled viscous fan clutch 940
B338 Alarm system horn 377
B341 Glow plug 20
B344 Automatic lubrication pump with integrated 562
electronic unit
B358 Refrigerator 776
B365 Radio 712
B372 Fluid flow control valve block 727
B378 Heating element for fuel filter/water separator 567
B385 AS Tronic clutch unit 1040
B386 Steering cylinder control valve block 729
B403 ECAS resistor, low deck 694
B404 ECAS resistor, low deck 695
B525 Modular tachograph, MTCO 49
C000 Dipped beam, left 255
C001 Dipped beam, right 256
10
C002 Main beam, left 259
C003 Main beam, right 261
C006 Spotlights, left 262
C007 Spotlights, right 264
200303 2-5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5

number
C008 Fog lamp, front left 265
C009 Fog lamp, front right 266
C010 Width marker light (headlight), left 230
C011 Width marker light (headlight), right 243
C012 Width marker light, front left 232
C013 Width marker light, front right 244
C014 Direction indicator lamp, front left 76
C015 Direction indicator lamp, front right 80
C016 Direction indicator lamp, side left 77
C017 Direction indicator lamp, side right 81
C018 Direction indicator lamp, rear left 78
C019 Direction indicator lamp, rear right 82
C020 Stop light, left 290
C021 Stop light, right 291
C022 Rear light, left 233
C023 Rear light, right 246
C024 Fog lamp, rear left 268
C025 Fog lamp, rear right 270
C026 Reversing light, left 275
C027 Reversing light, right 276
C046 Map-reading light, drivers side 319, 344
C047 Map-reading light, co-drivers side 320, 346
C052 Heater fan light, left 410
C053 Heater fan light, right 411
10 C062 Cab stepwell lighting, drivers side 367
C063 Cab stepwell lighting, co-drivers side 368
C064 Central upper storage compartment lighting 304, 351
2-6 200303
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

number
C065 Central lower storage compartment lighting 306
C066 Right-hand storage compartment lighting 307
C067 Left-hand tool compartment lighting 321, 352
C068 Right-hand tool compartment lighting 323, 354
C071 Work lamp 32
C072 Ashtray light, left 408
C073 Ashtray light, right 409
C074 Width marker light, rear left 233
C075 Width marker light, rear right 245
C110 Bunk light with switch 347
C130 Interior nightlight (red), drivers side 341
C139 Interior nightlight (red), co-drivers side 339
C144 Rotating beam, left 779
C145 Rotating beam, right 780
C148 Interior lighting, co-drivers side, 2 x 21 W 313, 330
C149 Interior lighting, drivers side, 2 x 21 W 309, 333
C150 Left-hand storage compartment lighting 350
C151 Central interior lighting with switch 324
C154 Rear number plate light, left (tractors) 236
C155 Rear number plate light, right (tractors) 249
C156 Width marker light, left, 1st (tractors) 238
C157 Width marker light, right, 1st (tractors) 250
C158 Width marker light, left, 2nd (tractors) 239 10
C159 Width marker light, right, 2nd (tractors) 251
C162 Roof spotlight 765
C163 Roof width marker light in spotlight 771
200303 2-7
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5

number
C539 Accessories/ignition/starter switch 34
C622 Switch, lighting 207, 210
C695 Mirror adjustment switch, drivers side 433, 442
C696 Mirror adjustment switch, co-drivers side 437, 447
C697 Seat heating switch, drivers side 474
C698 Seat heating switch, co-drivers side 476
C716 Switch, rotating beams 780
C725 Work lamp switch 32
C727 Front/rear fog lamp switch 213
C731 Interior roof console lighting switch (bed control), 313, 331
C733 Interior roof console lighting switch (bed control), 310, 334
C735 Interior nightlight switch 316, 342
C736 Roof hatch switch 357, 362
C737 ABS/ASC-D traction switch 830, 869
C739 Mechanical lifting-gear switch 616
C740 ECAS switch, normal level 624, 648, 677
10
C741 ECAS switch, axle lifting 651
C742 Traction assistance switch 653
C743 Electric drop glass switch, co-drivers side (drivers 422
side door)
2-8 200303
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

number
C744 Electric drop glass switch, co-drivers side 426
(co-drivers side door)
C745 Electric drop glass switch, drivers side (drivers side 429
door)
C746 Mirror heating switch 452
C748 Cross-axle differential lock operation switch 282
C749 Longitudinal controlled slip differential control switch 285
C750 PTO control switch 489
C760 Air conditioning switch 457
C763 Instrument lighting dimming potentiometer 112
C764 Potentiometer, headlamp height adjustment 219
C765 Switch, warning lamps (with LED search lighting) 85
C773 Rear fog lamp switch 216
C774 Central door locking switch 549, 556
C778 Cab heater switch 509, 538
C802 Switch, recirculation valve 462
C813 Spotlight switch, roof 762
C831 Cruise control/engine speed control/retarder stalk 479, 1015
switch
C832 Direction indicator/windscreen wiper stalk switch 76, 89, 91, 97, 203, 224
C835 Switch to turn off interior detection 395
C836 Switch to turn off superstructure/drawn vehicle 398
loadspace detection
C844 Cab heater main switch 516
C853
C854
Cab main switch
Chassis main switch
2
3
10
C859 Interior lighting roof console switch, drivers side 313, 334
200303 2-9
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5

number
C882 Heater fan switch 469, 528
C890 Switch to switch off integration of third brake 871
C895 ECAS-limited height switch, speed-dependent 680
C897 Interior lighting, SH cab, co-drivers side 310, 331
D094 Warning lamp (orange), PTO (2nd) 496
D503 Electronic unit, mechanical lifting gear 607
D529 Electronic unit, ECAS remote control 621, 644, 674
D609 Light switch diode 210
D610 Diode, main beam/dipped beam 224
D611 Diode, damping valve for lowering mechanical lifting 608
gear
D612 Diode, damping valve for lifting mechanical lifting 614
gear
D613 Diode for pump relay damping, mechanical lifting 611
gear
D622 Diode for mechanical lifting gear, lifting lock 614
D623 Diode for mechanical lifting gear, lowering lock 609
D703 Diode for switching off cab heater/door, contact on 491
drivers side
D705 Diode for switching off the cab heater with running 488
engine
D709 Diode for interior lighting to prevent feedback to 312, 329
co-drivers switch
D710 Interior lighting diode to prevent feedback to drivers 308, 334
side switch
D715 Alarm system LED 70, 378
10
D758 Diode to prevent feedback to VIC 300
D759 Diode to prevent feedback to stop lights 295
D782 Diode to prevent door locking feedback, drivers side 95
2-10 200303
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

number
D783 Interior lighting diode, drivers side 366
D791 Door switch diode 370
D802 ECAS-2 (6x2) electronic unit 662, 689
D814 UPEC electronic unit 928
D826 Electronic unit for VLG current limiter 8
D850 Electronic unit for ABS/ ASC-D model 818
D851 Electronic unit, ECAS-3 (4x2) 633
D871 Electronic unit for Airtronic D2 cab heater 505, 514
D879 Rear axle modulator 855
D880 Electronic unit for EBS 855
D895 Electronic unit for (10A) converter with power supply 706
for radio memory
D899 DIP-4 instrument panel 57
D900 VIC electronic unit 80, 91, 138, 484
D901 Electronic unit for Hydronic 10 cab heater 534
D902 Electronic unit, ZF intarder with CAN 1009
D904 Menu Control Switch, MCS 136
D905 Electronic unit for central door locking 550
D909 Electronic unit, ultrasonic alarm system 381
D910 Electronic unit, battery charger 374
D911 Electronic unit, ALS - S alarm system 386
D912 Electronic unit, immobiliser 45
D924 Electronic unit for main switch 6
D931
D932
LED unit, immobiliser
EMAS electronic unit
72
729
10
D954 AS Tronic gearbox modulator 1040
D955 AS Tronic gear lever unit 1028
200303 2-11
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5

number
D969 CAN-data manager, CDM 197
E000 Fuse, rear left width marker light 229
E001 Fuse, rear right width marker light 242
E004 Fuse, dipped beam on drivers side 254
E005 Fuse, dipped beam/warning lamp, co-drivers side 255
E006 Fuse, main beam on drivers side 258
E007 Fuse, main beam/warning lamp, co-drivers side 260
E008 Fuse, spotlights 261
E009 Fuse, front fog lamps 264
E010 Fuse, rear fog lamps 267
E013 Fuse, stop lights 286
E016 Fuse, reversing lights/gearbox neutral 273
position/windscreen wiper motor/cross-axle
differential lock
E023 Fuse, cold start switch/tachograph clock/cab heater 47
program clock/alarm system
E025 Fuse, windscreen wiper motor/headlamp 99
washer/windscreen washer motor
E026 Fuse, cigar lighter/door switches/electronic unit, 404
24/12 V converter with power supply for radio
memory
E028 Fuse, interior lighting/bunk lamps/central door lock 301
E031 Fuse, heater fan 453, 522
E033 Fuse, electric drop glass motor, co-drivers side 415
E034 Fuse, electric drop glass motor, drivers side 419
E035 Fuse, instruments and warning lamps/parking brake 65
10
switch
E036 Fuse, 24V plug socket 402
2-12 200303
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

number
E037 Fuse, ignition switch 34
E041 Fuse, ABS 809
E042 Fuse, ABS 810
E043 Fuse, drawn vehicle ABS/EBS 801, 832
E044 Fuse, mirror heating/electric mirror 422
adjustment/electric drop glass operation
E048 Fuse, drawn vehicle power supply 752
E051 Fuse, ECAS/EMAS 628, 658, 685, 721
E052 Fuse, ECAS remote control/work lamp 31
E053 Fuse, diagnosis connector (16-pin)/LED unit/alarm 182
system
E062 Fuse, mechanical lifting gear/ECAS/EMAS 601, 621, 643
E084 Fuse, lighting 201
E091 Fuse, air dryer heating element/stalk 471
switch/PTO/clutch switch/engine speed control
application connector
E108 Fuse, VIC 103
E112 Fuse, glow warning lamp 21
E114 Fuse, cab heater (Eberspcher)/warning lamps 502, 511, 524
E117 Fuse, search light 228
E118 Fuse, UPEC power supply 920
E142 Fuse, accessories before contact 764
E153 Fuse, main switch for timer/engine stop/main switch 4
power supply
E157 Fuse, automatic lubrication 561
E163 Fuse, accessories after contact (connector 754
E168
A027)/rotating beams/roof hatch
Fuse, accessories/microwave 742
10
E170 Fuse, electronic unit for fuel filter/water separator 568
200303 2-13
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5

number
E171 Fuse, heating element for fuel filter/water separator 567
E184 Fuse, UPEC 918
E189 Fuse, rear axle EBS 837
E190 Fuse, ABS-D / ABS / ASC-E 838
E199 Fuse, ZF intarder 1004
E277 Fuse, VIC 104
E279 Fuse, voltage regulation generator 18
E280 Fuse, VIC 105
E286 Main fuse 12, 25
E301 Fuse, AS Tronic 1034
E330 Fuse, sens wire main switch 13
E350 Fuse, various electrical systems 41
E507 Proximity switch for axle load protection lifting gear 605
(10 tons)
E508 Temperature switch for air conditioning compressor 457
E509 Air conditioning operating switch, high/low pressure 456
E511 Stop light operating switch 287
E514 Operating switch for stepwell/interior lighting, 366
drivers side door switch
E515 Operating switch for stepwell/interior lighting, door 367
switch, co-drivers side
E524 Mechanical lifting-gear operating switch, oil pressure 613
limit switch
10 E525 Operating switch for central upper storage

compartment lighting
303, 350
E526 Operating switch for central lower storage 305

2-14 200303
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

number
E527 Operating switch for right-hand storage 306
E528 Operating switch for left-hand tool compartment 320, 351
lighting
E529 Operating switch for right-hand tool compartment 322, 353
lighting
E560 Operating switch for left-hand storage compartment 349
lighting
E564 Operating switch, engine brake 69
E566 Operating switch, Eberspcher Airtronic cab heater 507
thermostat
E570 Proximity switch, clutch PTO N10 499
E571 Thermo 90/Hydronic 10 cab heater operating switch 538
E575 Proximity switch, clutch 66
E579 Operating switch for thermostat/cab heater, fan, 542
Eberspcher (water)
Eberspcher (timer)
E581 Operating switch/timer, Eberspcher cab heater, 516
Airtronic
E584 Proximity switch for axle-load protection lifting gear 604
(7.5 tons)
E590 AS Tronic selector switch 1029
E592 Reversing light operating switch 274
E593 Neutral position switch 1010
E595 Gearbox gate protection operating switch 133
10
F000 Control switch for parking brake 65
F006 Differential lock control switch, 1st differential 120
200303 2-15
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5

number
F007 Differential lock control switch, 3rd differential 124
F011 Control switch for engine oil pressure 116
F038 Differential lock control switch, 2nd differential 123
F047 Control switch for steering system (1st circuit) 118
F048 Control switch for steering system (2nd circuit) 119
F050 Differential lock pressure control switch (1st and 2nd 122
differentials)
F087 Control switch, gearbox PTO 484
F097 Proximity switch for trailing axle mechanical lifting 601
gear
F107 Brake pad wear switch, front left 879
F108 Brake pad wear switch, front right 880
F109 Brake pad wear switch, front left, 2nd front axle 881
F110 Brake pad wear switch, front right, 2nd front axle 883
F111 Brake pad wear switch, rear left 884
F112 Brake pad wear switch, rear right 886
F113 Brake pad wear switch, rear left, 2nd rear axle (6x2) 887
F114 Brake pad wear switch, rear right, 2nd rear axle 888
(6x2)
F118 Control switch for splitter signalling 115
F509 Cab temperature sensor of cab heater 516, 543
F512 Wheel speed sensor, front axle, left 808, 837
F513 Wheel speed sensor, front axle, right 809, 851
F514 Wheel speed sensor, driven axle, left 810
10 F515 Wheel speed sensor, driven axle, right 812

F533 Speed sensor (4-pin, 1st) 48
2-16 200303
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

number
F544 Coolant temperature sensor for secondary retarder 1017
F552 Crankshaft sensor 919
F558 Camshaft sensor 918
F565 Sensor, fuel temperature 921
F566 Sensor, engine coolant temperature 922
F608 Sensor, fuel level 110
F612 Height sensor, ECAS, rear axle, left 626, 656, 683
F613 Height sensor, ECAS, rear axle, right 628, 657, 684
F614 ECAS height sensor, front axle 630, 658, 685
F615 ECAS pressure sensor, driven axle, left/right 660, 687
F616 Cab locking sensor 298
F619 Cab locking sensor, alarm system 379
F628 EBS foot brake valve 861
F649 Boost pressure and air inlet temperature sensor 924
F651 Ambient temperature sensor 105
F652 Air pressure sensor 107
F656 Coolant level sensor 110
F672 UPEC accelerator pedal sensor 925
F673 Sensor, engine oil level and temperature 134
F686 Alarm system sensor, radar 385
F687 EMAS front axle angle sensor 723
F688 EMAS trailing axle angle sensor 724
F705 Speed sensor 1043
G000 Relay, tail light/width marker light/search lighting 209, 226
G001 Relay, dipped beam 223, 254 10
G002 Relay, main beam 225, 258
G003 Relay, spotlights 257, 261
200303 2-17
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5

number
G004 Relay, front fog lamp 212, 264
G005 Relay, rear fog lamp 129, 267
G014 Relay, glowing 20, 21, 932
G015 Relay, contact 1, 34
G028 Relay, electric drop glass operation, co-drivers side 414, 421
G030 Relay, electric drop glass operation, drivers side 418, 428
G036 Relay, stop light 286, 289
G052 Relay, mechanical lifting-gear motor 610, 618
G066 Relay, mechanical lifting-gear takeover 610, 612
G126 Relay, UPEC power supply 919, 920
G170 Relay, cab heater fan 524, 537
G185 Starting circuit interrupter relay 28, 1022
G236 Relay, windscreen wiper (speed 1 or 2) 93, 96
G237 Relay, windscreen wiper (automatic zero position) 93, 94
G238 Relay, headlamp washer 91, 98
G247 Relay, heater fan, Eberspcher Hydronic cab heater 522, 530
G257 Recirculation valve relay 462, 465
G259 PTO operation takeover relay 498, 499
G267 Air conditioning relay 453, 457
G297 Cab air suspension relay 296, 299
10 G299 Relay, roof spotlights 761, 764
G301 Relay, light D+ 125, 204
2-18 200303
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

number
G302 Relay for Swedish lighting 204, 208
G303 Relay, starter motor interlock 26, 126
G328 Relay, engine stop 40, 905
G350 Relay for reversing lights 273, 274
G367 Relay, main switch power supply 5, 12
G377 Relay, accessories power supply for radio 702, 712
G380 Relay, mechanical lifting axle upwards 602, 605
G381 Relay, mechanical lifting axle (7.5 tons) 604, 615
G462 Relay for work lamp 31, 227
G516 Central cab earth, co-drivers side 584
G535 CAN distributor block 176
G723 Through-connection for central door locking 557
G725 Through-connection, cab heater (Eberspcher) 505, 513
G732 Through-connection, cab heater (Eberspcher) 543
G734 Through-connection for brake lining wear 884
G736 V-CAN connection 191
G745 Through-connection, mechanical lifting gear 613
G747 Through-connection for AS Tronic V-CAN 1021
G755 Through-connection for Swedish lighting 210
G756 Through-connection for AS Tronic neutral position 1011
G757 Through-connection for main switch 35
10
200303 2-19
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
2.3 SECTION DIAGRAMS FROM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1426261/07
A Voltage before and after contact

B Overview of earthing points
C CAN overview
1 Main switch
2 Ignition/starter switch/charging circuit
3 MTCO tachograph
4 Immobiliser
5 Pre-glowing
6 DIP-4
7 Direction indicators and warning lamps
8 VIC
9 FA marker/parking lights
10 FT marker/parking lights
11 UPEC
12 Reversing lights
13 Light switch/fog lamps/dipped beam and main beam switch, FA/FT
14 Swedish lighting
15 Stop lights/cab tilting gear
16 Differential lock
17 Interior lighting XL/XH
18 Interior lighting XC
19 Mirror heating/mirror adjustment
20 Search lighting
21 Air conditioning/recirculation valve/heater fan
10 22 Seat heating/accessories connection
23 Horn/cigar lighter/work lamp/air dryer
24 ABS-ASC-D
25 DEB
2-20 200303
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
26 Intarder EST42
27 EBS
28 AGS
29 EMAS
30 AS Tronic
31 Brake lining wear switch
32 PTO
33 Roof spotlights/cooler box/rotating beams
34A ECAS-3
34B ECAS-2
34C ECAS-2 FT low deck + FA large volume
35 Headlight-height adjustment
36 24 V/12 V converter for radio/CB set
37 Electric drop glass/central door locking/roof hatch XL/XH/XC
38 Mechanical lifting gear
39 Heating element/fuel filter water separator
40 Windscreen wipe/wash system
41 ACH-E cab heater (air) with/without timer
42 ACH-E cab heater (water) with timer
43 UPEC / superstructure functions application connector
44 Alarm system/battery charger for BV3 alarm
45 Plug sockets, FA/FT
46 CDM
10
200303 2-21
A POWER BEFORE AND AFTER CONTACT
2-22
VOLTAGE BEFORE CONTACT OPERATION The engine will start, depending on the
A constant voltage is supplied to pin 1 of When the ignition/starter switch (C539) is set activation of relay G303 by VIC. When the
connector 416 through wire 1000, point 30 on to the accessories position (connection ignition/starter key is released, the
the starter motor, fuse E286, the + bolt in the between points 1 and 6), a voltage is supplied contact/starter switch automatically springs
dashboard connector lead-through and the to relay G377 (radio accessories power back and remains in the contact position.
voltage distribution block. supply relay) via wire 1000, fuse E037,
Electrical system
Power is also supplied (via wire 1000) from ignition/starter switch (C539) (contact points VARIANTS
point 30 on the starter motor to the B+ 1 - 6) and wire 1130.
connection of the alternator and to relay G014 Location
(glow plug relay). When the ignition/starter switch (C539) is set 26 Connection to ALS-S, ECAS-3 (4x2),
to the contact position (connection between ECAS-2 (6x2), EST 42
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Only wire 1000 to the + bolt in the dashboard points 1 and 4), relay G015 is energised
connector lead-through is fuse-protected by a through wire 1000, fuse E037, ignition/starter
125A fuse. switch (C539) (contact points 1 - 4) and wire
The other wires are NOT fuse-protected and 4001.
they can only be made dead by disconnecting This then connects wire 1000 (voltage before
the battery leads. contact) to wire 1010 (voltage after contact).
Power is also supplied to the S (sens) When the ignition/starter switch (C539) is
connection of the alternator from point 30 of turned against the pressure of the spring
the starter motor via fuse E279 and wire 3084. (connection between points 1 and 2), relay
G015 remains energised and a voltage is also
VOLTAGE AFTER CONTACT applied to the alarm system (D911) (if fitted)
A voltage is supplied to contact relay G015 or to D901 (Hydronic 10 cab heater electronic
(point 30) via the starter motor (connection unit) (if fitted) through wire 1000, fuse E037,
point 30). This connection point may be ignition/starter switch (C539) (contacts 1 - 2)
connected to wire 1010 over contact relay and wire 4004. If no alarm system is installed,
G015. the voltage is applied directly to connection
This wire is NOT fuse-protected. point 30 of relay G303 (starting circuit
interrupter relay).
200303
XF 95 Series

5
D929
200303
1000
1000
1010
1010
4001 1100
XF95 Series
1234 1234
85 30
10A
10A
15A
E350
E351
E037
G426
86 87A 87
1/416
1/417
6/403
7/403
8/403
8/401
4/403
12/403
10/403
25/400
15/402
1000
1010
4001
9050
1234
1234
1380
1234
1381
1100
1100
G462
1010 1100 30
2
!
87 85
4001
1380
1000
G015
30 86
1100
1000
1/222
D901
C539
1000
9050
1380
11
42
DVB
4004
A
9050
2/222
4/222
6/222
4004
G516
G303
1000
4004
4001
1130
87
2
D911 G377
A3 1
1 46 36
4002
G014
125A
1
E286
2 5 E279
1 2
575
10
1380
3084
5A
575
20
4002
1000
1000
1000
1426261/07
3084
1380
1000 1000 1000
B+ S /4 15 /3
D900
50 30 D29/
3 595
M
G
A500
B010
A513
1020
B L /2
31
575
7
1020
G525
G525
EL000794
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-23
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
B OVERVIEW OF EARTHING POINTS
2-24
This section diagram gives an overview of all
the earth connections, with wire markings and
connector points.
VARIANTS
Electrical system
Location
18 XC light connection
64, 70 Connector 658: superstructure
connector (optional).
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
200303
XF 95 Series

5
200303
C110 C068 C016 C695 C696 C150 C066 C148 C774 A007 C731 C884
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 B 2 B B
M4
M12
M15
M16
M11
XF95 Series
M4
M5
M6
M4
M5
C064 C064 C139 C774 C884 C002
3 2 3 5 4 2
M20
M17
!
M3
M11
M14
M15
M10
C725
M4
597
B 12 C046 C047 C129 C774 C000 B129
2 2 2 3 M9 2 M3 M5 2
M2
M1
M3
M2
M1
M3
M1
M12
M2
M10
M13
C764 C736 C733
5 7 M7 M6 B
867
553
A043 21 C697 B017 12 B199 B026 B175
692
2 2 2 4
17 2 4
M5
M9
C072 C014
M33
M11
M34
2 2
M8
M12 M6
M9
M12
M36
M1
C764 C751 C111 C736
B B 2 B
M34 M35 C151 C130
3 3
M5
190
7
M3
M10
M7
M5
M4
M11
692
M1 M31 18 C765 C735 C008 B294
C727 C750
B B 560 C149 B M2 M3 B 2 M2 M8 2
M10 3
B000 C832 M2
31 A10
M9
M2
C882 B030
6 31 M4
M3
C763
M2
M3
B M8
M1
3
M96
M1
M1
E511
M100
2
161
M1
F628 F628
A2 B2
252
566
1 10
397
697
284
12 21 12
M1
M2
B
M1
M96
M97
M92
B365 A076
8 3 F047
M46
C010 C011
M12
2 2 M190 2
21 M93 M95
176
E575 6 18 M10
6 M1 M99 M98 M101 M32 M1
M11
407 695
F048
M91 2
M5
C741
B
878
M94
21
M102
F616 1
4 M11 M61 M63 B001 B002
M2 M1 2 M8 M7 4
M1
M10
626
587
696
M6
12 1 12
M3
M12 C740 C739
M1
B M4 M11 B
1426261/07
288
144
M1
M1
M1
637
12
M13
M64
M64
B042
2
M1
M4
M1
C062 A038 A004
143
3 2 2 1
M3
M2
M2
M6
M5
C063 D895 D895 B344 C737 C853 C802 C890
2 A1 A3 2 1 B 1 B
M5
M15
M16
M1
M1
M2
M3
M5
M6
M6
M7
M8
M9
M3
M2
M4
M3
M7
865
590
2 2
B245 B079 F033 B293 B130 C003 C001 C015 C009 B028 C737 C760 C742 C748 C749 C890
M1
M3
M4
2 2 4 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 B 1 B B B 1
G516
EL000795
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-25
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
2-26
G029 G028 G031 G030
86 86 86 86
M52
M54
M56
M58
G029 G028 G031 G030
Electrical system
87A 87A 87A 87A
M51
M53
M55
M57
D929
D21 M76
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
D929 D929 D802 D802 D802

B3 C3 16 19 27
M73
M75
M105
9009
9009
9009
D929 D929
B5 M72 M74 C4
D929 D929
A1 M78 M80 D26
9009
627
2
9009
9009
B
9009
B166 F614
M42
M43
4 2
M23
M26
M25
M24
M41
584
862
21 13
866
591
588
864
863
9 12 1 9 17
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
9009
9009
9009
9009
608
627
M104
1 1
C698 B018 B200 A068 D905 D929 C742 F612 F613 F615 D529 D912 D899 D879
M2
M5
2 M3 2 M2 M3 4 1 8 D7 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 A2
9050
9009
9108
9126
9126
9129
M4
M5
M6
M2
M8
M4
M6
M7
M21
M22
1426261/07
307
562
563
608
B358 C067 C017 B525 D880 G303 B309 B253 B254 G015 B525 2 2 2 D900 D900 D880 21
580
580
2 2 2 A6 A11 5 6 86 2 4 4 86 A5 A5 E5 A12
873
27
M18
M19
M1
M2
M4
9009
9009
9009
9108
9126
9126
9129
9050
9001
9127
9127
9128
9025
9028
656
574
883
656
1 18 9 2 A004 C740 C741 A021
3 1 1 2
M1
M2
M1
692
584
16 20
D931 D969 DVB
692
568
862
867
584
584
18 3 15 20 21 20 18 19
658
658
7 8
44 46
! !
M2
9025
9028
9050
9001
9009
9009
9107
9108
9126
9127
9128
9129
EL000796
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
5
200303
XF 95 Series
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
XF95 Series Electrical system
200303 2-27
C CAN OVERVIEW
2-28
the CAN connections, with wire markings and
connector points.
SEE THE SYSTEM MANUAL FOR MORE
INFORMATION
Electrical system
VARIANTS
Location
36, 39 For vehicle type FA: Conn. 873
For vehicle type FT: Conn. 874
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
37 For EBS: unit D880

For ABS: unit D850
200303
XF 95 Series

5
200303
G535
XF95 Series
A1 A2 G1 G2 C1 C2 D1 D2 F1 F2 B1 B2
3700K
3701K
3700D
3701D
3700C
3701C
3700J
3701J
3700L
3701L
3700M
3701M
863
863
7 7 8
3700D 3700D
869 A1/ A3/ 49/ 22/ 12/ 9/
8 612 612 622 622 884 884
3701D 3701D 3700B
869 !
B525
D880
D902
D969
3701B
876
876
10 11 A8/ A4/ B3/ B6/
598 598 613 613
3700K
3701K
3700D
3701D
3700C
3701C
3558
3559
3700A
3701A
A13/ A14/ B20/ B21/ 6/ 3/
880 880 604 604 562 562
D954
D911
D912
A12/ A8/
692
692
608
608
880 880 9 12 8 9
C
3700X
3701X
15 16 3558
3559
3701B
3700B
3700A
3701A
876
876
8 9
A021
13/ 11/ 12/ 14/
563 563 563 563 ! !
3700X
3701X
D814
873
873
11 12
3700F
3701F
D899
869
869
10 11 B12/ B11/
295 295 5/ 7/
563 563
11
3558
3559
3700X
3701X
3701G 3701G
589
1426261/07
10
3700G 3700G
863
863
10 11
589
3565
3566
A004
7 6
3700X
3701X
3700E
3701E
D900
C15/ C14/ C2/ C1/ D19/ D17/
594 594 594 594 595 595
EL000797
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-29
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
1 MAIN SWITCH
2-30
MAIN SWITCH FOR VLG/ADR Relay, main switch power supply
Relay G367 is a bi-stable relay. If one of the
Basic code Description two coils is briefly energised, the relay will
number remain in this position. If the other coil is
energised, the relay will switch over and then
A500 Batteries remain in the new position.
Electrical system
B525 Modular tachograph, MTCO

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
C853 Cab main switch

C854 Chassis main switch
D826 Electronic unit for VLG
current limiter
D924 Electronic unit for main
switch
E117 Fuse, search light
E153 Fuse, main switch for
timer/engine stop/main
switch power supply
E286 Main fuse
E330 Fuse, sens wire main
switch
G367 Relay, main switch power
supply
G757 Through-connection for
main switch, wire 4179 to
G015 and G426
G015 Relay, contact
G426 Relay, contact
200303
XF 95 Series

5
200303
XF95 Series
1000
1009
1 1
E153
E286
2 1008 2
1
4176 1167
E330
C853 G367 2
5
0 1 86 88
G367
B A 7 1 88A
85B 85A
4177
4174
4175
3173
+
3 4 0 1 -
A1
A3
A4
D826
A500
C854
D924
A7
A2 A5
C4 C1
C5 C2
1 2 +
2 -
4178
4179
2
G757
M
9303
1123
2630
9050
B525 B525 E117 G015 G426

A5 A1 2 86 86
E501753
2-31
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
Electrically closing the main switch Electrically opening the main switch Connection point A5 is connected to the
The main switch (D924) can be closed: The main switch (D924) can be opened: positive pole via wire 3173 and fuse E330
2-32
- Electrically in the cab using switch C853 - Electrically in the cab using switch C853 after connection point 88 of relay G367. This
- Electrically on the chassis using switch - Electrically on the chassis using switch connection transmits a signal to the ECU to
C854 C854 indicate that relay G367 has switched.
ATTENTION: Switches C853 and C854 are ATTENTION: Switches C853 and C854 are Note:
connected in series. When C853 or C854 is connected in series. When C853 or C854 is When one of the switches (C853 or C854)
Electrical system
switched on, the other switch must be in switched on, the other switch must be in that activate the electronic unit (close main
the main switch on position. the main switch on position. switch) is operated, relay G367 is activated
after approximately 3 seconds. If one of the
When C853 or C854 is operated, the C1 and When C853 or C854 is operated, the C1 and switches is operated again within the 3
C2 connections are connected to the C4 and C2 connections are disconnected from the C4 seconds, the electronic unit (D924) will select
and C5 connections through wire 4176,
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
C5 connections through wire 4176, contacts the priority main switch ON.
5 - 7 of switch C853, wire 4177, contacts 1 - 2 contacts 5 - 7 of switch C853, wire 4177,
of switch C854 and wire 4178. contacts 1 - 2 of switch C854 and wire 4178. VARIANTS
Relay G367 is immediately energised through Two actions are carried out immediately after
switch C853 is opened: Location
wire 4174 and connection point A3 (A3 is
1. Connection point A7 is disconnected from 22 Conn. 696: Attach wire 4176 to pin 5
connected to earth in the unit for 0.5
earth (A2) in the unit. 25 Conn. 696: Attach wire 4177 to pin 6
seconds). This connects point 88a to 88 of
If the engine is running, it is switched off. 27 G757 DVB in wiring harness next to
relay G367. The positive pole of the batteries
2. After a delay of approx. 6 seconds, relay PCB. When main switch is used,
is now connected to the vehicles power
G367 is connected to earth in the unit for earth wire 4179 is connected to pin
supply.
approx. 0.5 seconds via wire 4175 and 86 of relays G015 and G426
Immediately after switch C853 closes,
connection point A4. This breaks the 35 Conn. 692: Attach wire 9001 to pin
connection point A7 is internally connected to
connection between points 88a and 88 of 15
earth.
relay G367. The batteries are now 38 Conn. 692: Attach wire 1127 to pin 3
Connection point A5 is connected to the disconnected from the vehicles power
positive pole via wire 3173 and fuse E330 supply.
after connection point 88 of relay G367. This
connection transmits a signal to the ECU to
indicate that relay G367 has switched.
200303
XF 95 Series
2-33 200303
EL000798 1426261/07 1
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
4
1000 1000 1010

2
1
1010
E286
6
1000
1010
1008
A500
30
87
1009 G015
9
10A 5A
10
88A
88
1009 1008 3173 3173

A5
2
1
2
1
11
E153 E330
12
1167
85B
4174 4174
86
1167
13
4175
A3 A4
4175
14
85A
15
G367
16
1167
1167
17
1167 1167
A1
18
19
4176
C2
0 I
20
5
3
3
21
4176 4176 4176 4176 4176
D924
C1
C853 696 638 639

22
!
4177
4178
C4
23
6
4
4
1
2
24
4177 4177 4177 4178 4178
C5
!
696 638 639
25
C854
26
1
2
5
7
27
9050 4179 4179 4179
A7
D929
G757 638 639
28
29
5
30
A2
639
31
32
33
34
8
1
15
3
1
9303 9303 9303 9001
A5/
598
35
!
639 638 692
36
D826
6
6
3
4
2
37
1167 1123 1123 1123 1127
A1/
598
639 638 692
38
B525
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
1010
1000
53
Electrical system XF95 Series
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
2 IGNITION/STARTER SWITCH/CHARGING CIRCUIT
2-34
CONTACT CIRCUIT Relay G185 fitted on AS Tronic. When the An internal resistor in the alternator is
If ignition/starter switch C539 is turned contact is switched on and the gearbox is in energised by an IC in the carbon brush holder.
(contact 1 is connected to pin 6), the radio neutral, relay G185 will be energised. This resistor ensures that a low level of
accessories power supply relay (G377) will The voltage is now applied to connection point current passes through the energising
be energised. 50 of the starter motor, through wire 4004, resistor. This excites a magnetic field in the
A voltage is now applied to contact 1 of relay contacts 30 - 87 of relay G185, contacts alternator.
Electrical system
G377 through fuse E037, wire 1100, contacts 30 - 87A of relay G303, causing the starter
1 - 6 of switch C539, wire 1130. When G377 motor to turn. After starting, the voltage on terminals B+ and
is energised, a connection is made between As soon as the motor turns, the VIC applies a 15 will rise to about 28.5 V. Once this voltage
contacts 3 and 5 of relay G377 and voltage is voltage to connection point C42. The voltage is reached, the IC in the regulator interrupts
switched from the converter to the radio. is then applied to connection point 85 of relay the pre-exciter coil to enable the voltage to be
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
G303 via wire 3157. This relay is energised, controlled. The magnetic field will now
STARTING CIRCUIT breaking the starting circuit. disappear, so that the generator will not be
If the ignition switch C539 is turned (contact 1 When the alarm has been switched off and energised for a short period of time. As a
is connected to 4), contact relay G015 will be the door has opened, the start interrupter will result, the voltage on outputs B+ and B15 will
activated via wire 4001. be deactivated for 60 seconds. If the engine is drop.
If the ignition switch is turned to the start not started within this time, the start The regulator reactivates when the voltage
position, a contact is made in this switch interrupter is reactivated. If the alarm is drops below 27.6 V. This means that the
between contacts 1 and 2. The power is now switched off and the doors are not opened, voltage supplied by the generator remains
supplied from the batteries through fuse E037, the start interrupter remains deactivated for relatively constant. The batteries are supplied
the connection 1-2 from the ignition/starter 9 minutes. through the B+ generator output.
switch and wire 4004 on connection point A3
of the alarm system. When the VIC applies a voltage to connection The alternator charging current warning in the
When the alarm system has been switched off point C42, wire 3157, the cab heater (D901) is DIP is activated through wire 1020, which is
using the remote control, or by activating the also switched off if the vehicle has to meet connected to connection point D29 of the VIC
contact (the immobiliser switches the alarm off requirements for the transportation of (D900). The VIC activates the DIP via the
via CAN), wire 4004 of connection point A3 is hazardous substances. CAN network. The voltage on wire 1020 is
connected to wire 4004 of connection Relay G301, light D+, is also activated. supplied by the control IC.
point A1.
CHARGING CIRCUIT
If the contact is activated, there is voltage on
connection 15 of the alternator.
200303
XF 95 Series

The alternator is also equipped with a sens
5
line. This connection continuously measures
the voltage on connection point 30 of the
starter motor. If the voltage on connection
200303
point 30 drops, the voltage is immediately
corrected by the control IC. The alternator will
XF95 Series
increase the voltage until a value of 28.5 V is

reached again.
VARIANTS
Location
15 DVB in wiring harness next to PCB
38 Conn. 580: connector for
superstructure (optional)
42 Conn. 574: If no alarm: pin 14 and 16
connected through
2-35
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
2-36
D929
1000
1000
1010
1010
4001 1100 1108
1234 1130
85 30 1 3
Electrical system
10A
15A
10A
E350
E037
E035
G426
G377
86 87A 87 2 4 5
13
4002 4002
1/416
1/417
6/403
7/403
8/403
4/403
3/403
1/403
12/403
10/403
15/402
19/403
21/403
33/403
16/401
! 863
4
1000
1010
4001
9050
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1234
1234
1380
1100
1100
1108
1130
1363
4002
1211
1211
580
6
1010 3157 3157
D895 B365 863
A4 A7
36 36
85 87A 87
87 85
3157
1211
G303
4001
1000
G015
86 30
1380
30 86
1100
863
1
17
1000
1/222
1000
4186
1211
C539 863
87 87A 85
3157
1 G301
G185
3157 1 30 86
9050
1380
2
14
1000
579
2/222
4/222
6/222
1 DVB 4001 1130
4004
5208
3157
125A
E286
8 D901
9050
4004
863
869
2 3157 10 14 2
42
4002 483
4004
5208
G014
1 !
3157
5 1
E279 2 !
575
10 14
1380
574
876
3084 4004 4004 4004 16 6

5A 574
575
20
4002
1000
1000
1000
3157
4004
4004
4690
1426261/07
3084
1380
1000 1000 1000 C42/ A3/ A1/
594 603 603 1
50 30 B+ S /4 15 /3
E599
D900
D911
M 3
G D29/ 2
A500
595
B010
31
B L /2 A513
1020
650
7 1 12 5
1020 1020
575 626 637
G525
EL000799
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
5
200303
XF 95 Series
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
200303 2-37
3 MTCO TACHOGRAPH
2-38
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
25 Connector 861:
For ECAS-2 (4x2): conn. 860,
For ECAS-3 (6x2): conn. 861
For EMAS: conn. 862
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
200303
XF 95 Series

5
D929
200303
1000
1000
1010
1010
4001 1100
XF95 Series
85 30
15A
10A
E037
E023
G426
86 87A 87
1127
1/416
1/417
6/403
7/403
8/403
4/403
D911
15/402
31/402
C539 A2
4 44
2
1000
1010
4001
9050
1234
1100
1100
1127
D899
4001
1
1010 6
87 85
1234
1127
G015
692
692
30 86 5 3
1000
1234
1127
B525
A3/ A1/
1000
9050
598 598
3
DVB
B4/ B2/ B3/ B1/ A8/ A4/ B6/ B7/ A2/ A6/ A5/
599 599 599 599 598 598 599 599 598 598 598
1000
9050
3018
3020
3019
3021
3502
3514
2622
9025
9001
3700A
3701A
125A
E286
692
692
692
692
692
692
692
692
693
692
692
7 8 10 11 9 12 13 14 12 16 15
2
3018
3020
3019
3021
3502
3514
2622
1000
!
578
578
578
578
861
589
B010 3 5 4 6 8 12
1426261/07
30
2
3018
3020
3019
3021
3502
3514
2622
3700A
3701A
4 2 3 1
12/ 14/ D802 B29/ C49/
22
N 563 563 34B 295 594
D900
D899
D814
F533
9025
9001
EL000800
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-39
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
Electrical system
SEE THE SYSTEM MANUAL FOR MORE XF 95 Series
IMMOBILISER
INFORMATION
4
2-40 200303

5
D929
200303
1000
1000
1010
1010
4001 1100 1234
XF95 Series
85 30
15A
10A
E037
E350
G426
86 87A 87
1/416
1/417
6/403
7/403
8/403
4/403
15/402
12/403
10/403
C539
G535
1000
1010
4001
9050
1234
1100
1100
1234
1380
4
2
1234
4001
1010
C1 C2
1380
87 85 1380
575
3700C
3701C
20
G015
30 86
1380
1380
1000
D912
A513
15 1/
A 562
1000
9050
4
DVB 2/ 3/ 6/
562 562 562
3700C
1000
9050
9126
3701C
1
125A
E286
2
3701B
3700B
1000
1426261/07
B010
30
2 13/ 11/
563 563
D899
9126
EL000801
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-41
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
5 PRE-GLOWING
2-42
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
37 If no pre-glowing system has been

fitted: the wires are NOT present.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
200303
XF 95 Series

5
D929
200303
1000
1000
1010
1010
1100 1234
XF95 Series
4001
85 30
15A
10A
E037
E350
G426
86 87A 87
1/416
1/417
4/403
6/403
7/403
8/403
15/402
12/403
10/403
1000
1010
4001
9050
1100
1100
1234
1234
1380
C539
4
2
4001
1010
1380
87 85
1000
D814
G015
30 86 B10/ B1/ B2/
295 295 295
1000
1000
4013
5
9050
1000
G303
87
2 1
DVB
1000
4013
125A
E286
4002
1380
2
9050
1 85
1
E279 2
575
575
10 20
3084 !
G014
5A
2 86
4002
1000
1000
1000
4014
1426261/07
3084
1380
1000 1000 1000 1
4014
1248
B+ S /4 15 /3
D900
5A
50 30 D29/ C8/
E112
3 595 594
M 2
G 1
A500
B010
A513
1248
1020
4019
4019
B341
B L /2
31 2 E184
2
575
575
7 12 11
1020 4019
G525
EL000802
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-43
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
Electrical system
INFORMATION
DIP-4
6
2-44 200303

5
D929
200303
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 Series
10A
E023
1127
D911 G535
31/402
A2
44
1127
D899 C1 C2
n P
3700C
3701C
P
1/ 12/ 14/ 2/ 3/ 5/ 7/ 11/ 13/
1127
563 563 563 563 563 563 563 563 563
6
1127
9126
4733
3565
3566
3700A
3701A
3700B
3701B
3700C
3701C
692
692
692
3 9 12
1127
3700A
3701A
A1/ A8/ A4/ D19/ D17/ 6/ 3/
598 598 598 595 595 562 562
B525
A021
D900
D912
12
1426261/07
9126
EL000803
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-45
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
7 DIRECTION INDICATORS AND WARNING LIGHTS
2-46
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
10, 15, 29, 31, 37

Connector 873:
For vehicle type FA: conn. 873
For vehicle type FT: conn. 874
29, 31, 34
Connector 877: only if buffer beam is
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
present.
15 A000 = 7-pin model
A058 = 15-pin model
200303
XF 95 Series

5
D929
200303
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 Series
10A
15A
E035
E108
33/403
16/401
32/402
1211
1211
1114
1114
2029
D900
697
3
6 5
0 I
1114
C765
D38/ D39/ A7/ A8/ E8/ E9/ E4/ E7/ D23/

595 595 592 592 596 596 596 596 595 2 7 1 A B
2003
2630
2036
2029
1211
2008
2009
2007
2006
2037
2036
2003
2007 2006 D911 4 5
A8 2003 2003
44
576
576
866
695
6 7 4 1 574 697
7
6
2001
2002
2008
2009
2006
2036 2036
! ! 697
873
873
288
867
284
576
576
2007
3 4 2 8 1 5 4
697
21
2007
2006
2006
2008
2009
2037
2036
6/566
7/566
! !
1 1 1 1
873
873
2 1
L
C016
A000
2037
2036
C832
C017
C015
C014
2630
R 3 5
2 2 2 2 ! !
!
877
877
2 1
697
11
13/566
2037
2036
1426261/07
2630
1 1
1211
1211
866
288
867
284
1211 9 12 21 12
C019
C018
C832 2 2
2630
A4
40 !
18 8
! E117
2
695 877 20
873
EL000804
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-47
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
8 VIC
2-48
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
125 Connector 580: superstructure

connector (optional)
183 Connector 584
For EBS: conn. 584,
For ABS: conn. 585
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
200303
XF 95 Series
2-49 200303
EL000805 1426261/07 8
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1000 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
5
1010
E286
6
1000
1000
1010
7
30
87
8
DVB
6/403
9
9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
10
G015
4001
11
11
7
5131 5131 5131

593
2
1
B21/
12
2
4
E595 637 626

C539
13
4987
85
7/403
14
9050
1
15
3492
593
2
1
D758
B16/
86 87A
15
8/403
16
1234
87
30
B293
1100
17
G426
6
5
4/403
18
4030 4030 4030 1100

1234
593
2
1
B19/
637 626
19
15/402 15A
637
12
B079
20
1100
E037
21
5
4
2
1
27/402
22
3438 3438 3438 1000 1000
593
B20/
637 626
1000
F118
23
1 24/402
626
1000
Q
24
1000
18 15A
9
2
1
26/402
25
3518 3518 1198 1198
E3/
594
596
C30/
695 695 E277
26
F047
25/402 15A
Q
27
1199 1199
A9/
592
D929
10
2
1
E280
28
3524 3524
594
C31/
695 12/403
29
F048 1234
D900
1234
30
10A
3
3
1
10/403
31
3022 3022 1380 1380
E1/
595
596
D15/
575 E350
32
F656
33
15A
P
32/402
34
1114 1114
A2/
592
4
E108
35
3014 3014
593
2
1
B15/
F011 575
36
37
38
13
39
3408 3408
594
2
1
C34/
F006 576
40
41
8
11
3636 3636 3636
595
D13/
42
284 695
3636
T
43
10
12
3637 3637 3637
D3/
595
2
1
44
F651 284 695
45
46
2
1
9005 9005 9005
D2/
595
47
625 576
9005
48
1
16
3503 3503 3503
595
2
1
D12/
49
625 575
F608
50
1
1
46
51
3150 3150
594
B387
C12/
52
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
2-50
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
D900
D14/ D4/ D21/ D16/ D11/ D31/ B10/ B9/ B5/ D26/ C33/ B17/ D19/ D17/ D24/ D25/ C13/ C36/
8
595 595 595 595 595 595 593 593 593 595 594 593 595 595 595 595 594 594
4592
4593
3638
3640
3641
3639
3431
3432
3435
3402
3427
3406
3565
3566
3417
3420
3647
3652
176
176
12 13
F000
3402 2 3647
4592
4593
39
861
861
589
589
584
586
583
583
864
574
574
6 7 8 7 6 9 1 2 3 19 11
3638
3640
3639
3638
3641
3639
5
636
636
636
636
636
636
9 4 2 3 7 5 6
1426261/07
C763
3638
3640
3639
3638
3641
3639
3431
3432
3435
3402
3427
3406
3565
3566
3417
3420
3647
3647
3652
33/ 34/ B6/ B22/ A18/ F107 5/ 7/ 52/ 29/ 2/ B16/ A9/
A
340 340 295 295 612 31 563 563 622 622 600 604 603
P1 P2
D802
D814
D880
D899
D902
D905
D911
U U
F652
EL000806
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
5
200303
XF 95 Series

5
D929
200303
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 Series
D900
A5/ E5/ C22/ C23/ C24/ C25/ C26/ C49/ C42/ C5/ D34/ A4/ D28/ C9/ D29/ D36/ D8/ C8/ D35/ D1/ C6/ C7/ C40/
8
592 596 594 594 594 594 594 594 594 594 595 592 595 594 595 595 595 594 595 595 594 594 594
9127
9127
5160
9033
3642
3643
3644
2622
3157
2114
2142
2610
3705
2155
1020
3469
4659
4019
2150
2600
2122
2630
2168
8 D901 E004 G004

3157 10 2 87
693
862
576
575
587
397
575
176
42 13 9 5 10 11 7 3 9 12 7
483
2622
3157
2114
2142
2610
3705
2155
2155
1020
3469
4659
4659
4019
2150
2600
2122
2630
2168
1 G301 C149 D932 C071 C725 A513 B344 G257 C802 E112 C727 E515 G003 E117 G005
1 1 A13 1 1 L 4 86 3 2 3 2 85 2 85
568
568
568
568
568
568
9 10 6 7 8 5 3157
14 17 29 23 23 2 28 21 21 5 13 17 13 20 9
579
1426261/07
5160
9033
3642
3643
3644
2622
3157
2142
4
695
695
288
1 3 2 4 6 5 4 7 8
!
580
2114
2142
2142
3157
6 G303 C000 C008 C009
3157 85 1 1 1
D904 2 13 13 9
860
9127
EL000807
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
2-51
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
2-52
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
D900
D954
B1/ B7/ D5/ C19/ C17/ C18/ D6/ D7/ C32/ C4/ C2/ C1/ C47/ C15/ C14/ A8/ A12/
8
593 593 595 594 594 594 595 595 594 594 594 594 594 594 594 880 880
3009
3010
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3428
4047
3733
3700X
3701X
3701X
3700X
3700E
3701E
!
575
575
588
588
588
588
588
588
584
862
863
863
876
876
5 8 5 6 7 8 9 10 7 11 10 11 9 8
3009
3010
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3428
4047
3733
3700F
3701F
3700X
3701X
3701X
3700X
1426261/07
1 2
11
A3/
871 869
U 10
A068
A004
A021
D932
5 6 7 8 9 10 5 9 15 16
F673 869
EL000808
160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212
5
200303
XF 95 Series
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
200303 2-53
9 FA MARKING AND PARKING LIGHTS
2-54
Switching the lighting switch (C622) to the 1st VARIANTS
position (connection between contacts 2 and
1) energises the rear light/width marker light Location
relay (G000) through fuse E084, wire 1101, 11 G755: for vehicle without
contacts 2 - 1 of switch C622 and wire 2105. Swedish lighting
A voltage is applied to the left and right lights 21, 66 Connector 161: Only for vehicle
Electrical system
through the G000 relay contacts (30 - 87 type XC

respectively) and fuses E000 and E001. 29, 34, 51 Connector 877: Only for vehicle
with buffer beam
Linked to fuse E000 are: C010, C012, C022, 43 A000: 7-pin model
C074, C156 and C158. There is also a A058: 15-pin model
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
connection in connector A000 (pin 2).

Linked to fuse E001 are: C011, C013, C023,
C075, C157 and C159. There is also a
200303
XF 95 Series
2-55 200303
EL000809 1426261/07 9
1
2
1010
1000
3
0 I II
1/231 2/231 14/403 10A

4
1101 1101 1101

E084
5
4/231
C622
2105
2110
24/401
2110 2110 2110
7
D609
2100
3
5
695
176
8
1
3
35
35
2110 2110
B129
C764
D610
2154
28/401
13
2154
A14
C832
10
1
2
3
4
22/401
11
2105 2100 2100

579 G755 579
12
85
5/401
13
M
86 87A
14
15
87
30
16
G000
17
18
2101
10A
18
12
2
2
2
1
33/400
19
2102 2102 2102 2102

695 284 C012 284 695 E000
20
!
!
21
18
3
1
1
2102
2
1
2102 2102 2102 2102
22
692 161 C010 161 693
8
23
576
2
1
24
2102 2102
C156
25
2102
26
2
1
2102 2102
27
C158
D929
28
!
3
5
2
1
29
2102 2102 2102 2102
C074 877 873
30
2102
31
32
C022
33
34
!
8
35
877
36
D
37
873
38
39
40
1
41
2
42
2102
43
6
2103
44
45
A000
46
47
48
49
2103
C023
50
4
6
2
1
2103 2103 2103 2103
51
C075 877 873
52
2103
1010
1000
2101
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
2-56
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
2101
Electrical system
10A
E001
28/400
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2103
2103
2103 9
2103
693
576 2
2103
2103
2103
2103
9
2103
2103
!
288
161
3 2
2103
2103
2103
2103
1 1 1 1
C159
C157
C013
C011
2 2 2 2
1426261/07
288
12
EL000810
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
5
200303
XF 95 Series
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
200303 2-57
10 FT MARKING AND PARKING LIGHTS
2-58
relay (G000) through fuse E084, wire 1101, 10 G755: for vehicle without Swedish
contacts 2 - 1 of switch C622 and wire 2105. lighting
Electrical system

respectively) and fuses E000 and E001.
C154 and C156 and C158. There is also a
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

200303
XF 95 Series
2-59 200303
EL000811 1426261/07 10
1
2
1010
1000
0 I II
1/231 2/231 14/403 10A

3
1101 1101 1101

E084
4
4/231
C622
2105
2110
24/401
2110 2110 2110
6
D609
2100
3
5
695
176
7
1
3
35
35
2110 2110
B129
C764
D610
2154
28/401
13
2154
A14
C832
9
1
2
3
4
22/401
10
2105 2100 2100

579 G755 579
11
85
5/401
12
M
86 87A
13
14
87
30
15
G000
16
18
12
2
2
2
1
33/400
2101
10A
17
2102 2102 2102 2102

695 284 C012 284 695 E000
18
!
!
19
18
3
1
1
2102
2
1
2102 2102 2102 2102

20
21
692 161 C010 161 693
2
1
22
2102 2102
8
576
C156
23
24
2
1
2102 2102
25
C158
2102
26
2
1
27
2102 2102
D929
C074
28
2
1
2102
29
C154
30
D
31
874
32
33
1
34
5
35
2102 2102
874
36
6
6
2103 2103
37
874
38
A000
39
2
1
40
2103
C155
41
2
1
10A
9
2103 2103 28/400

2103 2103
42
C075 576 E001
43
2
1
2103
2103
2103
2103 2103
44
C159
45
46
2
1
2103
47
C157
48
12
3
2
1
2103 2103
49
288 C013 288
50
!
51
2
2
2
1
2103 2103 2103 2103
52
C011 161 693
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
11 UPEC
2-60
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
108 Wire 6158 ends in lead-through

connector 575, pin 11.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
200303
XF 95 Series
2-61 200303
EL000812 1426261/07 11
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1000 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
5
1010
E286
6
1000
1010
7
30
87
8
DVB
6/403
9
9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
10
2
4
G015 4001
C539
11
9050
10A
9
11/403
12
1248 1248 1248

575 E184
1247
13
13/403
14
1247 1247
15A
15
18/402
1247 1247 1150
87
30
16
E118
21
17
4954 4954 1150

1247
86
85
589
18
G126
1
589
19
85
7/403
9050
1247
20
86 87A
4954
295
B27/
21
8/403
1234
87
30
22
1247
B3/
295
1100
G426
23
1247 4/403
B4/
295
24
1100
1248
25
1248 4087 4087
B9/
1
2
295
15/402 15A
26
1100
E037
5
85
B192
27
4013
G014
295
D929
B10/
28
1248
1248
27/403
1234
29
1
5
4161 4161
86
1234
G014
30
5
14
4
34/403
31
4163 4163 4099 4099
295 294
295
B30/ A16/
B15/
3
4
1248 628 589
5
32
4
3
4162 4162
A9/
2
1
294
33
628
3
1211
34
4160 4160
294
A15/
628 G328
35
D814
B335
B1/
295
36
37
B2/
295
38
17
39
4678 4678
295
B
B35/
589
40
13
11
18
4679 4679 4051 4051 4051
295
295
41
A
B23/
B14/
F672
589 589 867
42
16
3
4677 4677
295
4051
C
B16/
43
589 251
44
2
4680 4680
295
F
4051
B25/
45
575
1 3
2
F672
46
17
4166 4166
295
D
B17/
E564
47
575
5
2
48
1211 1211
2
20
867 251
Zt
49
4684 4684 4684
295
B20/
6
1211
407 589
50
Bw
1
407 33/403
51
1211 1211 1211 1211 1211
Bn
407
52
E575
9029
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
2-62
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
9029
35/403
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
9029
4109
4109
4109
4109
4109
4109
4110
4110
4110
4110
4110
4110
1 1 1 1 1 1
B131
B132
B133
B134
B135
B136
2 2 2 2 2 2
4109
4101
4102
4103
4110
4104
4105
4106
D814
A24/ A35/ A33/ A34/ A25/ A28/ A26/ A27/
294 294 294 294 294 294 294 294
11
B21/ B5/ A14/ A2/ A13/ A1/ A11/ A6/ A22/ A5/ A17/ A12/ A23/ A21/ B22/ B26/ B18/ A8/ B29/
295 295 294 294 294 294 294 294 294 294 294 294 294 294 295 295 295 294 295
3039
3003
3032
3033
3031
3030
3042
3043
3028
3029
3025
3023
3024
3026
3402
4605
4093
4164
3514
589
589
4 3
589
589
628
589
7 15 2 12
3039
3003
3003
3402
4605
4093
4164
3514
3032
3032
3031
3031
D932 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 4 3 2 F000 G036 B247 B248
588
588
588
2 4 3 D17 2 87A 2 2
692
29 32 15 25 25
14
1426261/07
N N
9029
3039
3003
3514
U U U
F558 F552 F565 F566 F649 B7/
599
A068
2 4 3
B525
EL000813
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
5
200303
XF 95 Series

5
D929
200303
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 Series
10A
15A
E053
E091
18/403
18/400
1229
1240
1240
12/561
C831
D814
4/561
3/561
1/561
2/561
10/561
4693
4692
4691
3123
3124
11
B28/ B6/ B11/ B12/ B13/ B24/ B31/ B34/ B32/ B33/
295 295 295 295 295 295 295 295 295 295
575
575
575
589
589
15 14 13 5 6
6158
3435
4697
3124
3123
4691
4692
4693
4693
4692
4691
3123
3124
3700G
3701G
589
589
589
575
8 10 11 16
575
11
!
3700G
3701G
3700F
3701F
1426261/07
3435
4697
1229
9107
3700E
3701E
B5/ C2/ C1/
593 594 594
A021
16 15 5 1 2
D900
9107
EL000814
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
2-63
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
12 REVERSING LIGHTS
2-64
When contact has been made, power is VARIANTS
supplied to the operating switch of the
reversing lights (E592) via E016 and Location
wire 1217. 19 Connector 874:
This switch is mounted in the gearbox. The For vehicle type FA: conn. 873
contacts are closed when the gearbox is set For vehicle type FT: conn. 874
Electrical system
to the reverse position. The voltage is then 27 A001: 7-pin model

applied to connection point 1 of G350 (relay A058: 15-pin model
for reversing lights) through fuse E016, wire
1217, contacts 2 and 4 of switch E592 and
wire 5655. This relay is activated, closing
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
contacts 3 and 5. A voltage is then applied to

the reversing lights (C026 and C027),
reversing buzzer (B176) and to the drawn
vehicle connector (A001 or A070) through
wire 1217, contacts 3 and 5 of G350 and
wire 4591.
The above description applies to an FA
version.
200303
XF 95 Series
2-65 200303
EL000815 1426261/07 12
1
2
1010
1000
13/401 10A
4
1217
E016
5
7
2
21
5655 5655 1217 1217 1217 1217 1217

4
2
2/403
637 E592 637 626
1217
7
8
8
5655 5655 5655

9
24/403
626
5655
863
10
30
C9
5655
D955
11
12
1
26/403
2 4
13
2
1
3
4591
14
5
15
G350
B176
16
2
1
17
4591
18
C026
D
9
3
19
4591 4591 4591 4591

23/403
!
!
873 873 576

20
2
1
4591
21
4591
C027
22
23
24
3
4591
25
26
1
27
D929
A001
28
29
30
31
32
4
4591
33
34
A070
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
13 LIGHT SWITCH / FOG LAMPS / FA/FT DIMMED BEAM AND MAIN BEAM SWITCH
2-66
MARKING AND PARKING LIGHTS The voltage is also applied to connection point A connection is now made between contacts
FOR SECTION DIAGRAM AND 85 of G001 through wire 2110. This is 30 - 87 and this applies a voltage to lights
EXPLANATION: SEE SECTION DIAGRAM 9 energised. A voltage is now applied to dipped C002 and C003 through contacts 30 - 87, wire
beam left (C000) and dipped beam right 2121 and fuses E006 and E007 and wires
LIGHT SWITCH (C622) (C001) through contacts 30 - 87 of relay 2122 and 2123 respectively. These lights
G001, wire 2112 and fuses E004 and E005 remain on as long as there is a fixed
Electrical system
Position 1 (town lights) and wires 2114 and 2113 respectively. They connection between contacts 8 and 9.
A voltage is applied to connection point 2 of will now switch on.
light switch C622 through fuse E084 and wire The dipped beam does NOT go out while the
1101. If this switch is in the town lights Signalling light signalling light or main beam is in use.
position (connection between contacts 2 - 1), The voltage on connection point 85 of relay
the voltage is transmitted to connection point REAR FOG LAMPS (standard version)
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
G001 is also on connection point 14 of stalk

85 of relay G000 (rear light/width marker light switch C832 through diode D610, via wire To activate the rear fog lamps, light switch
relay) through wire 2105 and wire 2100. This 2154. If this (spring-loaded) part of the switch C622 must be in the dipped beam position
relay is energised and contacts 30 - 87 will is operated (connection between points 14 (connection between contacts 2 - 4). The
close. Through contacts 30 - 87 of relay G000 and 9), relay G002 is energised through wire voltage is then applied to D609 through fuse
and wire 2101, a voltage is now applied to 2120. A connection is now made between E084, wire 1101, contacts 2 - 4 of switch
corner marker lights, marker lights and rear contacts 30 - 87 and this applies a voltage to C622 and wire 2110. The voltage is split after
lights through fuses E000 and E001 and wires lights C002 and C003 through contacts this diode. The voltage is applied to
2102 and 2103 respectively. 30 - 87, wire 2121 and fuses E006 and E007 connection point 85 of G000 through a PCB
and wires 2122 and 2123 respectively. These track. This switches on the corner marker
Position 2 (dipped beam) lights remain on as long as there is a lights, marker lights and rear lights. The same
If switch C622 is put in the 2nd position connection between contacts 14 and 9 of stalk voltage is also applied to connection point 5 of
(connection between contacts 2 - 4), the switch C832. C773 through wire 2100. The VIC also
following takes place: receives a voltage on pin C5 of relay G001
A voltage is applied to connection point 2 of Main beam (dipped beam). The VIC receives a voltage
light switch C622 through fuse E084 and wire A voltage is applied to connection point 8 of signal at pin D35 when the fog lamp switch
1101. Through contacts 2 - 4 of C622 the stalk switch C832 through fuse E084 and wire (C773) is operated (connection between
voltage is applied to connection point 85 of 1101. If this part of the switch is operated 5 - 1).
G000 through wire 2110 and diode D609. The (fixed connection between points 8 and 9), The VIC then activates the rear fog lamp relay
voltage is also applied to connection point 5 of relay G002 is energised through wire 2120. (G005) via pin C40 of the VIC, so that the rear
C773 through wire 2100. fog lamps come on. The VIC activates the
rear fog lamps on warning indicator on the
instrument panel via the I-CAN.
200303
XF 95 Series

FRONT FOG LAMPS (optional) VARIANTS: 5
To activate the front fog lamps, light switch
Location
C622 must be in the parking lights position
15 C773 is fitted as standard . If the
(connection between contacts 2 - 1). There is
200303
front fog lamps option is selected,
now a voltage on connection point 85 of relay
switch C773 and C727 should be
G000 (corner marker lights, marker lights and
XF95 Series
swapped over.
rear lights on). Turning the fog lamp switch
90 Connector 877 if the vehicle has a
(C727) to position I (connection between
buffer beam.
contacts 2 - 6) (front fog lamps) activates
93, 97 Connector 874:
relay G004. A voltage is now applied through
fuse E009, wire 2141, contacts 30 - 87 of
relay G004 and wire 2142. The left and right
front fog lamps (C008 and C009 respectively)
will come on now.
A voltage is also sent to the VIC via wire 2142
and pin D34. The VIC controls the DIP and
ensures that the front fog lamps warning
indicator illuminates on the instrument panel.
The VIC receives a voltage signal at pin D35
through wire 2150 when the fog lamp switch
(C727) is turned to position 2 (connection
between contacts 2 - 3). The VIC also
receives a voltage on pin C5 of relay G001
(dipped beam).
The VIC then activates the rear fog lamp relay
(G005) via pin C40 of the VIC, so that the rear
fog lamps come on. The VIC activates the
rear fog lamps on warning indicator on the
2-67
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
200303 2-68
EL000816 1426261/07 13
1
2
1010
1000
10A
2
14/403
5
14
1101 1101 1101

G301
579 E084
5
1101
14/566 28/401
2154 2154
7
D610
2110
9/566 8/566
2120 1101 1101
9
C832
5
566
10
23
A5
1101
C832
0 l ll
11
1101
2140
6
12
4
22/401
2100 2100 2100
2
13
176 D609
2150
14
2150
2100
3
2100
15
2100
C727
16
85
1
2
3
3
4
17
2105 2105 2105 2100

86 87A
579 579 G755 579

18
87
30
19
0 I II
1/231 2/231 G000

20
2105 1101
2110
4/231
21
C622
2101
10A
22
33/400
9
1
2110 2102
C010
23
E000
0
28/400 10A
24
9
1
2103
I
2110
7
C011
2100
25
E001
3
24/401
1
35
2150 2110 2110 2110

B129
26
C773 695
5
176
27
3
35
D929
2110 2110
C764
7/401
28
2110
29
85
30
86 87A
2150
31
7
2150 2114
C5/
595
594
D35/
87
30
32
176
G001
33
D900
34
2114
2112
10A
35
4
4
2
1
2114 2114 2114 2114
16/403
36
C000 284 695 E004
37
10A
5
2
1
17/403
38
2113 2113 2113
C001 288 E005
39
40
5/402
2120
41
2120
42
85
43
2140 2140
86 87A
176
44
87
30
45
5
2
1
2122 2122
G002
46
C002 284
47
10A
2
1
28/402
2121
48
2123 2123 2123
5
C003 288 E007
49
695
30/402 10A
6
33
50
2122 2122 2122
C813
E006
51
52
2140
2122
M
1010
1000
53
XF 95 Series Electrical system
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

5
D929
200303
1000 1000
1010 1010
2122 2131 2140 2141 2168 2151
XF95 Series
85 30 85 30 85 30
15A
10A
10A
E008
E009
E010
G003
G004
G005
86 87A 87 86 87A 87 86 87A 87
M M
2132
4/402
9/403
5/401
3/401
2/401
4/401
6/401
22/402
21/402
17/402
19/401
33/403
24/400
2122 2131 2141
2122
2132
2140
2142
2142
2168
2152
2140
576
10
2152
2142
!
877
5
695
6 7
695
2152
2132
2132
2142
2142
2122
2142
2168
284
288
284
288
6 7 7 8 2152
13
2132
2132
2142
2142
2152
2152
C6/ D34/ C40/

2152
1 1 1 1 594 595 594 1 1 !

874
C006
C007
C008
C009
D900
C024
C025
2 2 2 2 2 2
2152
1426261/07
! !
877
874
8 D
A001
1 7
284
12
695
288
18 12
EL000817
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
2-69
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
14 SWEDISH LIGHTING
2-70
Conditions: Engine running, switch C622 Conditions: Engine running, switch C622 Conditions: Engine not running, switch
has NOT been operated. in position: marker lights (position 1). C622 in position: dipped beam (position 2).
If the engine is running and switch C622 has When the engine is running and switch C622 When the engine is not running and switch
NOT been operated, relay G301 is activated is in the marker lights position (connection C622 is in the dipped beam position (position
by a voltage from connection point C42, between 2 - 1), the following occurs: 2) (connection between 2 - 4), the following
Electrical system
connector 594 of D900 (VIC). A voltage is Relay G301 is energised, making a takes place:
then applied to connection point 85 of relay connection between contacts 5 - 3. The Relay G301 is not energised, so there is no
G001 (dipped beam relay) through fuse E084, voltage is now applied to wire 2100 and to connection between contacts 5 - 3. The
wire 1101, contacts 5 - 3 of relay G301, wire connection point 85 of relay G000 through voltage is now applied to wire 2110 through
2100, contacts 3 - 4 of relay G302 and wire fuse E084, wire 1101, contacts 5 -3 of relay fuse E084, wire 1101, contacts 2 - 4 of switch
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2110. The same voltage is also applied to G301 . When relay G000 is energised a C622, and to connection point 85 of relay
connection point 85 of relay G000 (rear voltage is applied through relay contacts G000 through diode D609. When relay G000
light/width marker light). Both relays are 30 - 87 of relay G000, wire 2101, fuses E000 is energised a voltage is applied through relay
energised. and E001 and wire 2102 and wire 2103 contacts 30 - 87 of relay G000, wire 2101,
When relay G000 is energised (connection respectively. The corner marker lights, marker fuses E000 and E001 and wire 2102 and wire
between contacts 30 - 87), a voltage is lights and rear lights (on both the drivers and 2103 respectively. The corner marker lights,
applied to the left and right width marker lights co-drivers side) now go on. marker lights and rear lights (on both the
in the headlights through contacts 30 - 87 of There is also a voltage on connection point 1 drivers and co-drivers side) now come on.
relay G000, PCB track 2101, fuses E000 and of relay G302 through fuse E084, wire 1101, Because there is a voltage on connection
E001 and wires 2102 and 2103. contacts 2 - 1 of switch C622 and wire 2105. point 85 of relay G001 through contacts 2 - 4
When relay G001 is energised (connection Relay G302 is energised, breaking contacts of switch C622 and wire 2110, this relay is
between contacts 30 - 87), a voltage is 3 - 4. energised. When relay G001 is energised, a
applied through contacts 30 - 87 of relay There is no longer a voltage on wire 2110 voltage is applied to both the left and right
G001, PCB track 2112, fuse E004 and fuse and, as a result, relay G001 is no longer dipped beam through contacts 30 - 87, wire
E005. The voltage through wire 2114 is energised. Contacts 30 - 87 are broken and, 2112, fuses E004 and E005 and wires 2113
applied to connection point 1 of C000 (left as a result, the drivers and co-drivers side and 2114 respectively. A voltage is also
dipped beam) through fuse E004. The voltage headlights go out. applied to connection point C5 of the VIC via
through wire 2113 is applied to connection wire 2114.
point 1 of C001 (right dipped beam) through
fuse E005. A voltage is also applied to pin C5 VARIANTS
of D900 (VIC) through wire 2114.
Location
43 Conn. 580: superstructure connector
(optional)
200303
XF 95 Series
2-71 200303
EL000818 1426261/07 14
1
2
1010
1000
3
4
3157
2
1
10A
2
3
5
14/403
2100 1101 1101 1101
6
2105 579 E084

4
G301
1101
8
2105
2105
2
1
10
3
5
11
2100
5
2110 2110
4
12
G302 579
13
3
2100
14
2105 2105
579
15
16
4
22/401
2100 2100 2100
17
579 D609
2110
2
13
18
2100
C727
19
2100
20
M
85
2105
21
0 I II
1/231 2/231
86 87A
22
1101 1101
4/231
23
C622
87
30
24
2110
G000
25
3
1
35
2110
B129
26
2101
695 10A
33/400
9
1
27
2102
C010
2110
D929
E000
28
10A
29
28/400
9
1
2103
C011
30
E001
31
5
24/401
3
35
2110 2110 2110
C764
32
176
33
7/401
2110
34
2110
2110
35
36
3/401
37
85
38
5/401
42
10
3157
D901
39
M
86 87A
40
582
1
87
30
3157 3157 3157 2114

C5/
594
594
41
C42/
579 G001
42
3157
43
D900
2
85
3157 3157
2112
G303
!
863
44
4
580
45
10A
18
12
4
4
2
1
46
2114 2114 2114
16/403
695 284 284 695
47
C000 E004
48
49
10A
12
5
2
1
17/403
2113 2113 2113
50
288 C001 288 E005
51
52
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
15 STOP LIGHTS/CAB TILTING GEAR
2-72
STOP LIGHTS CAB TILTING GEAR VARIANTS
When the brake pedal is pressed, stop light A voltage is applied to connection point 1 of
operating switch E511 is activated (connection the cab tilting cylinder sensor (F616) through Location
between contacts 2 - 1) and relay G036 will fuse E018 and wire 1114. A voltage is also 12, 14 Connector 873:
be energised. Voltage is now applied to applied to connection point 1 of G297 (cab air For vehicle type FA: conn. 873
connection point 85 of relay G036 through suspension relay). For vehicle type FT: conn. 874
Electrical system
fuse E013, PCB track 1209. The earth is When the sensor is activated, wire 3412 is 27 A000: 7-pin model
formed through wire 4602 and contacts 2 - 1 switched to earth, thereby also switching A058: 15-pin model.
of switch E511. The relay is activated. A connection point 2 of G297 and connection
voltage is now applied to stop lights left point B16 (through wire 3412 and diode D758)
(C020) and right (C021) through fuse E013, in sensor F616 to earth. Relay G297 will be
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
PCB track 1209, contacts 30 - 87 of relay energised, causing voltage to be applied to

G036 and wire 4601. A voltage is also applied connection point 1 of valve B294 (cab air
to connection point 4 of the drawn vehicle suspension valve, switching off height control,
plug socket (A000). The stop lights will now front) through contacts 3 - 5 of relay G297,
light up. A voltage is also applied to wire 4589.
connection point 1 of valve B294 (cab air
suspension valve, switching off height control, The VIC now sends a message to the DIP,
front) through diode D759 and wire 4589. which then activates the cab tilted warning
When relay G036 is energised, the connection lamp.
30 - 78a is broken. The voltage on D814
(UPEC electronic unit) is lost.
200303
XF 95 Series
2-73 200303
EL000819 1426261/07 15
1
2
1010
1000
7/402 10A
1209
4
E013
5
6/402
1209
1209
27
B5
4602
P
F628
1209
7
86
85
20/401
8
4602 4602
1
2
E511
9
15
87A
9/402
11
4605 4605
B26
2
1
D814
10
4601 589
87
30
C021 8/402
11
4601
G036
!
12
10
12
D
2
1
13
4601 4601 4601 4601 4601

26/401
!
873 873 576 D759

4589
C020
14
4601
15
16
4589
13/402
1
17
18
4
4601
19
!
20
A000
21
22
3
4601
23
24
A070
4
25
4589
18
18
9
13
3
26
4589 4589 4589
5
4
1
31/403
D929
695 284 284 695
27
2
1
B294 3412
28
30/403
29
G297
30
1114
1114
28/403
31
32
1114
1114
22/403
33
15A
20
1114 1114
34
32/402
626 E018
35
1114 3412
36
1
3
3412 3412 3412
37
2
29/401
1
626 D758
3492
38
4
626 F616
39
3412
40
41
3
3
3412 3492
593
42
B16/
25/401
580
43
A027
44
D900
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
16 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
2-74
When the contact is switched on (supply
voltage at 1010), a voltage is applied to the
cross-axle differential lock operation switch
(C748) and the longitudinal controlled slip
differential operation switch (C749) through
fuse E016 and wire 1217.
Electrical system
When the cross-axle differential lock switch

(C748) is activated (connection between
connection point 5 - 1), a voltage is applied to
the cross-axle differential lock valve (B243)
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
through wire 4517. This valve is now

activated.
When the longitudinal controlled slip
differential switch (C749) is activated
(connection between connection point 5 - 1), a
voltage is applied to the longitudinal controlled
slip differential valve (B244) through wire
4518. This valve is now activated.
200303
XF 95 Series

5
D929
200303
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 Series
10A
E016
13/401
1217
G350
3
12
568
2
1217
1217
1217
1217
1217
5 5
0 I 0 I
C748
C749
16
7 1 7 1
4517
4518
878
878
11 12
4517
4518
576
576
14 15
4517
4518
1426261/07
1 1
B243
B244
2 2
EL000820
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-75
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
17 XL/XH CAB INTERIOR LIGHTING
2-76
CAB STEPWELL LIGHTING/INTERIOR If the vehicle contact is activated within 9 When the door on the co-drivers side is
LIGHTING DOOR SWITCH, DRIVERS SIDE seconds, the supply voltage of connection closed (contacts 1 - 2 of E515 interrupted),
point A4 of the VIC will be switched off the voltage to connection point D1 of the VIC
If the door on the drivers side is opened, door immediately. The lighting will be switched off is lost. From this moment, voltage will
switch E514 is activated (connection between immediately. continue to be supplied to connection point A4
1 - 2). As a result, there is a voltage on cab If the alarm system sends a signal to the VIC of the VIC for approximately another 9
Electrical system
stepwell lighting, drivers side (C062) and cab to indicate that the doors have locked seconds. After approximately 9 seconds, the
stepwell lighting, co-drivers side (C063) correctly, the lighting will also go off supply voltage is switched off and the interior
through fuse E028 (interior lighting fuse), wire immediately. lighting (C149) goes out. The supply voltage
1107, contacts 1 - 2 of door switch E514, wire on interior lighting C148 is switched off
2647, diode D783 (drivers side interior CAB STEPWELL LIGHTING/INTERIOR immediately.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
lighting diode) and wire 2600. This activates LIGHTING DOOR SWITCH, CO-DRIVERS If the vehicle contact is activated within 9
the cab stepwell lighting on both the drivers SIDE seconds, the supply voltage of connection
side and the co-drivers side. point A4 of the VIC will be switched off
The VIC (D900) also receives a voltage on If the door on the co-drivers side is opened, immediately. The lighting will be switched off
connection point D1. The VIC activates the door switch E515 is activated (connection immediately.
interior lighting (C149) through connection between 1 - 2). As a result, there is a voltage If the alarm system sends a signal to the VIC
point A4 of the VIC. on interior lighting C148 through fuse E028 to indicate that the doors have locked
The interior lighting C148 is also activated (interior lighting fuse), wire 1107, contacts correctly, the lighting will also go off
through wire 2600, diode D709 and wire 2633. 1 - 2 of door switch E515, wire 2600, diode immediately.
D709 (interior lighting diode, co-drivers side)
When the door on the drivers side is closed and wire 2633. There is also a voltage on the INTERIOR LIGHT WITH MAP-READING
(contacts 1 - 2 of E514 interrupted), the cab stepwell lighting on both drivers side LIGHT (DRIVERS SIDE AND CO-DRIVERS
voltage to connection point D1 of the VIC is (C062) and co-drivers side (C063) through SIDE)
lost. From this moment, voltage will continue wire 2600. This activates the cab stepwell
to be supplied to connection point A4 of the lighting on both the drivers side and the In the cab, against the roof console on the
VIC for approximately another 9 seconds. co-drivers side. drivers side, there is a single map-reading
After approximately 9 seconds, the supply The VIC (D900) also receives a voltage on light. In the central part of the roof console
voltage is switched off and the interior lighting connection point D1. The VIC activates the there is a combined interior light and
(C149) goes out. The supply voltage on interior lighting (C149) through connection map-reading light.
interior lighting C148 is switched off point A4 of the VIC. The map-reading light operates in the same
immediately. way on the drivers side and in the central
part.
200303
XF 95 Series

A voltage is applied to connection point 1 of TOOL COMPARTMENT LIGHTING INTERIOR NIGHTLIGHT 5
C046 and C047 through fuse E028 and wire (Drivers side) When switch C735 (interior nightlight switch)
1107 respectively. Depending on the switch When the tool compartment is opened, the is operated (connection between 5 - 1), a
position, the interior light or the map-reading tool compartment light switch, drivers side voltage is applied to C148 through fuse E028
200303
light is now switched on individually or (E528) is activated (connection between (interior lighting fuse), wire 1107, contacts 5 -1
together. 1 - 2). As a result, there is also a voltage on of nightlight switch C735 and wire 2617. This
XF95 Series
C067 through fuse E028 (interior lighting switches the nightlight on. The nightlight
INTERIOR LIGHTS TWO-WAY SWITCHING fuse), wire 1107, contacts 1 - 2 of E528 and works independently of the contact.
wire 2608. This switches on the tool
Conditions: compartment light. The tool compartment light PL LIGHTING
Switch C859 and C733: contact 5 connected works independently of the contact. When C129 (interior lighting with switch) is
through to 7. operated, there is a voltage through fuse
TOOL COMPARTMENT LIGHTING E028 (interior lighting fuse), wire 1107,
A voltage is applied to connection point 2 of (Co-drivers side) contacts 1 - 2 of lighting switch C129. This
C149 through fuse E028, wire 1107, contacts When the tool compartment is opened, the switches the light on. The light works
5 - 7 of C733, wire 2644, contacts 7 - 5 of tool compartment light switch, co-drivers side independently of the contact.
C859 through diode D710 and wire 2610. (E529) is activated (connection between
1 - 2). As a result, there is also a voltage on VARIANTS
Interrupting the voltage with switch C859 will C068 through fuse E028 (interior lighting
disconnect wires 2644 and 1107 from wire fuse), wire 1107, contacts 1 - 2 of E529 and Location
2632. The lamps will then go off. wire 2616. This switches on the tool 7 Wire 1107 if no alarm system fitted
When a connection is made between wires compartment light. The tool compartment light
1107, 2645 and, through contacts 1 - 5, wire works independently of the contact.
2632, using switch C733, the lights will go on
again. BUNK LIGHT (top)
The bunk light C115 is switched on by a
The two-way switching of switches C731 and switch in the light fitting. The bunk light works
C897 works according to the same principle independently of the contact. Voltage is
as the switching above. applied to connection point 1 of C115 through
fuse E028 and wire 1107. When the switch is
operated (connection between contacts 1 - 2),
connection point 2 is connected to earth. The
lamp will now switch on.
2-77
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
2-78
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
2600
Electrical system
15A
E028
D783
2600
15/403
31/401
33/401
2
1107 1107
1107
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
697
2600
1107
2647
2600
1 1
1107 1107 1107 1107 1107 1107
866 692
2600 1107
2600
1107
1107
1107
867
291
574
9 2 2
1107
1107
1107
1107
1107
15 1107 1107 1107
574
2600
1 1
17
1107
1107
1107
1107
E525
E527
695
8 2 2
1 1 1 1
2600
2600
E528
E515
E514
E529
1107
1107
1107
2605
2605
2607
1107
1107
1107
2 2 2 2
143
144
1 1
2647
1 2
2600 1 1 1
2608
2600
2600
2616
1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2600
1426261/07
C151
C129
C115
C046
C047
C067
C063
C062
C068
C064
C066
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 2
D1/
595
D900
866
143
695
867
9 3 18 21 7
291
18
692
EL000821
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
5
200303
XF 95 Series

5
D929
200303
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 Series
1107 1107
1107
2600 2633 2632
15 14
867
867
5 5
0 I 0 I
1107
2633
2632
C897
C859
7 1 7 1
693
693
7 6
2611
2612
2644
2645
2633
2632
5
0 I
3 4 9 10
291
867
867
291
867
867
11 10
C735
7 1
2633
2611
2612
2632
2632
2644
2645
17
2 7 8 1 12 13
697
697
697
697
2617
D709
D710
2611
2612
2644
2645
1 2
697
9 7 1 7 1
2617
2600
2610
C731
C733
0 I 0 I
5 9 5
693
291
8
1107 1107
2617
2633
2632
2610
2610
1426261/07
5
2610
693
2 1 1 2 A4/
592
C148
C149
D900
3 3
EL000822
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
2-79
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
18 XC CAB INTERIOR LIGHTING
2-80
If the door on the drivers side is opened, immediately. The lighting will be switched off is lost. From this moment, voltage will
drivers side door switch E514 is activated immediately. continue to be supplied to connection point A4
(connection between 1 - 2). As a result, there If the alarm system sends a signal to the VIC of the VIC for approximately another 9
Electrical system
is a voltage on cab stepwell lighting, drivers to indicate that the doors have locked seconds. After approximately 9 seconds, the
side (C062) and cab stepwell lighting, correctly, the lighting will also go off supply voltage is switched off and the interior
co-drivers side (C063) through fuse E028 immediately. lighting (C149) goes out. The supply voltage
(interior lighting fuse), wire 1107, contacts on interior lighting C139 + C148 is switched
1 - 2 of door switch E514, wire 2647, diode CAB STEPWELL LIGHTING/INTERIOR off immediately.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
D783 (drivers side interior lighting diode) and LIGHTING DOOR SWITCH, CO-DRIVERS If the vehicle contact is activated within 9
wire 2600. This activates the cab stepwell SIDE seconds, the supply voltage of connection
lighting on both the drivers side and the point A4 of the VIC will be switched off
co-drivers side. If the door on the co-drivers side is opened, immediately. The lighting will be switched off
The VIC (D900) also receives a voltage on door switch E515 is activated (connection immediately.
connection point D1. The VIC activates the between 1 - 2). If the alarm system sends a signal to the VIC
interior lighting (C149) through connection As a result, there is a voltage on interior to indicate that the doors have locked
point A4 of the VIC. lighting C139 and C148 through fuse E028 correctly, the lighting will also go off
The interior lighting C148 is also activated (interior lighting fuse), wire 1107, contacts immediately.
through wire 2600, diode D709 and wire 2633. 1 - 2 of door switch E515, wire 2600, diode
D708 (interior lighting diode, co-drivers side) Interior lighting with map-reading light
When the door on the drivers side is closed and wire 2637. There is also a voltage on the (drivers and co-drivers side)
(contacts 1 - 2 of door switch E514 cab stepwell lighting on both drivers side
interrupted), the voltage to connection point (C062) and co-drivers side (C063) through There is a combined interior light and
D1 of the VIC is lost. From this moment, wire 2600. This activates the cab step lighting map-reading light on both sides of the cab
voltage will continue to be supplied to on both the drivers side and the co-drivers against the roof. The lamps operate in the
connection point A4 of the VIC for side. same way on the drivers side and co-drivers
approximately another 9 seconds. After The VIC also receives a voltage on side.
approximately 9 seconds, the supply voltage connection point D1. The VIC activates the A voltage is applied to connection point 1 of
is switched off and the interior lighting (C149) interior lighting (C149) through connection C046 and C047 through fuse E028 and wire
goes out. The supply voltage on C139 and point A4 of the VIC. 1107 respectively. Depending on the switch
C148 is switched off immediately. position, the interior light or the map-reading
light is now switched on.
200303
XF 95 Series

INTERIOR LIGHTS TWO-WAY SWITCHING When the door of the tool compartment is Bunk light 5
opened (contacts 1 - 2 of E528 are (top)
Conditions: connected), the voltage is applied to C067 The bunk light C111 is switched on by a
Switches C859 and C733: contact 5 (tool compartment lighting) through wire 2608. switch in the light fitting. The bunk light works
200303
connected through to 7. This switches on the tool compartment light. independently of the contact. Voltage is
The tool compartment light works applied to connection point 1 of C111 through
XF95 Series
A voltage is applied to connection point 2 of independently of the contact. fuse E028 and wire 1107. Connection point 2
C149 through fuse E028, wire 1107, contacts of C111 is connected to earth. When the
5 - 7 of C733, wire 2644, contacts 7 - 5 of Tool compartment lighting switch is operated (connection between
C859 through diode D710 and wire 2610. A (co-drivers side) contacts 1 - 2), the lamp goes on.
voltage will also be applied to connection When the door of the tool compartment is
point 1 of C149 and to connection point 1 of closed there is a voltage on E529 (tool Nightlight
C130 via wire 2632. The 3 lamps will now compartment lighting, co-drivers side) When switch C735 (interior nightlight switch )
switch on. through fuse E028 and wire 1107. is operated (connection between 5 - 1), a
When the door of the tool compartment is voltage is applied to connection point 2 of
Interrupting the voltage with switch C859 will opened (contacts 1 - 2 of E529 are C130 and 2 of 139 (nightlight) through fuse
disconnect wires 2644 and 1107 from wire connected), the voltage is applied to C068 E028 (interior lighting fuse), wire 1107,
2632. The lamps will then go off. (tool compartment lighting) through wire 2616. contacts 5-1 of nightlight switch C735 and
When a connection is made between wires This switches on the tool compartment light. wire 2617. This switches the nightlight on. The
1107, 2645 and, through contacts 1 - 5, wire The tool compartment light works nightlight works independently of the contact.
2632, using switch C733, the lights will go on independently of the contact.
again. PL LIGHTING
Bunk light When C129 (interior lighting with switch) is
The two-way switching of switches C731 and (bottom) operated, there is a voltage through fuse
C897 works according to the same principle The bunk light C110 is switched on by a E028 (interior lighting fuse), wire 1107,
as the switching above. switch in the light fitting. The bunk light works contacts 1 - 2 of lighting switch C129. This
independently of the contact. Voltage is switches the light on. The light works
Tool compartment lighting applied to connection point 1 of C110 through independently of the contact.
(drivers side) fuse E028 and wire 1107. Connection point 2
When the door of the tool compartment is of C110 is connected to earth. When the
closed there is a voltage on E528 (tool switch is operated (connection between
compartment lighting, drivers side) through contacts 1 - 2), the lamp goes on.
2-81
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
Electrical system XF 95 Series
Wire 1107 if no alarm system fitted
VARIANTS
Location
7
2-82 200303
2-83 200303
EL000823 1426261/07 18
1
2
1010
1000
9
2
2
1
2608
1
866 1107 1107

4
C067
1
E528
5
866
6
2
!
1107
2600
D1/
15A
595
15
9
15/403
7
1107 1107 1107 1107

E515
8
574 574 E028

2600
D900
9
1107
2
2
10
1107
1107
697
2647
E514
11
31/401
2647
12
D783
2600
13
1107
3
1
2
1
14
2600 2600
143 C063 143
15
16
2600
1107
2600
17
18
1
8
2
1
2600 2600 2600 2600

18
33/401
695 C062 144 695
19
2600
20
21
2
2
1
21
2616
2
867 C068 1107 1107 1107
22
E529 867
23
18
1107
1107
692
2
1
24
1107
25
C110
1
1107 1107
26
692
2
1
27
1107 1107
D929
28
C111
29
1107
30
7
1
31
190
190
32
1107
2
1
33
1107 1107
C046
34
35
1107
36
37
2
1
1107
38
C047
39
2
1
40
2605
1107
1107
C064
41
2
2
1
2605
42
1
43
E525
44
2
2
1
1107
2607
45
1
C066
46
E527
47
1
1107
48
2
1107
49
C151
50
2
2
1
51
2636
1
1107
52
C150
1107
2600
1107
E560
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
2-84
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
1107 1107
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1107
2600 2600 2633 2632
4 15 14
693
867
867
5 5
0 I 0 I
1107
1107
2600
2633
2632
C897
C859
7 1 7 1
190
693
693
8 7 6
2611
2612
2644
2645
2633
2632
5
0 I
3 4 9 10
190
867
867
190
867
867
11 10
C735
7 1
2600
2633
2611
2612
2632
2632
2644
2645
18
1 1 7 8 1 12 13
697
697
697
697
2617
D708
D709
D710
2611
2612
2644
2645
2 2 2
697
9 7 1 7 1
2617
2637
2637
2610
C731
C733
0 I 0 I
5 9 5
693
190
190
8 12
1107 1107
1107
2617
2633
2637
2632
2610
2610
1426261/07
2632 2632 5
1 2610
2617 2633
693
2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 A4/
592
C129
C130
C139
C148
2 B175 C149
4
D900
37 3 3 3 3
EL000824
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
5
200303
XF 95 Series
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
200303 2-85
19 MIRROR HEATING/MIRROR ADJUSTMENT
2-86
MIRROR HEATING The mirror adjustment system can only be
When the mirror heating switch (C746) is used if the contact relay is energised.
operated, a voltage is applied to heating
element B017 (drivers side) and B018 VARIANTS
(co-drivers side) through fuse E044, wire
1208 and switch C746 (contacts 1 - 2) and Location
Electrical system
wire 4532. 7 If RHD, pin 4 is connected to wire

The mirror heating can only be switched on 1208 and pin 2 is connected to earth.
when the contact relay has been energised 17 If RHD, pin 4 is connected to wire
(contact on). 1208 and pin 2 is connected to earth.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
MIRROR ADJUSTMENT
The outside mirrors are adjusted using two
so-called joystick switches: C695 (drivers
side) and C696 (co-drivers side). If the
handle of the switch is moved from the rest
position (centre) in a particular direction,
power will be supplied to mirror adjustment
motor B005 (drivers side) or B006 (co-drivers
side) and the mirror in question will follow the
movement of the handle.
For this, wires 4770 and 4774 (drivers side)
or 4771 and 4775 (co-drivers side) supply
power to the motor for the left/right movement.
Wires 4772 and 4774 (drivers side) or 4773
and 4775 (co drivers side) supply power to
the adjusting motor for the up and down
movement.
200303
XF 95 Series

5
D929
200303
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 Series
10A
E044
26/400
1208
2
1208 1208
553
591
2
1208
1208 1208 C745
4
37 C743
4
1208
1208
37
! ! 1208
C744
1208
1208
C696 2 C695 4 4
37
Y1 Y1 1
0 I
X1 X1
C746
X1 Y1 X1 Y1
19
4 5 1 3 2 5 1 3 2
4532
553
9
4771
4775
4773
4532
553
553
553
14 16 15
591
9
4771
4775
4773
4772
4774
4770
4532
4532
4532
591
591
591
14 16 15
1
1426261/07
4771
4775
4773
1
4775 4774
B018
2
2 3 1 4 2 3 1 4
B017
2
M M M M
X Y X Y
591
12
B006 B005 12
553
EL000825
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-87
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
20 SEARCH LIGHTING
2-88
SEARCH LIGHTING Relay G000 is energised so that a voltage is
Search lighting refers to lights or LEDs in the applied to the search lighting (wire 2630)
various function switches. through fuse E117. This wire is also
When the light switch (C622) is operated, a connected to connection point C7 of the VIC
supply voltage is present on relay G000 (D900).
(connection point 85) through fuse E084 and If the pre-programmed condition in the VIC is
Electrical system
the light switch (C622) contacts 2 - 1 and wire met, the VIC sends a message to the DIP,
2100. which in turn activates a buzzer (fitted in the
Relay G000 is energised (connection between DIP).
points 30 - 87). A voltage is now applied on
the search lighting through PCB track 2101, VARIANTS
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
fuse E117 (via wire 2630). All search lighting

connected to this will come on. Location
34 C737: Switch for ASC traction
The following switches are illuminated by a (optional)
light: C052, C053, C072, C073, C716, C760,
C802 and C813.
The following switches are illuminated by an
LED:
C725, C727, C731, C733, C735, C736, C737,
C739, C740, C741, C748, C749, C750, C751,
C763, C764, C765, C774, C742, C835, C836,
C844, C853, C890
LIGHT BUZZER
When the light switch (C622) is operated, a
supply voltage is present via diode D609 on
connection point 85 of relay G000 through
fuse E084, the light switch (C622) (contacts
2 - 4) and wire 2110.
200303
XF 95 Series

5
D929
200303
1000 1000
1010 1010
2100 2101
XF95 Series
2154
85 30
10A
10A
E084
E117
D609
D610
G000
86 87A 87
M
5/401
2630 2630 2630
14/403
24/401
28/401
22/401
27/400
20/402
1101
2110
2154
2100
2630
2630 2630
5 C832 2630
A14 2630
176 13
574
3 2630
2630
11
1101
2110
2110
2630 2630
2630
C764 697
696
3 11 2630
35 2630
601
2
2630
2630
2630
3
695
1101
2110
2110
2100
20
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
B129
1
35
2/231
579
4 A A A 5 A A
C7/ ! 6 7 1
594 1 1
0 I II 2 0 I 0 I
C073
C622
C835
C836
D900
C765
C735
C072
C853
C737
G755
1 2 2
2 5 A B
3 B B B 7 1 B B
579
1/231
4/231
2029
1426261/07
2110
2105
2105
601
696
6 12
EL000826
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-89
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
2-90
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
2630 2630
2630
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
9
2630 2630
693
2630
2630
2630
291
176
2630 5 9
2630
2630
2630 2630
20
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
6 7 6 7
7 1 A A A A 3 6 A A A A A A 3 A
I 0 II
C774
C731
C844
C733
C736
C751
C750
C763
C727
C764
C725
C813
C716
II 0 I
3 B B B B 7 1 8 2 B B B B B B 5 9 B
2 10 2 10
1426261/07
176
21
6 17
291 692
21
697
EL000827
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
5
200303
XF 95 Series

5
D929
200303
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 Series
4
2630 2630
878
2630
2630
2630
2630 2630
397
2
2630 2630
2630 2630
2630
2630
20
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
A 4 4 A A A 5 A A A
1 1 0 I
C053
C052
C739
C760
C802
C742
C748
C749
C890
C740
C741
2 2 1 1
B B B B 7 1 B B B
1426261/07
397
12
21
878
EL000828
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
2-91
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
21 AIR CONDITIONING/RECIRCULATION VALVE/HEATER FAN
2-92
AIR CONDITIONING The knob has five positions: Position 4: (Connection between contacts 1
and 6). The fan runs at the highest speed.
SEE THE SYSTEM MANUAL FOR MORE Off: (position 0): Heater fan (B015) off. Voltage is applied to connection point 8 of
INFORMATION B015 through fuse E031 and wire 1201. The
Position 1: (Connection between contacts 2 earth is formed through connection point 7 of
RECIRCULATION VALVE and 6). The fan runs at the lowest speed. B015, wire 4658, contacts 6 - 5 of thermal
Electrical system
When C802 is operated (connection between Voltage is applied to connection point 8 of switch B015, wire 4654 and contacts 3 - 6 of
contacts 2 - 3), a voltage is applied to B015 through fuse E031 and wire 1201. The C882.
connection points 1 of G257 and G258 earth is formed through connection point 7 of
through fuse E031, wire 1201, contacts 2 - 3 B015, wire 4658, contacts 6 - 5 of thermal VARIANTS
of C802 and wire 4659. This relay is switch B015, wire 4654, through three
energised and, as a result, a connection is resistors (B015), wire 4650 and contacts 2 - 6 Location
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
made between contacts 3 - 5. This causes a of C882. 30 DVB: in wiring harness next to PCB
voltage to be applied to connection point 1 of
B252 through fuse E031, wire 1201 and Position 2: (Connection between contacts 2
contacts 5 - 3 of relay G257 and wire 5053. and 6). The fan runs slightly faster.
The other connection point 2 is connected to Voltage is applied to connection point 8 of
earth through wire 5054 and contacts 3 - 5 of B015 through fuse E031 and wire 1201. The
relay G258. The recirculation valve, driven by earth is formed through connection point 7 of
B252, will now close. B015, wire 4658, contacts 6 - 5 of thermal
The VIC (D900) also receives a voltage signal switch B015, wire 4654, through two resistors
on connection point D8. The VIC activates the (B015), wire 4651 and contacts 4 - 6 of C882.
recirculation warning indicator on the
instrument panel via the I-CAN. Position 3: (Connection between contacts 3
and 6). The fan runs at the highest speed but
HEATER FAN one.
A voltage is applied to connection point 8 of Voltage is applied to connection point 8 of
B015 (4-speed heater fan) through fuse E031 B015 through fuse E031 and wire 1201. The
(heater fan) and wire 1201. earth is formed through connection point 7 of
Depending on the position of C882 (heater fan B015, wire 4658, contacts 6 - 5 of thermal
switch), the fan will start operating. switch B015, wire 4654, through one resistor
(B015), wire 4652 and contacts 3 - 6 of C882.
200303
XF 95 Series

5
D929
200303
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 Series
15A
E031
15/401
1201
1201
1 1
1201 1201 1201 1201 1201 1201 1201
878 DVB 397
1 2 1 2
C760
4
1201
20
C802
C760
4656
5 3 5 3
2630
1
D900
P
4659
4659
4655
4655
D8/ C7/
E509
595 594
2
878
878
878
21 17 16
2630
4658
4659
2630
4
4656
4657
4659
6 7
4655
878
21
4659 2630 M
175
175
575
2 3 21
397
3
B015
397
9
2630
1 2 3 4 5 8
4655
4656
4657
5055
4655
397
1 M 2 2
397
397
668
4 5 1
4650
4650
4651
4652
4654
4654
1201
B252
4659
5053
5054
2630
1201
4656
4657
1201
5055
4655
4655
4650
4659 2630
2 4 3 1
1 3 1 3 1 1 1 1 4 5 1 3 1
C882
5055
1426261/07
E508
B043
C052
C053
G257
G258
G279
G267
2 4 5 2 4 5 2 2 3 2 3 2 4 5 2
6
5055
1201
4656
12
397
668
8 3
397
1201
EL000829
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-93
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
22 SEAT HEATING/ACCESSORIES CONNECTION
2-94
SEAT HEATING
When the contact is activated, a voltage is
applied to switch C697 (drivers side seat
heating switch) and switch C698 (co-drivers
side seat heating switch) through fuse E091
and wire 1240.
Electrical system
When one of the switches (C697 or C698) is

operated, the heating element B032 or B033
is switched on. When the maximum
temperature is reached, a thermal switch in
the seat switches off the heating element.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
ACCESSORIES CONNECTION
In the middle roof console is a 2-pin connector
(connector number. 180, basic code number:
A038). A microwave can be connected to this
connector. The wire is connected before
contact (wire 1000) and is fuse-protected with
fuse E168 (40 A).
A 2-pin accessories connector (A043) is fitted
in the drivers seat. The wire is connected
after contact (wire 1240) and is fuse-protected
with fuse E091 (15A).
200303
XF 95 Series

5
D929
200303
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 Series
15A
E091
18/400
1240
1240
1240
1240
867
866
7 3
1000
1240
1240
1240
1000
1 3 1 3
C697
C698
22
2 2
1000
1000
1 A1
1 1
40A
125A
E286
E168
2 A2
1000
1175
B032
B033
B010
30
1426261/07
2
865
865
1 2
2 2
1175
1240
867
21
866
A038
A043
1 2 1 2
EL000830
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-95
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
23 HORN/CIGAR LIGHTER/ WORK LAMP/AIR DRYER
2-96
HORN WORK LAMP CONSTANT VOLTAGE
A voltage is applied to connection point 5 of When light switch C622 is put in the town Through fuse E036 (24V plug socket fuse)
C832 (direction indicator/windscreen wiper lights position, relay G000 (rear light/width and wire 1103 a 24V supply voltage before
stalk switch) through fuse E084 and wire marker light relay) is energised. Relay G462 contact is supplied to A007 (24V plug socket,
1101. When this switch is operated (work lamp relay) is energised through 2-pin).
(connection between contacts 5 - 12), the contacts 30 - 87 of relay G000, fuse E117 and
Electrical system
voltage is applied through wire 4535 to wire 2630. A voltage is now applied through VARIANTS
connection point 1 of valve B028 (horn). This fuse E037, wire 1100, contacts 30 and 87 of
valve is activated. The air duct in the relay G462 through fuse E052 to connection Location
pneumatic horn is now released. point 5 of C725 (work lamp switch). When the 46 Connector A070 if fitted. Only for an
work lamp switch is operated (connection FA version.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
CIGAR LIGHTER between connection points 5 - 1), the work

A voltage is applied to connection point 1 of lamp (C071) is supplied with voltage through
B030 (drivers side cigar lighter) through fuse wire 2155 and will light up. The VIC (D900)
E026 (power supply before contact) and wire also receives a voltage signal on connection
1105. When the cigar lighter is pressed in point C9. The VIC switches on the work lamp
(connection between contacts 1 - 3), a current indicator on the instrument panel via the
flows through an internal resistor. When the I-CAN.
temperature exceeds a specific value, the
heating element springs back and the electric AIR DRYER
circuit is broken. A voltage is applied to connection point 1 of
B042 (air dryer heating element) through fuse
E091 (power supply after contact) and wire
1240. When the built-in temperature switch is
closed (connection between contacts 1 - 2), a
current flows through an internal resistor. If
the temperature exceeds a specific value, the
temperature switch turns the heating element
off.
200303
XF 95 Series
2-97 200303
EL000831 1426261/07 23
1
2
1010
1000
125A
2
3
30
1000 1000 1000

2
1
B010
E286
5
7,5A
1000
1000
6
C1
C2
E026
7
1105
21
1
3
1
1105 1105
697 697
9
2
10
B030
11
2622
12
15A
13
20
12
35/402
1
1103 1103 1103

288
14
697 E036
15
A007
16
17
15A
1
2
1
18/400
18
1240 1240 1240 1240

288 E091
19
B042
20 10A
2
14/403
5
14
21
1101 1101 1101
G301
579 E084
22
1101
23
10
12/566 5/566
4535 4535 1101
2
1
24
288 C832
25
B028 22/401
1
20
2100
26
C622
2100
85
5/401
27
D929
28
86 87A
10
2622 2622
594
29
C49/
697
87
30
30
G000
2155
C9/
594
31
27/400 10A
2101
32
2630
D900 E117
33
15/402 15A
34
1100
E037
35
19/402
1100
36
1100
20/402
37
2630
2630
2630
38
85
3/402
39
86 87A
40
1/402
41
1147
87
30
42
G462
43
32/400
44
0
1147
2155
I
45
10A
11
8
1
5
34/400
2
2155
46
2155 2155 1110 1110
1
576 176 C725 176 E052
47
!
A070
48
2155
49
50
D
3
1
17
2
1
51
2155 2155 2155
874 669 C071 669 874
52
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
Electrical system
ABS - ASC - D
INFORMATION
24
2-98 200303
2-99 200303
EL000832 1426261/07 24
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1000 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
5
1010
E286
6
1000
1000
1010
7
30
87
8
DVB
6/403
9
9050 9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
10
G015
2
4
4001
C539
1000
11
21
1
27
85
7/403
12
9050
585 610 873
86 87A
13
2
C
8/403
14
1234
1000
87
30
590 873
1100
15
G426
4/403
A1
16
1100
1234
25A
17
4
15/402 15A
E043 A2
18
1100
E037
19
3
12/403
1119
20
1234
A
1
1234
21
1
1119 1119 1119

873 590
22
23
10A
13
19
4
11/401
2
1288 1288 1288 1288
24
873 610 585 E172
25
8
7
7
26
5 3428 3428 3428 3428
873 610 585
27
D929
28
A004
29
3428
594
C32/
30
31
D900
32
33
10A
34
3
10/403
9128 1380 1380 1380
A7/
453
35
585 E350
36
9128 9128
37
9128
453 453 453

A11/ A12/ A10/
38
39
15A
1
14/401
40
3425 1186 1186
A9/
453
453
A14/
585 E189
41
5
42
3425 3425
453
A13/
D850
585
43
2 12/401 15A
44
A021 1187 1187
A8/
453
585 E190
45
0
46
I
47
1
8
5
3487 3487 3487
A6/
453
48
3701L
A3/
453
C737 696 585
D2
49
G535
50
3700L
A1/
453
12
D1
51
696
52
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
2-100
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
D850
24
B4/ B5/ C4/ C5/ D5/ D6/ D8/ D9/ B1/ B2/ B3/ C7/ C8/ C9/ D1/ D2/ D3/ D10/ D11/ D12/ D7/ D4/
454 454 455 455 456 456 456 456 454 454 454 455 455 455 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456
4620
4621
4622
4623
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
5056
4634
4635
5057
4640
4641
5058
4642
4643
5059
4578
5060
611
611
611
611
610
610
610
610
611
611
611
611
611
611
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
10 11 19 20 4 5 16 17 7 8 9 16 17 18 10 11 12 13 14 15 18 21
1426261/07
4632
4633
5056
4634
4635
5057
4640
4641
5058
4642
4643
5059
4578
5060
4620
4621
4622
4623
4628
4629
4630
4631
BN3 ZT3 BN1 ZT1 BN1 ZT1 BN2 ZT2 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
1
N N N N B256
B257
B258
B259
B237
4 4 4 4 2
F512 F513 F514 F515
EL000833
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
5
200303
XF 95 Series
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
200303 2-101
25 DEB
Voltage is applied through fuse E118 and
2-102
relay G126 to D814 (UPEC electronic unit)
and through fuse E184 to valves B192, B247
and B248.
Depending on unit D814, relay G126 is
activated, after which voltage is applied to
Electrical system
engine brake valve B192 and engine brake

valves (DEB) B247 and B248.
Depending on unit D814 these valves are
connected to earth or are not connected to
earth.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

INFORMATION
200303
XF 95 Series

5
D929
200303
1000 1000
1010 1010
1247
XF95 Series
10A
15A
E184
E118
11/403
13/403
18/402
1248
1247
1150
575
9
1248
1150
1150
D814
30 85
1248
1248
1248
1247
G126
87 87A 86
25
B27/ B3/ B4/ B9/ B18/ A8/ B1/ B2/
G014 595 295 295 295 295 294 295 295
86
11
1247
4954
4954
1247
1247
4087
4093
4164
21
589
1
628
1247 1247 1247 2
589
4087
4093
4164
1426261/07
2 2 2
B192
B247
1 1 1 B248
1248
1248
1248
1
1248 1248
628
EL000834
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-103
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
26 INTARDER EST42
2-104
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
16 The housing is connected to earth by

a separate wire.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
200303
XF 95 Series
2-105 200303
EL000835 1426261/07 26
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1000 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
5
1010
E286
6
1000
1000
1010
7
30
87
8
DVB
6/403
9
9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
10
G015
2
4
4001
C539
11
85
7/403
1000
12
9050
86 87A
13
10A 8/403
14
1234
87
30
B1
B2
1100
15
!
E199 G426
4/403
1197
16
1100
1234
17
1197
54/
622
583 15/402 15A

18
9131 9131 1100

27/
622
1197
E037
19
9131
28/
55/
25/400
622
622
20
1234
1234
21
10A
22
12
8/401
1381 1381 1381
1
3
31/
622
23
4690
2
1
583 E351
620 E593 620
24
1381
4690
25
53/
622
2
1
17
16
11
26
4690 4690
20/
622
863 G756 863 583
27
D929
28
29
8
4883 4883
11
14/
622
30
583
31
A021
32
D902
33
1
34
3417 3417 3701J
22/
52/
622
595
622
D24/
583
F2
35
2
G535
36
3420 3420 3700J
49/
29/
622
595
622
D25/
583
F1
37
D900
38
39
6
1/
4878 4878
622
40
620
41
7
9
5/561
4888 4888 5147 5147
34/
18/
2
1
622
622
42
620 583
10
6/561
43
5148 5148
44/
622
B089 583
44
9
3/
4960 4960
622
45
4
620 7/561
4711 4711
15/
622
46
C831
8
583
4/
4887 4887
5
8/561
2
1
622
47
4712 4712
42/
622
620
583
48
6
9/561
B088 4713 4713
16/
622
49
5
583
3516 3516
37/
11/561
622
50
4714 4714
30/
622
620
583
51
4
9/
3515 3515
1
2
622
52
F544 620
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
27 EBS
2-106
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
18, 19, 22, 24, 33, 36:

Connector 873:
For vehicle type FA: conn. 873,
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
200303
XF 95 Series
2-107 200303
EL000836 1426261/07 27
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1000 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
5
1010
E286
6
1000
1000
1010
7
30
87
8
DVB
6/403
9
9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
10
G015
2
4
4001
1000
C539
11
85
7/403
12
9050
86 87A
13
1000
8/403
14
1234
87
30
A1
1100
15
G426
4/403
25A
16
1100
1234
2
C
4
E043 A2
17
15A
!
590 873 15/402

18
1100
!
1119
E037
19
A
1
1119 1119 12/403

20
873 590 1234
1234
21
!
10A
13
19
4
22
1288 1288 1288 1288 1288
11/401
873 608 584 E172
23
!
24
8
7
7
3428 3428 3428 3428
25
873 608 584
26
3428
21
594
C32/
27
A004
D929
3427
594
584
C33/
28
9
A
31
3406 3406
1
593
F107
C17/
29
586
608
6
D900
30
584
27
3
31
873
32
3427
612
A18/
!
10A
33
11
8
10/403
7
3558 3558 3558 1380
B3/
613
34
873 608 E350
35
12
9
3
6
3559 3559 3559 1380 1380
A7/
B6/
612
613
36
873 608 584
37
15A
18
1
38
5125 5125 5125 1186 1186
A9/
612
C6/
2
1
614
14/401
608 584 E189
39
B309
40
15A
5
2
41
3425 3425 1187 1187
A8/
612
612
A13/
12/401
584 584 E190
42
43
A021 D880
20
44
9028 9028 9028
612
A11/
584
45
18
46
9128 9128 9128
612
A12/
584
47
48
3701L
A3/
612
49
D2
50
3700L
A1/
612
51
D1
52
1010
1000
G535
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
2-108
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
D880
B4/ B1/ B7/ D7/ D8/ D12/ D10/ D11/ D9/ D6/ D1/ D2/ B13/ D3/ B14/ B10/ B11/ C3/ C1/ C2/ C4/ C5/ B8/ B12/
613 613 613 615 615 615 615 615 615 615 615 615 613 615 613 613 613 614 614 614 614 614 613 613
3620
3619
5158
4620
4621
5056
4632
4633
3609
3610
5119
5120
3617
9026
3616
5121
5122
5057
4634
4635
4622
4623
5123
5124
27
608
608
608
5 4 6
9026
3620
3619
5158
609
609
609
609
609
609
609
609
609
609
608
608
608
608
608
609
609
609
609
609
608
608
10 11 9 7 8 3 2 4 5 6 11 2 10 12 13 18 16 17 19 20 16 17
D879
A3 A4 A1
4620
4621
4622
4623
C1 C2 B1 B2 A2
1426261/07
9129
ZT1
BN1
3609
9026
3610
5119
5120
3617
9026
3616
5121
5122
5057
4634
4635
5123
5124
ZT3
BN3
5056
4632
4633
608
1 2 1 2 21 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2
1 3 1 3
9129
N N N N 1
P P
584
19
B256
B257
B306
2 U U 2 2
F514 F515 F512 F513
9129
B307 B308
EL000837
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
5
200303
XF 95 Series

5
D929
200303
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 Series
D880
E4/ E6/ E5/ E1/ E3/ E2/ A6/ B9/

616 616 616 616 616 616 612 613
3607
3608
3606
3604
3603
3605
3487
5719
E511
2
27
15
584
584
584
584
584
584
584
584
14 15 13 11 10 12 8 16
3607
3608
3606
3604
3603
3605
4602
4602
3487
5719
G036
560
560
560
560
560
560
560
696
878
5 6 4 2 1 3 7 86 1 13
15
3607
3608
3606
3604
3603
3605
4602
3487
5719
A1 A3 A4 B1 B3 B4 B5 5 5
0 I 0 I
1426261/07
C737
C890
F628
7 1 7 1
A2 B2
696
878
12 21
560
EL000838
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
2-109
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
Electrical system
INFORMATION
AGS
28
2-110 200303

5
D929
200303
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 Series
15A
E157
18/401
1262
587
6
1262
B344
1
2 3 4
28
3470
3469
587
587
587
1 4 3
3470
3469
D36/
595
1426261/07
A021
13
D900
EL000839
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-111
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
29 EMAS
2-112
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
42 Wires coming out of connectors: 679

and 680 are NOT provided with DAF
markings.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
200303
XF 95 Series
2-113 200303
EL000840 1426261/07 29
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1000 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
5
1010
E286
6
1000
1000
1010
7
30
87
8
DVB
6/403
9
9050 9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
10
G015
2
4
4001
C539
11
9133
A2/
85
7/403
871
12
9050
86 87A
13
9133 9133
676
B18/
8/403
14
1234
87
30
9133
B3/
676
1100
15
G426
2
4
4/403
16
3708 3708 3708 1100

1234
677
2
C14/
684 674
17
3
19
3709 3709 3709 15A

C3/
15/402
677
18
F687
684 674 1100

L
1
1
E037
19
9036 9036 9036

C4/
677
684 674 12/403

20
1234
1234
21
3
3709 29/400
3
22
685 1000 1000
1
1000
23
9036
1
F688
685
L 15A
24
2
1
30/400
3712 3712 3712 1117 1117 1117
B1/
677
676
2
C12/
25
685 674 862 E051
26
1117
B2/
676
2
9
5182 5182
676
27
B14/
686 674
D929
28
10A
3
1
8
10/403
5181 5181 1380 1380 1380
A1/
2
1
676
871
29
B13/
686 674 862 E350
30
B372
31
32
2
21
D932
3714 3714
D4/
872
33
680 674
3
10
34
3715 3715
C9/
677
680 674
35
4
11
3716 3716
677
C10/
36
680 674
5
3
37
9038 9038 D3/
872
680 674
38
6
5
5192 5192
B4/
676
39
680 674
7
7
40
5193 5193
B5/
676
680 674
41
!
42
B386
43
1
12
5183 5183
44
679 674
2
13
45
5184 5184
679 674
46
3
14
5185 5185
47
679 674
4
15
48
5186 5186
676 676 676 676

B16/ B17/ B10/ B11/
679 674
49
5
16
5187 5187
B7/
676
50
679 674
6
17
51
5188 5188
B8/
676
679 674
52
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
2-114
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
D932
29
B15/ D12/ A13/ A3/ D5/ D17/
676 872 871 871 872 872
3661
3502
3705
3733
3646
3003
9 5
862
862
8 3646
3502
862
3646
3646
3003
3502
3646 3003
692
862
862
574
864
589
588
1426261/07
13 10 11 10 2 3 3
3661
3502
3502
3705
3733
3646
3646
3646
3003
3003
35/ 22/ B6/ D28/ C47/ B15/ 10/ B5/

340 340 599 595 594 604 600 295
B525
A021
A068
D802
D900
D911
D905
D814
8 3
EL000841
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
5
200303
XF 95 Series
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
200303 2-115
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
Electrical system
AS-TRONIC
INFORMATION
30
2-116 200303
2-117 200303
EL000842 1426261/07 30
1
2
1/416
3
1000
1000
125A 1/417
2
5
30
1000 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
1010
E286
6
7
1000
1010
10A
8
1604 1000 1000

30
87
A2
A1
E301
9
6/403
10
9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
11
G015
DVB
12
86
85
7/403
9050
13
4001
14
87A
4/403
1100
30
15
87
4001
16
1234
G426
1100
2/222
17
4/222 1/222 15/402 15A

18
1100 1100
6/222
E037
19
C539
20
21
22
10
3700X 3700X
594
23
C15/
863
24
11
3701X 3701X
594
25
C14/
863
26
D900
27
D929
28
29
11
9
3
8/403
3701X 3701X 3701X 1234 1234
A8/
880
30
869 876 863
31
10
8
21
3700X 3700X 3700X 1234

880
A12/
32
869 876 869
33
1
9079 1234 1234

A1/
880
34
876
1
12
35
9079 9079 9079 9079
880 880
A16/ A17/
869 876
36
D954
37
9
6
2
38
3065 3065 3065 3065
10
A2/
880
39
863 869 876
40
A021 3700D
880
A13/
41
42
3701D
880
A14/
43
44
45
11
8
8
46
3701D 3701D 3701D 3701D
876 869 863
A2
47
G535
10
7
7
48
3700D 3700D 3700D 3700D
876 869 863
A1
49
50
51
52
1604
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
2-118
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
2
1604 1604 1604
863 E592 G350
4 5655 5655 1
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
3 12 12
1604
5 20
863
1604
5
1604 1604 869
876 869
1604
5715
5715
5655
868
876
868
868
7 5 1 6
1604
1604
1604
5715
5715
5655
3739
3739
D954 D955
A4/ A5/ A11/ C7/ C6/ C9/ C14/ C15/
880 880 880 879 879 879 879 879
A6/ A3/ C3/ C1/ C8/

B8 B7 B12 B9 B17 B16 B20 B10 B15 B11 B6 B18 880 880 879 879 879 D1 D3 D5 D2 D4 D6
30
3731
3732
3732
3731
9080
876
876
868
868
868
4 3 4 3 2
4 2 1
Y14 Y15 Y16 Y17 0-5V 5V 1 3 5 2 4 6
3731
3732
3732
3731
9080
5
N
869
4
F705
869
1426261/07
B385 E590
1604
EL000843
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
5
200303
XF 95 Series
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
200303 2-119
31 BRAKE LINING WEAR SWITCH
If one of the brake linings is too thin,
2-120
connection point B17 of the VIC (D900) will be
interrupted by the corresponding brake pad
wear switch (F107 or F108 or F111 or F112 or
F113 or F114) through wire 3406 or 3407. The
VIC will send a message to the instrument
Electrical system
panel, which will then activate the Brake lining

wear indicator.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
200303
XF 95 Series

5
D929
200303
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 Series
D900
B17/
593
1 2
G734
3406
3406
3407
31
586
610
9 3
3406
3406
611
611
1 21
3406
3406
3407
3406 3406 3407
1426261/07
Zt2
Zt4
Bn2
Bn4
Wt1
Wt2
Wt3
Wt4
Wt5
Wt6
Wt7
Wt8
A C A C A C A C A C A C
F107 F108 F111 F112 F113 F114
EL000844
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-121
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
32 PTO
REQUEST PTO 1 (= SWITCH ON) A voltage is applied from connection point The VIC then sends a message to the DIP
2-122
When the PTO operation switch (C750) is B23 of D900 to connection point 1 of E570 and the PTO active warning is activated. If the
operated, a voltage is applied to connection (clutch PTO N10 proximity switch) (if present) PTO does NOT switch on, F087 is NOT
point 27 of D900 (VIC) through fuse E091, and to connection point 3 of relay G259 (PTO operated and connection point 14 of
wire 1240, contacts 5 - 1 of switch C750 and operation takeover relay) (if present) through connector 593 is NOT connected to earth.
wire 4594 and to connection point 11 of A068 wire 4596. When switch E570 is operated by After a period of time programmed in the VIC
Electrical system
(engine speed control application connector). depressing the clutch pedal (connection a message is sent to the DIP and the PTO
This means that a request to use the PTO between contacts 1 - 2), a voltage is applied fault warning symbol is activated.
has been made. to connection point 1 of relay G259 through
This request is implemented depending on wire 4596 and to connection point 1 of B245 CANCEL PTO 1 (= SWITCH OFF)
the conditions programmed in the VIC. A (PTO operation valve). Relay G259 is Breaking contacts 5 - 1 of C750 switches the
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
condition might be that the parking brake must energised and, as a result, a connection is PTO off. This interrupts the voltage from
be engaged. In this case, a voltage is applied made between contacts 3 - 5 of relay G259. connection point D27 to D900 (VIC). One of
to connection point 1 of parking switch control Relay G259 now remains energised the switch-on conditions for operation of the
switch F000 through fuse E035 and wire irrespective of E570 (this is a memory PTO is now absent. The VIC responds to this
1211. If parking brake control switch F000 is function). B245 is also activated and this by removing the voltage on connection point
closed (connection between contacts 1 - 2), switches the PTO on. B23 as well. The voltage on relay G259 is
this voltage is also on connection point B22 of interrupted and, as a result, the coil is no
D814 (UPEC electronic unit) through wire The VIC checks whether the PTO is actually longer energised. Contacts 5 - 3 open and, as
3402 and on connection point D26 of D900 switched on. This takes place as follows: a result, the voltage on connection point 1 of
(VIC). When the PTO has been switched on, F087 is B245 is lost. The valve is no longer energised
operated mechanically. Contacts 1 - 2 of F087 and the PTO is switched off.
OPERATION close. Connection point B14 of the VIC is now
When the PTO request is implemented, the connected to earth.
following takes place:
200303
XF 95 Series

SWITCHING ON PTO 2 VARIANTS 5
A voltage is applied to connection point 5 of
Location
C751 (PTO operation switch) through fuse
7 Connector A068: optional
E091 and wire 1240. When this switch is
200303
25 DVB: in wiring harness above PCB if
there is NO clutch PTO N10
voltage is applied to connection point 1 of
XF95 Series
proximity switch
B246 (PTO operation valve) through wire
4595. This valve is activated, following which
the PTO switches on.
When the PTO is switched on, F088 (PTO
gearbox control switch) is operated
mechanically. A voltage is now applied to
connection point 1 of D094 (PTO 2 (orange)
warning lamp) through fuse E091 and wire
1240. Connection point 2 of D094 is
connected to earth through switch F088
(connection between contacts 1 - 2) and wire
3668. D094 will illuminate.
SWITCHING OFF PTO 2
Breaking contacts 5 - 1 of C751 switches the
PTO 2 off.
This interrupts the voltage on connection point
1 of C751. Valve B246 is no longer energised
and the PTO is switched off.
Switch F088 is re-opened (connection
between contacts 2 - 1 no longer exists). The
earth connection with D094 is interrupted and
the light goes out.
2-123
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
200303 2-124
EL000845 1426261/07 32
1
2
1010
1000
3
0 I
4
7
41
D705
10A
11
14
5
16/401
4594 4594 4594 4594 1240
11
1
588 176 C750 E035

6
1211
4594
A068
7
P
7
2
1
8
11
3402 3402 1211 1211 1211

B22
D814
33/403
589 F000
9
10
3402
11
12
4594
595 595
D26/ D27/
13
14
9127 9127
E5/
596
15
4596
593
593
B23/
B14/
16
17
3410
D900
18
9
4
3410 3410
19
626 637
20
3410
21
3410
2
1
F087 650
22
DVB
23
24
P
!
25
4596
26
4596 4596 4596
1
2
E570
27
DVB
3
5
28
D929
4596 4596
4596
29
12
2
1
626
30
4596
31
G259
4596
32
9
1
12
5
3
33
2 4596 4596 4596
1
626 637 650 650 637
34
B245
35
1240
0 I
36
15
3
37
4595 1240 1240
1
176 C751 176
38
4595
1240
11
39
1240
4595 4595 15A

18/400
626
40
1240
1
41
10
4595
D703
E091
637
41
2
4
42
3668 4595 4595
2
1
2
1
650 F088 650
43
B246
44
3668
45
3
10
10
2
1
3668 3668 3668 1240
46
637 626 176 D094
47
48
49
50
51
52
1010
1000
53
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
200303 2-125
33 ROOF SPOTLIGHTS/COOLER BOX/ROTATING BEAMS
SPOTLIGHTS ON ROOF When this switch is closed (connection VARIANTS
2-126
between contacts 6 - 2), voltage is also
Marker/parking lights in roof spotlights. applied to connection point 85 of G299 (roof Location
A voltage is applied to connection point 2 of spotlights relay). This relay is energised. A 8, 10 Connector 580: superstructure
C622 (light switch) through fuse E084 and voltage is now applied through fuse E142, connector (optional)
wire 1101. When this switch is switched on wire 1154, contacts 30 - 87 of G299 and wire 42 G755 if NO Swedish lighting
Electrical system
(connection between contacts 2 - 1), the 2135 to connection point 1 of C162, C164,
voltage is applied to connection point 85 of C166 and C168 (roof spotlights) respectively.
relay G000 (rear light/width marker light relay) The spotlights will now light up.
through wire 2105 and wire 2100. This relay is
energised. A voltage is now applied through COOLER BOX
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
contacts 30 - 87 of relay G000, fuse E000 and The cooler box is connected to voltage
wire 2102 to C074 (left rear width marker BEFORE contact. Voltage is also applied to
light) and C012 (left front width marker light) connection point 1 of B358 (cooler box)
respectively and to C163, C165, C167 and through fuse E142 and wire 1154.
C169 (width marker light/roof spotlights)
respectively. The marker and parking lights in ROTATING BEAMS
the spotlights now come on. The rotating beams are connected to voltage
AFTER contact. A voltage is applied to
Roof spotlights connection point 6 of C716 (blue rotating
A voltage is applied to connection point 8 of beam switch) through fuse E142, via wire
C832 (direction indicator/windscreen wiper 1154. When the switch is closed (connection
stalk switch) through fuse E084 and wire between contacts 6 - 2), voltage is applied to
1101. When this switch is switched on C144 (blue rotating beam, drivers side) and
(connection between contacts 8 - 9), voltage C145 (blue rotating beam, co-drivers side)
is applied to connection point 85 of relay through wire 2017. These rotating beams will
G002 (main beam relay) through wire 2120. now come on. Orange rotating beams can be
This relay is energised. A voltage is now used instead of blue rotating beams in
applied through contacts 30 - 87 of relay combination with switch C715.
G002, fuse E006 and wire 2122 to C002 (left
main beam) and connection point 6 of C813
(roof spotlights switch) respectively.
200303
XF 95 Series
2-127 200303
EL000846 1426261/07 33
1
1000 1000
2
1010
1000
125A
2
3
30
1000 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
1000
E286
5
B1
C1
1000
1010
6
25A
25A
30
87
7
E142 B2
E163 C2
G015
8
2
1154
1258
580
10
1
!
11
1154
580
12
1154
1154
9
2
13
1154 1154 1154

2
1
866 866
14
4
692
15
B358
16
1
2
1
2
6
1154
2017 2017 2017

17
12
C144 881 C716

291
18
2017
2
1
19
2017
1154
1154
20 C145
1154
21
22
4
3
2
6
2122 2122 2122
23
C813 291 693
2
24
2122 10A
5
30/402
1
13
881 2133 2122 2122

C002
25
695 E006
2121
17
6
86
22/402
26
2122
692 291
85 87A
27
D929
3
87
30
28
1154 2122
C6/
594
87
30
870
29
G299
2135
30
2
1
D900
87A 86
85
2135
2
31
G002
870
C162
32
2
1
5/402
2120
2135 2135 2120
33
C164
2
1
14/566
34
2120
2135
35
C166 9/566 8/566
2
1
36
2135 C832
37
1101
C168 0 I II
10A
38
1/231 2/231 14/403
2105 1101 1101 1101
39
4/231 E084
C622
40
41
1
2
3
4
22/401
2105 2100
42
579 G755 579
2100
43
86
85
5/401
44
M
45
87A
1
21
2
1
46
2102 2102 2102 2102
87
30
870 291
47
C169
2102
G000
2102
2
1
48
2102
1
2102
49
C167 693
2
1
10A
2
2
33/400
2101
50
2102
1
10
2102 2102 2102
C012
C165 284 695
51
E000
2
1
8
52
2102
1
10
2102 2102
C074
1010
1000
C163 576
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
34A ECAS-3
2-128
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
84 Valve B250:
For vehicle type FA: B250
For vehicle type FT: B238
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
200303
XF 95 Series
2-129 200303
EL000847 1426261/07 34A
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1000 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
5
1010
E286
6
1000
1000
1010
7
30
87
8
DVB
6/403
9
9050 9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
10
G015
2
4
4001
C539
11
85
7/403
12
9050
86 87A
13
8/403
14
1234
87
30
1100
15
G426
4/403
16
1100
1234
17
15/402 15A
18
1100
E037
19
25/400
20
1234
1234
21
29/400
22
1000 1000
3
1
1000
38
23
34B
C739
C741
3
1221 1221 1221
24
878
25
10A
6
9/401
1/
26
1221 1221 1221
307
867 E062
27
D929
20
18
2/
3/
28
9108 9108 4734
307
307
867 867
29
17
4/
30
4731
307
867
0 I
31
20
5 D529
32
9009 9009 9009 4756
1
878 C740
33
4731
4734
18
34
878
35
15
19
36
4756 4756 4731
11/
23/
446
446
860 860
37
17
6
2/
38
3431 3431 4734
13/
593
446
446
B10/
860 860
39
15A
1
7
30/400
5/
40
3432 3432 1117 1117 1117
25/
B9/
593
446
446
860 860 E051
41
D900
42
43
44
13
8
3502 3502 3502
12/
B6/
599
446
45
D851
692 860
46
B525
47
10A
4
8/401
1/
48
4/
4732 1381 1381 1381
446
446
860 E351
49
16
50
3/
4732 4732
446
860
51
52
A021
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
2-130
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
D851
19/ 7/ 6/ 18/ 14/ 10/ 21 20/ 8/
34A
446 446 446 446 446 446 446 446 446
4739
4736
4727
5207
9009
9009
4751
4740
4742
4741
4740
634
634
635
635
635
634
634
634
11 10 4 6 5 4 6 5
4739
4736
4727
4751
4740
4740
4742
4741
1426261/07
1 1 1
3 1 1 3 2
L L L
!
F612
F613
F614
B166
B250
4 4
2 2 2
635
634
860
635
634
2 2 21 1 1
5207 9009
5207
860
5207 5207 13
9009
EL000848
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
5
200303
XF 95 Series
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
200303 2-131
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
Electrical system
INFORMATION
34B ECAS-2
2-132 200303
2-133 200303
EL000849 1426261/07 34B
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1000 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
5
1010
E286
6
1000
1000
1010
7
30
87
8
DVB
6/403
9
9050 9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
10
G015
2
4
4001
C539
11
85
7/403
12
9050
86 87A
13
8/403
14
1234
87
30
1100
15
G426
4/403
16
1100
1234
17
15/402 15A
18
1100
E037
19
25/400
20
1234
1234
21
29/400
22
1000 1000
1000
23
18
3/
24
4734 4734
307
867
25
20
17
2/
4/
26
9108 9108 4731 4731
307
307
867 867
27
D929
1/
28
1221
307
867
29
1221
D529
30
10A
3
9/401
31
1221 1221 1221
878 E062
32
2
1221 1221
33
3
861
38
I 0 II
1221
C739
19
34
4757
3
15
9009 878
35
4731 4731
21/
340
C741 4757 861
36
20
17
37
4757 4734 4734
24/
20/
340
340
861 861
38
0 I
7
15A
1
1/ 30/400
39
1117 1117 1117
16
5
340
9009 4735
1
861 E051
40
C742 878
41
4735
10A
42
18
4
8/401
9/
4735 1381 1381 1381
17/
340
340
43
861 861 E351
0 I
44
18
5
D802
45
9009 4756
1
C740 878
46
6
4756 3431 3431
33/
340
593
B10/
47
861
19
4756
23/
340
48
9009
861
49
3432 3432
34/
B9/
340
593
20
861
50
9009
878
51
D900
52
1221
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
2-134
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
D802
5/ 6/ 25/ 8/ 26/ 27/ 19/ 16/ 11/ 15/ 31/ 13/ 30/ 12/ 2/ 4/ 22/
34B
340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340
1221
4753
4753
4739
4736
4727
9009
9009
9009
4751
4740
4742
4741
4755
4754
4732
4732
3502
861
4740 8
627
627
627
627
635
635
635
627
627
627
12 7 11 10 4 6 5 4 6 5
627
627
861
9 8 16
3502
692
1426261/07
13
1221
4753
4739
4736
4727
4751
4740
4740
4742
4741
4755
4754
4732
9009
9009
9009
9009
1 3 1 1 1
3 1 3 2 1 3 1
3502
P L L L
635
627
861
635
2 2 21 1 B6/
F615
F612
F613
F614
B166
B253
B254
U 4 4 4 599
2 2 2 2
A021
B525
7
9009
9009
9009
9009 9009 1
9009
9009
861 627
13
EL000850
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
5
200303
XF 95 Series
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
200303 2-135
34C ECAS-2 FT LOW DECK + FA LARGE VOLUME
2-136
INFORMATION
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
200303
XF 95 Series
2-137 200303
EL000851 1426261/07 34C
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1000 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
5
1010
E286
6
1000
1000
1010
7
30
87
8
DVB
6/403
9
9050 9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
10
G015
2
4
4001
C539
11
85
7/403
12
9050
86 87A
13
8/403
14
1234
87
30
1100
15
G426
4/403
16
1100
1234
17
15/402 15A
18
1100
E037
19
25/400
20
1234
1234
21
29/400
22
1000 1000
1000
23
18
3/
24
4734 4734
307
867
25
20
17
2/
4/
26
9108 9108 4731 4731
307
307
867 867
27
D929
1/
28
1221
307
867
29
1221
D529
30
9/401 10A
31
1221
E062
32
2
1221 1221
33
861
34
15
35
4731 4731
21/
340
861
36
17
37
4734 4734
20/
340
861
38
0 I
7
15A
1
1/ 30/400
39
1117 1117 1117
16
5
340
9009 4735
1
861 E051
40
C895 878
41
4735
10A
42
18
4
8/401
9/
4735 1381 1381 1381
17/
340
340
43
861 861 E351
0 I
44
18
5
D802
45
9009 4756
1
C740 878
46
6
4756 3431 3431
33/
340
593
B10/
47
861
19
4756
23/
340
48
9009
861
49
3432 3432
34/
B9/
340
593
20
861
50
9009
878
3432
51
D900
18/
340
52
1221
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
2-138
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
D802
5/ 6/ 25/ 8/ 26/ 27/ 19/ 16/ 11/ 15/ 31/ 13/ 30/ 12/ 2/ 4/ 22/
34C
340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340
1221
4753
4753
4739
4736
4727
9009
9009
9009
4751
4740
4742
4741
4755
4754
4732
4732
3502
861
4740 1 1 8
627
627
627
627
635
635
635
627
627
627
12 7 11 10 4 6 5 4 6 5
B404
B403
861
16
3502
2 2
692
1426261/07
13
1221
4753
4739
4736
4727
4751
4740
4740
4742
4741
4732
9009
9009
9009
9009
1 3 1 1 1
3 1 3 2 1
3502
P L L L
635
627
861
635
2 2 21 1 B6/
F615
F612
F613
F614
B166
B253
U 4 4 599
2 2 2 2
627
1
A021
B525
7
9009
9009
9009
9009 9009
9009
9009
861
13
EL000852
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
5
200303
XF 95 Series
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
200303 2-139
35 HEADLIGHT-HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
Operation Dipped beam position
2-140
When a connection is made between contacts
Parking/marker lights position 2 and 4 through switch C622, a voltage is
A voltage is applied to connection 2 of switch applied to connection point 85 of relay G000
C622 (light switch) through fuse E084 and through fuse E084, wire 1101, switch C622,
wire 1101. If a connection is made to switch wire 2110, via D609 (light switch diode). There
Electrical system
C622 (contacts 2 and 1), a voltage is applied is also a voltage on B129 (left headlamp
to contact 85 of relay G000 (rear light/width height adjustment motor), connection point 1,
marker light relay) via wire 2105. Once the B130 (right headlamp height adjustment
relay is activated, a connection is made motor), connection point 1 and connection
between points 30 and 87. As a result, a point 3 of C764 (headlamp height adjustment
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
voltage is applied through relay G000 potentiometer). Depending upon the position C622
(contacts 30 - 87), wire 2101, fuse E117 and of C764 (headlamp height adjustment B129 / B130
wire 2630 to connection point A of switch potentiometer), the motor in the headlamp will + +
C764 (headlamp height adjustment be activated. The headlamp height adjustment G G
C764
potentiometer). The LED in the switch will now motor remains activated until there is an
illuminate. electrical equilibrium. This equilibrium refers
to the voltage difference that exists between
wires 2110 and 4953 of C764, B129 and
B130. The voltage difference should be the
C764
same for all three components. UG 100
[%]
UB 80
65
60
40
20
2 4 6 8
5.2 [mm]
K100380
200303
XF 95 Series

5
D929
200303
1000 1000
1010 1010
2100 2154
XF95 Series
2101
85 30
10A
10A
E084
E117
D609
D610
G000
86 87A 87
M
5/401
7/401
14/403
22/401
27/400
24/401
28/401
2110
1101
2100
2630
2110
2110
2154
5 C832
2110 A14
13
579
4 176
1101
2630
2
2110
5 G302
2110 2110 4
G755
1 14
579
695
3
176
3 9
4953
2110
579
1101
4953
2630
176
695
2105
16 16
2/231
35
4953
4953
2110
4953
2110
C727
0 I II A
13
2630
284
284
288
288
11 3 9 4
C622
2630
C763
A
4953
2110
2630
2110
4953
2110
8
1/231
4/231
2110 A 3 3 1 3 1
2105 M B129 M
B130
C764
B 5 9 2 2
1426261/07
4953
284
12
176
695
288
21 18 12
EL000854
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-141
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
36 24 V/12 V CONVERTER FOR RADIO/CB SET
The following description of the operation CB SET
2-142
and connection is intended as a general Wire 1108 is also available in a white
guideline only. connector for a transmitter (B026). This
connector is in the roof console on the drivers
Also refer to the manufacturers side.
installation instructions supplied with the
Electrical system
radio. For more information: see also block 6:

Connection of accessories.
If the ignition switch (C539) is switched to
accessory position, pin 1 is connected to pin 6 VARIANTS
(wire 1100 is connected to wire 1130). As a
result, a voltage is applied to connection point Location
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1 of relay G377. This relay is activated. There 20, 23 Connector 190:

is now a power supply of 12 volts to For XC cab: 190
connection point A7 of the ISO connector For XH/XL cab: 291
through wire 1108, contacts 3 - 5 of relay 36, 39 Connector 291:
G377 and wire 1363. Only for XH/XL
The radio has an aerial connection and 2 43, 46 Connector 190:
loudspeaker outputs which can be used to For XC cab: 190
connect loudspeakers B024 and B025. Two For XH/XL cab: 291
high-tone and two-tone speakers (B178,
B179, B180 and B181) can also be connected
to the radio.
200303
XF 95 Series
2-143 200303
EL000855 1426261/07 36
1
2
1010
1000
2/222
3
4/222 1/222 15/402 15A

1100 1100
4
6/222
E037
5
C539
1130
19/403
1130
7
1130
8
9
A1 A2 15/403 15A
10
1107 1107
24V
E028
11
A3 B2 18/400 15A
12
1240 1240
24V
E091
13
B1 A4 3/403
1
14
1353 1353 1108 1108

12V
12V
1108
15
D895
16
2
1108 1108
17
1108
1108
18
2
692
19
A076
20
1108
21
3
! 190
22
18
7
1108
12V
1
23
!
692 190
24
25
B026
26
27
D929
28
A8 21/403
29
1108
12V
1
A4
30
2 4
13
B8 1/403
3
31
4828 4828 1363 1363
5
12V
867 A7
32
12
B7 G377
4827 4827
33
867
B024 B6
34
4542
35
!
B5
4540
13
5
36
4542 4542 4542
37
291 694 B178
14
3
38
B365
4540 4540 4540
39
291 694
B179
6
B2
40
4832 4832
866
41
5
B1
4831 4831
42
866
!
B025
17
6
B4
43
4543 4543 4543 4543
44
190 694
18
4
B3
45
4541 4541 4541 4541
46
190 694
B181
47
4543
4541
48
49
B180
50
51
52
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
37 ELECTRIC DROP GLASS OPERATION/CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING/ROOF HATCH FOR XL/XC/XH CAB
ELECTRIC DROP GLASS OPERATION, ELECTRIC DROP GLASS OPERATION, ELECTRIC DROP GLASS OPERATION,
2-144
DRIVERS SIDE (OPENING) CO-DRIVERS SIDE (OPENING) CO-DRIVERS SIDE
(Switch in door panel, drivers side) (Switch in door panel, drivers side) (Switch in door panel, co-drivers side)
When the electric drop glass switch (C745) is If the electric drop glass switch (C743) is Operation of the electric drop glass through
operated and a connection is made (contacts activated and a connection is made (contacts switch C744 on the co-drivers side works in
2 and 4), relay G030 will be energised through 2 and 4), relay G028 will be activated through exactly the same way as on the drivers side.
Electrical system
fuse E044 and switch C745 (wire 4526). As a fuse E044 and switch C743 (wire 4522). As a When switch C744 (connection between
result of this, there is a supply voltage on result, a supply voltage is applied through contacts 4 and 2) is operated, relay G028 is
connection point 1 of the motor (B003) fuse E033 to connection point 1 of the motor activated through switch C743 (contacts 5 and
through fuse E034. The other connection (B004). The other connection point (2) is 2) and the motor (B004) will open the electric
point (2) is connected to earth through relay connected to earth through relay G029. window. When switch C744 (connection
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
G031. The motor starts running anti-clockwise The motor starts to run anti-clockwise and the between contacts 4 and 1) is operated, relay
and the drivers side electric window opens. co-drivers side electric window opens. G029 is activated through switch C743
(contacts 3 and 1), the motor runs clockwise
ELECTRIC DROP GLASS OPERATION, ELECTRIC DROP GLASS OPERATION, and the window closes as a result.
DRIVERS SIDE (CLOSING) CO-DRIVERS SIDE (CLOSING)
(Switch in door panel, drivers side) (Switch in door panel, drivers side) The electric drop glass will only operate if the
If the electric drop glass switch (C745) is If the electric drop glass switch (C743) is contact is activated.
activated and a connection is made (contacts activated and a connection is made (contacts
4 and 1), relay G031 will be activated through 4 and 1), relay G029 will be activated through
fuse E044 and switch C745 (wire 4527). As a fuse E044 and switch C743 (wire 4523). As a
result, a supply voltage is applied through result, a supply voltage is applied through
fuse E034 to connection point 2 of the motor fuse E033 to connection point 2 of the motor
(B003). The other connection point (1) is (B004). The other connection point (1) is
connected to earth through relay G030. The connected to earth through relay G028.
motor starts running clockwise and the The motor starts to run clockwise and the
drivers side electric window closes. co-drivers side electric window closes.
200303
XF 95 Series

CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING, CO-DRIVERS
5
SIDE (STANDARD)
Purpose:
200303
To lock the co-drivers side door using
button/key or switch. (C774)
XF95 Series
The driver can lock/unlock the co-drivers side

door from the driving position using the
switch.
Central door locking motor on co-drivers side
(B200):
The motor has two (internal) switches:
- An end stroke switch (switches over at
the end of each stroke) (the bottom
switch in the diagram).
- A switch that is mechanically connected
to the locking button (switches over at the
beginning of each upward or downward
movement of the locking button) (the top
Note:
A mechanical connection (rod linkage)
between the cylinder lock and the locking
button is maintained.
2-145
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
Conditions: door unlocked.
- The door is locked using the button/key.
2-146
The top switch is directly switched over via the
rod linkage. As a result, a current will flow 31
through the fuse, connection 30B, the motor, the B200
bottom switch and the top switch through DO DL
connection 31 to earth. Because of the
Electrical system
mechanical connection between the motor and

the locking button, the button moves
downwards. Having reached the lower position, DL
the stroke end switch reverses. (bottom switch
in illustration). The forces are transmitted from 7 1 DO
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
the motor to the locking button via a

crank/connecting rod linkage. I 0 II
C774
- The door is locked using switch C774.
3
When spring-loaded switch C774 makes a
connection between connections 3 and 7, M
connection point DL of B200 is connected to
earth. As a result, a current will flow through the
fuse, connection 30B, the motor and the bottom 30B
switch to earth. A brief moment is sufficient to
start the motor. Since there is a mechanical
connection between the motor and the locking
button, the top switch will switch over
immediately. A current will pass until the end 1000 E501714
stroke switch interrupts the circuit.
200303
XF 95 Series

Conditions: door locked.
5
- The door is unlocked using the
button/key.
200303
The top switch is directly switched over via the 31
rod linkage. As a result, a current will flow B200
XF95 Series
through the fuse, connection 30B, the motor, the DO DL

bottom switch and the top switch through
the locking button, the button moves upwards. DL
Having reached the lower position, the stroke
end switch reverses. (bottom switch in 7 1 DO
illustration). The forces are transmitted from the
motor to the locking button via a I 0 II
C774
crank/connecting rod linkage.
3
- The door is unlocked using switch C774.
When spring-loaded switch C774 makes a M
connection between connections 3 and 1,
connection point DO of B200 is connected to
earth. As a result, a current will flow through the 30B
fuse, connection 30B, the motor and the bottom
button, the top switch will switch over 1000 E501715
immediately. A current will pass until the end

2-147
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING (OPTIONAL)
Purpose:
2-148
- Automatic locking of both doors by locking 31 31
one of the doors with the key/button. B199 B200
- Automatic locking of both doors using DO DL DO DL
remote control.
- If one of the two doors is unlocked using the
Electrical system
key/button, only this door will be unlocked;

DL DL
the other door will remain locked.
- Automatic unlocking of the drivers side DO DO
door using remote control.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Description of central door locking motor on 1000

drivers side (B199) and central door locking
motor on co-drivers side (B200).
The operation of the two components is as
M M
described above for B200.
Conditions: both doors locked. 30B 30B
- Unlocking co-drivers side door using
key.
This is equivalent to opening a door without
central locking. The other door remains locked.
13 15 16 12
D905
8 2 10 3 14
7 1
C774 I 0 II
3
alarm + diagnose
E501717
VIC
200303
XF 95 Series

- Unlocking co-drivers side door with The CDS-3 unit (D905) will then send a 5
switch C774. message to the VIC (D900) via pin 2 stating
When switch C774 is operated (pin 3 that the drivers side door has been
connected to pin 1), connection point DO of successfully unlocked. As a result, the VIC
200303
B200 is connected to earth. The co-drivers unit (D900) will switch on the interior lighting
door will unlock. for a certain period of time. If the drivers side
XF95 Series
door is not unlocked properly after three

- Unlocking using remote control. attempts, a message will be sent to the VIC
If the door unlocking button on the remote (D900) to inform it that the door has not
control unit is pressed, the remote control unit unlocked successfully.
will send a fixed-code signal to the CDS-3 unit
(D905). When the CDS-3 unit (D905) If the vehicle has an alarm system, a signal is
recognises the remote control unit on the also sent from the CDS-3 unit (D905)
basis of the fixed code, the remote control unit connection point 2 to the alarm unit (D911).
will send coded messages to the CDS-3 unit The alarm is then de-activated.
(D905). These messages are coded with a
rolling code. This rolling code will change
every time the remote control is operated.
After the CDS-3 unit (D905) has accepted the
messages, it will send a signal to the VIC unit
(D900) and, if the vehicle is equipped with an
alarm system, it will also send a signal to the
alarm unit (D911).
The CDS-3 unit (D905) now switches pin 13
to earth. This will activate the motor (B199).
The CDS-3 unit (D905) checks the status of
the output to the motor (B199). This is done to
ensure that the DL connection is not
connected to earth when the motor is in the
open position. The CDS-3 unit can deduce
from this whether the unlocking of the door on
the drivers side has been successful.
2-149
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
Conditions: both doors unlocked.
- Locking drivers side door with
2-150
key/button. 31 31
The operation is similar to that in the standard B199 B200
model, except that the CDS-3 unit (D905) will DO DL DO DL
now measure an earth signal at pin 15 through
connection point DL (wire 4538). D905 will now
Electrical system
connect pin 12 to earth, which will also activate

DL DL
B200. The co-drivers side door will now lock as
well. DO DO
- Locking the drivers side door with
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
key/button. 1000
The operation is as described above, except that
unit D905 will now measure an earth signal at
pin 12 and it will connect connection DL of
M M
component B199 to earth. The door on the
drivers side will now also lock and the alarm will
30B 30B
be set.
- Locking co-drivers side door using
switch C774.
When switch C774 is operated (pin 3 connected
to pin 7), an earth signal is created at pin 3 of
13 15 16 12
unit D905. D905 now connects connection point
12 to earth, so that B200 is activated and the D905
co-drivers side door is locked. 8 2 10 3 14
7 1
C774 I 0 II
3
alarm + diagnose
E501716
VIC
200303
XF 95 Series

- The doors on the drivers and If the doors have not locked properly after CLOSING ROOF HATCH 5
co-drivers sides are locked using the three attempts, a message will be sent to the When the roof hatch switch (C736) is
remote control unit. VIC unit (D900) to inform it that the doors operated and a connection is made between
If the door locking button on the remote have not locked successfully and the interior contacts 8 and 6 and therefore between
200303
control unit is pressed, the remote control unit lighting will come on again. The interior contacts 7 and 3, a voltage is applied to
will send a fixed-code signal to the CDS-3 unit lighting then goes off at the end of the connection point 2 of the roof hatch motor
XF95 Series
(D905). When the CDS-3 unit (D905) programmed period. (B175 for XC version and B009 for XL/XH
recognises the remote control unit on the If the vehicle has an alarm system, a signal is version) through fuse E028, wire 1107, switch
basis of the fixed code, the remote control unit also sent from the CDS-3 unit (D905) pin 2 to C736 and wire 4760. The roof hatch will close.
will send coded messages to the CDS-3 unit the alarm unit (D911). This switches on the
alarm. VARIANTS
(D905). These messages are coded with a
rolling code. This rolling code will change Location
Initialisation
every time the remote control is operated. 3, 7 Connector 694:
When the CDS-3 unit is switched on for the
After the CDS-3 unit (D905) has accepted the For an XH/XL cab: motor B009
first time (when the electronic unit is fitted or
messages, it will send a signal to the VIC unit For an XC cab: motor B175
replaced) or when new handheld transmitters
(D900) and, if the vehicle is equipped with an
are used (max. 8), the CDS-3 unit must
alarm system, it will also send a signal to the 36 If the standard version is installed,
recognise these handheld transmitters. To
alarm unit (D911). the motor for door locking on the
enable the handheld transmitters to
During the locking operation CDS-3 unit drivers side (B199) and the central
communicate with the CDS-3 unit, the unit
(D905) will connect pin 12 and pin 15 to earth. door locking electronic unit (D905)
and the handheld transmitters must be taught
This will activate the motors (B199 and B200). are not fitted.
using DAVIE.
The CDS-3 unit (D905) then checks the status The connections on B200 are as
of the outputs to the motors (B199 and B200). XL/XH/XC CAB ROOF HATCH follows:
It uses this information to determine whether
Connec- Wire Description
the doors have been successfully locked. The OPENING ROOF HATCH tion number:
CDS-3 unit (D905) will send a message to the When the roof hatch switch (C736) is point
VIC unit (D900) via pin 2 stating that the doors operated and a connection is made between
have been successfully locked. As a result, contacts 2 and 6 and therefore between 1 1101 Power supply
the VIC unit (D900) will switch off the interior contacts 1 and 3, a voltage is applied to
lighting. 2 5061 Open door
connection point 1 of the roof hatch motor
(B175 for XC version and B009 for XL/XH 3 5062 Close door
version) through fuse E028, wire 1107, switch
C736 and wire 4761. The roof hatch will open. 4 M Earth
Wire 5062 is directly connected to

connection point 7 of switch C774.
2-151
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
2-152
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
15A
10A
E028
E084
15/403
14/403
1107
1101
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1101 1101 1101 1101 1101 1101
697
1107
2
231
2
1107
1101
10 4 7 11
4537 5062
553
591
1 1
1101
553 864 864 591
864
1
C622
2
1101
4537
4537
5062
5062
1101
13
1101
1107
1107
4706
1 B199 2 D905 3 B200 1
30B DO 13/ 16/ 12/ DL 30B
7 1 8 2 600 600 600
M M
II 0 I C736 15/ 10/ 2/ 3/ 14/ 8/

3 6
37
31 DL 600 600 600 600 600 600 DO 31
4 3 2 4
4761
4760
4706
4538
4538
3646
3647
5118
5061
5061
11 5
697
697
697
17 16 15 4538
2
864
864
864
864
591
553 864 3 8 6 10
3646 3647 5061
4761
4760
4706
3646
3647
694
694
694
553
5118
5061
9 8 7 12 3646
! !
862
574
574
9 10 19
4761
4760
4706
1426261/07
697
697
864
591
19 18 9 12
3646
3646
3646
3647
3647
1 2 3
5118
5061
M D5/ B15/ B16/ C13/
692
18 872 604 604 594
4 7 1
A021
D932
D911
D900
B175 8
C774
II 0 I
3
21
697
EL000856
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
5
200303
XF 95 Series

5
D929
200303
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 Series
15A
10A
15A
E033
E044
E034
17/401
26/400
35/401
1207
1208
1233
2
1208
591
C746
1
1208
19
1208
553
2
4521
1208
4520
1208
1208
5 4 3 5 4 3
C743
C745
2 1 1208 2 1
1208
C695
1208 4
37
19
4522
4523
4526
4527
3 5 4 3 3
591
591
553
553
7 8 7 8
591 553
C744
2 1
4522
4524
4524
4523
4526
4528
4528
4527
1 1
85 30 85 30 85 30 85 30
4525
4520
4521
4521
4520
4529
M M
B004
B003
G028
G029
G030
G031
86 87A 87 86 87A 87 86 87A 87 86 87A 87
553
553
6 4
591
591
591
4 5 6 5 553
2 2
1426261/07
4521
1207
1207
1207
4525
1233
1233
1233
4525 4520 4529

1207 1233
EL000857
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
2-153
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
38 MECHANICAL LIFTING GEAR
Manual lifting: Manual lowering: Automatic axle load protection:
2-154
When switch C739 (lifting gear switch) is When switch C739 (lifting gear switch) is If the pressure on the driven axle is greater
operated (connection between contacts 3 - 7), operated (connection between contacts 3 - 1), than the legal maximum, sensor E584 is
a voltage is applied to connection point 1 of a voltage is applied to connection point S1 of activated. This puts sensor E507 in stand-by
B071 through fuse E062, wire 1221, contacts D503 through fuse E062, wire 1221, contacts mode. If the permitted axle load increases
3 - 7 of switch C739, wire 4550, contacts 3 - 4 3 - 1 of switch C739, wire 4757, further (> 10 tons), sensor E507
Electrical system
of relay G381 and wire 5180. This valve is through-connection G745 and wire 4551. A automatically lowers the trailing axle.
energised. The voltage is applied to voltage is applied to connection point 1 of
connection point 85 of relay G052 at the same B072 through connection point 87 of D503 If the axle has been lifted, F097 (proximity
time through D622, wire 4552, contacts and wire 4553. This valve is energised. The switch for trailing axle lifting gear) ensures
30 - 87a of relay G066 and wire 4557. This is voltage is applied to connection point 85 of that relay G380 is energised through wire
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
activated and closes contacts 1 - 2. A voltage relay G052 at the same time through D623, 3661. A voltage is now applied through fuse
is now applied to connection point 1 of B073 wire 4552, contacts 30 - 87a of relay G066 E062, wire 1221, contacts 3 - 5 of relay G380
through contacts 1 - 2 of relay G052 and wire and wire 4557. This relay is activated and to connection point 1 of E507. This is
4554. The oil pump motor starts to run. closes contacts 1 - 2. A voltage is now applied activated.
If the oil pressure becomes too high (>160 to connection point 1 of B073 through The voltage is immediately transmitted to S2
bar), E524 will close. Voltage is now applied contacts 1 - 2 of relay G052 and wire 4554. on D503. The signal sent by the proximity
to connection point 85 of relay G066 through The oil pump motor starts to run. switch for axle load protection (E507) to S2
contacts 1 - 2 of E524. This relay is energised If the oil pressure becomes too high should last for at least 10 seconds before the
and breaks the connection 30 - 87a. Voltage (>160 bar), E524 will close. Voltage is now lifting gear electronic unit (D503) will activate
is now applied to connection point 85 of relay applied to connection point 85 of relay G066 the valve (B072) and the lifting-gear pump
G066 from wire 4552 through contacts 30 - 87 through contacts 1 - 2 of E524. This relay is motor (B073), so that the trailing axle is
of relay G066 and wire 4558. This relay energised and breaks the connection lowered. This is to prevent the legal maximum
remains energised. At the same time the 30 - 87a. Voltage is now applied to connection axle load from being exceeded.
voltage through relay G052 is lost. Contacts point 85 of relay G066 from wire 4552 through If the dashboard switch is operated within
1 - 2 open and the voltage on connection contacts 30 - 87 of relay G066 and wire 4558. 2.5 minutes, the electronic unit will be reset
point 1 of B073 is lost. The pump motor is no This relay remains energised. At the same and another 2.5 minute period will start.
longer driven and the oil pressure drops. time the voltage through relay G052 is lost.
Contacts 1 - 2 open and the voltage on
connection point 1 of B073 is lost. The pump
motor is no longer driven and the oil pressure
drops.
200303
XF 95 Series

As a result, the lifting-gear motor relay (G052)
5
will also be activated, thus activating the
lifting-gear pump motor (B073). The motor is
activated through D623, relay G066
200303
(connection between points 30 and 87a) to
connection point 85 of relay G052. When a
XF95 Series
pressure of 160 bar is reached, the limit

switch (E524) switches the lifting-gear pump
motor (B073) off through relay (G066) and
relay (G052).
The trailing axle cannot be lifted for a period
of 2.5 minutes as the valve (B072) remains
energised. This valve should be in the
non-activated position for lifting.
VARIANTS
Location
40 G745: In connector 882, pin 20 is a
wire, 4757. On the other side is wire
4551. G745 is formed by the pin
connection.
2-155
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
2-156
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
1 4
4552 4552 4552 12 14
1 691 116 4550 4550 4550
882 878 C741 3
P 4552 4552 1 1221 1221 1221
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
E524
34B
3 2 878
691
1221
2
4552
4550
4552
663
4558
4 3
2 2 1221
II 0 I
1221
116
6
4550
4550
C739
C741
D622
D623
3
1 1 34B
1 7
4558
661
3
4757
4552
5180
4550
4553
4757
4558
5180 5180
878
85 30 5180 19
38
116
G066
4757
4551
4555
86 87A 87 4553 4553

4551
1221
1221
4558
116
116
662
661
2 5 5 20 4
5179 2
4557
5180
4553
5180
4550
4553
5180
1/122
6/122
3/122
4557 1
4551
S1 15 87A
1 4 3 3 1 1 1
882 G745 882
20
662
663
662
4553
4557 4 5 6
B072
B071
D613
D612
D611
D503
G381
5 4 2 2 2
1 85 5 87 31 S2
1426261/07
5180
4555
B010 4551
5179
G052
30
2/122
4/122
5/122
2 2 86 4553
5179
1000
1000
4554
1
M
116
7
A500
B073
2
G515
EL000858
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
5
200303
XF 95 Series

5
D929
200303
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 Series
10A
E062
9/401
1221
1221
1221
1221
1221
882
1221 2
1221
1221
1221
1221
663
6
3 1
1221
1221
G380
4555 5 4 2
116
661
1 1
38
1221
1221
5178
5177
3661
3 1
3661
662
2
662 662
3661
1221
4555
5178
5177
690
690
689
1 2 1
688
688
2 1
2 1 1 2 1
F097
E507
E584
1426261/07
3 2 3 3
689
2
5179
689
3 3
690
4
688
661
8
EL000859
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
2-157
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
39 HEATING ELEMENT/FUEL FILTER WATER SEPARATOR
FUEL FILTER WATER SEPARATOR
2-158
When the vehicle contact is activated, there is
a voltage on both connection points A3 and
B1 of the electronic unit (B378) through wire
1010, fuse E170 and wire 1285. If there is
water in the fuel filter, this input signal is
Electrical system
present on the VIC through wire 3150. The

VIC then sends a warning to the DIP, after
which the DIP will activate the warning on the
display.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
HEATING ELEMENT
If the fuel temperature drops below 5_C, the
heating element will automatically be
activated. Voltage is then applied to
connection point A1 of B378 through wire
1000, fuse E171 and wire 1179. The heating
element will heat the fuel.
200303
XF 95 Series

5
D929
200303
1000
1000
1010
1010
XF95 Series
1/416
1/417
1000
1010
1010
1179
1010
1179
1010
A2 B1
87
15A
10A
E171
E170
G015
A1 B2
30
1000
1285
1179
1000 1000
681
681
3 6
1000
1285
1179
39
1000
1285
1285
B1 A3 A1
125A
E286
B378
D900
2 C12/
594
B2 A2 B3
1426261/07
1000
3150
3150
1000
681
1 2
50 30
3150
M
681
A500
1
B010
31
G525
EL000860
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-159
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
40 WINDSCREEN WIPE/WASH INSTALLATION
Speed I (low speed) Intermittent wipe Wash/wipe
2-160
When windscreen wiper switch (C832) is set When windscreen wiper switch C832 is set to When a voltage is applied briefly to
to position I (connection between contacts intermittent wipe (connection between connection point D33 of the VIC and then is
13 - 2), there is a voltage on connection point contacts 13 - 1), there is a voltage on lost again (windscreen wiper switch C832 no
D9 of D900 (VIC) through fuse E035, wire connection point D37 of the VIC through fuse longer operated) through fuse E035, wire
1211, contacts 13 - 2 of switch C832 and wire E035, wire 1211, contacts 13 - 1 of C832 and 1211, contacts 4 - 11 of C832 and wire 3648,
Electrical system
4501. The VIC switches connection point C50 wire 4502. The VIC switches connection point connection point 50 of the VIC is switched to
to earth. Voltage is now applied to connection C50 to earth. Voltage is now applied to earth for a specific period of time. As a result,
point 1 of relay G237 through fuse E025, wire connection pin 1 of relay G237 through fuse the relay (G237) is energised and the
1205. Because the VIC has connected wire E025 and wire 1205. The earth is formed windscreen wipers perform 1 wiper stroke.
4505 to earth through connection point C50, through wire 4505 and connection point C50
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
relay G237 is energised. of the VIC. As a result, relay G237 is When a voltage is applied to windscreen
A voltage is now applied to connection point energised. A voltage is now applied to wiper switch C832 through fuse E035, wire
53 of B000 through fuse E025, wire 1205, connection point 53 of B000 through fuse 1211, contacts 4 - 11 of C832 and wire 3648
contacts 5 - 3 of G237, wire 4506, contacts E025, wire 1205, contacts 5 - 3 of relay G237, for approximately 2 seconds, a voltage is
3 - 4 of relay G236 and wire 4507. wire 4506, contacts 3 - 4 of relay G236, wire applied to connection point A1 of the VIC, as
4507. a result of which the windscreen wiper motor
Speed II (high speed) (B001) is activated. After approximately
When windscreen wiper switch C832 is set to A voltage is applied to connection point D32 1 second, C50 is connected to earth for a
position II (connection between contacts of the VIC through fuse E025, wire 1205, the specific period of time. As a result, the relay
3 - 10), relays G236 and G237 are switched to cut-off switch in the windscreen wiper motor (G237) is energised and the windscreen wiper
earth through fuse E025, wire 1205, relays (B000) and wire 4509. The earth with motor is operated.
G236 and G237, wire 4505, diode D782, wire connection point C50 is broken and, as a
4504 and switch C832 (contacts 3 - 10). result, relay G237 is no longer energised.
Both relays are now energised. A voltage is
now applied to connection point 53b of B000 If connection point D32 is earthed again via
through fuse E025, wire 1205, contacts 5 - 3 the cut-off switch, connection point C50 will be
of relay G237, wire 4506, contacts 3 - 5 of switched to earth again after the interval
relay G236 and wire 4508. period, so that relay G237 is re-activated. This
The VIC is bypassed at speed II (high speed). starts the cycle again.
200303
XF 95 Series

Headlamp washer
5
When a voltage is applied briefly to
connection point D33 of the VIC and then is
lost again (windscreen wiper switch no longer
200303
operated) through fuse E035, wire 1211,
contacts 4 - 11 of C832 and wire 3648 and the
XF95 Series
light switch is in the dipped beam position,

power is supplied to connection point C48 for
a specific period of time. Relay G238 is
energised. As a result, voltage is applied to
the headlamp washer motor through fuse
E205, wire 1205, contacts 3 - 5 of relay G328
and wire 4511.
INFORMATION
2-161
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
200303 2-162
EL000861 1426261/07 40
1
2
1010
1000
I
0
1
1/566
3
4502
4
2/566 13/566
4501 1211
D37/ D9/
595 595
16/401 10A
C832
6
E035
1211
D900
11/566 1211
8
3648 1211 1211 1211

595
D33/
4/566 33/403
C832
9
10
4510 4510
3/400
4510
11
4509
12
13
4505
594 595 594
C48/ D32/ C50/
14
5161
A1/
592
15
16
1/400
17
1
2 4
18
14
2
1
3
19
5161 5161
5
695
20
21 B001 G238
18
15
2
1
19/400
M
22
4511 4511 4511
695 695
23
21/400
1205
B002 1205
24
0
2
25
7/400
1205
26
1205
10/566 3/566
27
4504 4504
D929
C832
28
4504
1
29
5/400
1
5
31
53
2 4
30
4507 4507 4507
3
6/400
252 252
5
31
6
4508 4508 4508
32
4/400 G236
B000 252
53B
33
2
1205
1205
4509 4509
34
252
31B
15A
3
31/400
35
1205 1205 1205
252
36
E025
53A
22/400
4506
37
1205
1205
38
4506
20/400
39
40
4506
8/400
1205
41
5
4509
42
3
4509
4
43
10/400
2
1
9/400
44
4505
45
G237
4505
46
47
10/402
D782
48
12/402
4504
4504
49
11/400
1205
50
1205
51
52
1010
1000
53
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
200303 2-163
41 EBERSPCHER CAB HEATER (ACH-E), AIRTRONIC WITH/WITHOUT TIMER
2-164
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
4, 7 Only if the vehicle has been

equipped to transport hazardous
substances in accordance with
RTMDR requirements.
33, 51 Only if the vehicle has a thermostat
unit, then also switch C778. Applies
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
if the vehicle has NOT been

substances.
43 Only if the vehicle has a timer.
51 C844: Only if the vehicle has been
RTMDR requirements.
200303
XF 95 Series

5
D929
200303
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 Series
20A
E114
4
34/402
1156 1156 1156
697
1156
1 1
1156 1156 1156 1156
483 621 5
0 I
4660
1156
D911
C778
B9
D871 1/482 44
697
16 7 1
1 !
4660
5117
4660
! ! 7
4660
483
14 15 12 9 4 10 13 11 7 12
397
2 8
5117
4660
9/482
4/482
7/482
14/482
15/482
12/482
10/482
13/482
11/482
I 0
41
621
483
8 4
C844
3157
3462
3037
4936
9003
4931
4939
5117
5117 4 !
4660
624
621
621
621
621
5 7 6 4 2
4660 4660
621
3
5117
4935
3157
3462
3037
4936
4935
4931 4939
5117
1156
4660
1156
4660
5117
576
8 17
483
483
483
5 11 6 2 2
M 14/ 7/ 2/ 12/ 6/ 2/ 11/ 10/ 7/
269 269 269 269 632 632 632 632 632
4935
T
B122
F509
3037
4936
D705
D703
3157
3157
4 1 1 1 ! !
1426261/07
E566
E581
G303
483
576
85
C42/ 18 5 10/ 11/ 3/ 4/ 12/ 9/
2 594 269 269 269 632 632 632
9003
9003
1
4594
4595
4936
4936
A021
D900
14
697
G725
2 21
9003
9003
483
483
624
3 9 1
9003
4594
4595
C750 C751
1 1
32 32
621
EL000862
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-165
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
42 EBERSPCHER CAB HEATER (ACH-E), HYDRONIC 10 WITH TIMER
2-166
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
4, 9 DVB: in wiring harness next to PCB

16 For ADR/VLG:
DVB: in environment of connector
582
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
200303
XF 95 Series

5
D929
200303
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 Series
15A
20A
E031
E114
15/401
34/402
C802
2
21 1156 4660
D900 D901
1201
1201
1156
5 1
0 I
C760 B015 G303
2 8 85
697
21 21 2 4
E571
C778
C42/ 10/ 4/ 6/ 7/ 5/ 7 1 2 3
594 528 528 528 528 528
4660
1156
1201
1201
3157
7
4660
4980
397
16
3157
3157
3462
4982
1156
1156
878
397
1 1 4660
697 6
397
1201
1201
1201
582
8
629
629
629
629
629
582
10 4 6 7 5 1
4660
4980
DVB
DVB 7
582
3157
3157
3462
4982
1156
1156
4 9
42
582
1201
! 4980 4980
1
1201
1156 1156 629
4660
4980
DVB 630
1201
630
630
3 5
5
1156
1156
1156
1156
4660
4980
4666
1201
1201
D703
D705
4982
1201
1 4 11/ 10/ 2/ 14/ 12/ 10/
85 30 86 30 633 633 633 527 527 527
4595
4594
E580
E579
G247
G170
1426261/07
86 87A 87 85 87A 87 4/ 12/ 7/ 3/ 1/ 2/
633 633 527 527 527 527
582
582
9 3
1156
4667
1156
4595
4594
4667
4766
4765
4
C751 C750 4667
1 1
533
533
32 32 630 1 2
4766
4765
9 F509
630
EL000863
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-167
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
2-168
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
15A
E037
15/402
D901
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1100
9/ 2/ 1/ 8/ 11/
528 528 528 528 528
1100
4980
4935
4936
3037
4009
1/222
C539
629
629
629
629
2 1 8 11
4009
3037
4935
4936
2/222
4/222
6/222
42
582
582
4980 5 6
582
582
11 2
4935
4936
3037
4004
4001
4004
1130
G015 G377
576
576
17 18 85 1
2 36
4004
4935
4936
4004
A021
14
D911
624
624
2 1 A3
44
1426261/07
4935
4936
1 M 2
B122
EL000864
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
5
200303
XF 95 Series
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
200303 2-169
43 UPEC APPLICATION CONNECTOR / SUPERSTRUCTURE FUNCTIONS
FOR MORE INFORMATION: SEE BLOCK 6:
2-170
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
10 connector 658: Optional

52 connector 657: Superstructure
67 wire goes to dashboard lead-through
connector 575
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
91 connector A068: Optional
200303
XF 95 Series
2-171 200303
EL000865 1426261/07 43
1
1/416
2
1000 1000
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1000 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
1010
1010
E286
5
1000
1000
30
87
6
DVB
6/403
7
9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
8
2
4
G015 4001
C539
9
!
85
7/403
9050
1000
1010
10
5
17
3700
86 87A
11
658 656
B1
8/403
C1
1234
12
6
18
87
30
3701
1100
25A
25A
13
658 656 G426

4/403
E142 B2
E163 C2
1100
14
1
20
1
1154 1154 1154

2
15
15
F616
658 656 580 15/402 15A

1100
16
2
21
2
1258 1258 1258 E037

27/403
3412
17
658 656 580 1234

3
18
1234
626
4
4
3
29/401
19
3412 3412 3412 3412

658 656 580
20
3
19
4
21
3157 3157 3157 3157 3157
658 656 580
1
8
22
579
483
7
1
5
23
3157
3157
658 656 580
24
8
2
6
1
25
14
42
10
D901
G301
658 656 580
26
27
D929
28
3157
1
5
1
594
C42/
29
RES1 RES1
657 656 698
30
25/401
3412
3492 3492
2
6
2
595
B16/
31
RES2 RES2 D758
657 656 698
32
D900
3
7
3
33
RES3 RES3
657 656 698
34
4
8
4
35
RES4 RES4
657 656 698
36
5
9
5
37
RES5 RES5
657 656 698
38
6
10
6
39
RES6 RES6
657 656 698
40
7
11
7
41
RES7 RES7
657 656 698
42
8
12
8
43
RES8 RES8
657 656 698
44
9
13
9
45
RES9 RES9
657 656 698
46
10
14
10
47
RES10 RES10
657 656 698
48
11
15
11
49
RES11 RES11
657 656 698
50
12
16
12
51
RES12 RES12
657 656 698
52
!
1234
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
2-172
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
1234 1211
1 3
Electrical system
15A
E091
G328
2 4 5
33/403
35/403
34/403
18/400
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1211
9029
4099
1240
1240
E575
589
1 14
11
176
3
4099
1240
1240
D814 D900
B15/
295
1240
B5/ B21/ B28/ D5/ C19/ C17/ C18/ D6/ D7/ D27/
295 295 295 595 594 594 594 595 595 595
5
0 I
3003
3039
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
4594
6158
C750
43
7 1
589
589
575
4 11
4594
!
14 176
9029
3003
3003
3039
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
4594
D932
4594
1240
D17
29
3 D705
4594 4594 4
42
582
588
588
588
588
588
588
588
588
588
588
588
588
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1426261/07
9029
3003
3039
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
4594
1240
!
A068
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
EL000866
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
5
200303
XF 95 Series
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
200303 2-173
44 ALARM SYSTEM/BATTERY CHARGER FOR BV3 ALARM SYSTEM
2-174
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
17 Wire 4004:
Fitted if NO alarm system
installed.
28 Connector 580: Superstructure
48 NOT fitted on H1 version
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
57 Fitted if NO alarm system

installed.
61 Not fitted on BV02 version
69, 70 Fitted on BV03 version
91->96 connector 873: on vehicle type FT
91, 93, 96 connector 873 on vehicle type FA.
For vehicle type FT: connector 874
115 Connection for F686 (optional).
152 D931, E023, E035: only if NO
alarm system fitted and vehicle
equipped with an LED unit.
200303
XF 95 Series

5
D929
200303
1000
1000
1010
1010
4001 1234 1234
XF95 Series
85 87A 87
15A
10A
E037
E351
G426
86 30
1/416
1/417
6/403
7/403
4/403
8/403
8/401
1
15/402
25/400
1211 1211 1211
863
1000
1010
4001
9050
1100
1100
1234
1234
1381
8
1381
! 574
1010 4 G301
1381
1211
1100 1 D911
580
14
87 85 A4/
30 85
4001
1100
603
G015
3157
3157
3157
30 86
G185
87 87A 86
1 A8/ A9/ B16/ B15/ A1/ A3/
1000 603 603 604 604 603 603
6
1/222
863
579
5208
C539
1000
9050
E593 D901
4004
!
4186
10
4004
4004
3157
2003
3652
3647
3646
3157
30 42
DVB
10
574
44
30 85
3157
2/222
4/222
6/222
1000
9050
8
3646
4001
G303
1 87 87A 86 483 D932 9
4 11 19 D5
574
574
574
3646
2003 29
862
4004
125A
E286
4004
4002
3647
3646
697
2 5
863
863
14 13 3 2
2003
864 864
1000
4004
4002
C765
4004
2
3157
2003
3652
3647
3647
3646
3646
B010 7
30 14 16 B010
50
1426261/07
2 !
574
574
863
2 17
4004 C42/ D23/ C36/ C13/ 2/ 10/
594 595 594 594 600 600
4004
4004
A021
D900
D905
9050
EL000867
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-175
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
200303 2-176
EL000868 1426261/07 44
54
55
1010
1000
2
1211
56
1
1107
!
57
E514
2647
1107
58
2
15A
15
9
59
5
1
15/403
1107 1107 1107 1107 1107
60
E515 574 D791 574 E028

!
2600
1264
61
4
1211
D792
62
33/401
2600 2600
63
2600
64
31/401
2647 2647
65
D783
66
2
33/403
6/
2/
5162 1211 1211 1211

660
660
67
1
574
68
!
5/
5163
2600
2647
1211
660
69
2
10A
D910
16/401
5
6
A510
70
574
574
E035
4/
3/
1264
660
660
71
1264
2600
2647
72
1264
73
1264
A6/
603
1264
604
B11/
74
602
1264
75
1
1264
1264
3653 3653
604
B3/
B10/
604
76
1
602
77
2
3
3480 3480
A5/
603
78
3
659
B338 602
79
80
1264
1
D929
2
4
81
3479 3479 3479
B5/
604
6
3
659 602
82
602 659 F619
83
11
20
84
1264 1264 1264
693 574
85
1264
10
21
1
2
86
3482 3482 3482
604
B14/
693 574
87
D715
88
9132 9132
A7/
603
89
D911
90
16
5
3660 3660
91
!
873
92
15
2
3659 3659
93
!
873
94
14
6
3651 3651
95
!
873
96
A001
3651
97
3659
98
3660
99
21
13
7
3660 3660 3660 3660
B4/
604
576 574
20
12
6
3659 3659 3659 3659
B6/
604
576 574
2
7
5
3651 3651 3651
576 574
3651
A070
1010
1000
100 101 102 103 104 105 106

5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

5
D929
200303
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 Series
10A
10A
10A
E023
E023
E035
! !
31/402
31/402
33/403
16/401
D969 1211
1
46
1211
1127
1127
1127
D911
883
1
1127
1211
1127
574
1 D931
A10/ B7/ A12/ A11/ B9/ B20/ B21/ B13/ B2/ A2/ 2/ 1/
603 604 603 603 604 604 604 604 604 603 574 574
1127
3651
3654
3649
3650
5117
3658
3657
1127 18/ 20/ 21/
3700K
3701K
3651 574 574 574
581
581
581
574
4 1 2 17
44
1264
3482
3654
3649
5117
1127
3651
693
693
11 10
3649
483
601
601
601
12 4 3 1
581
3
1264
3482
3651
3654
3649
3649
3650
5117
3658
3657
1127
2
7 1 7 1
672
672
672
673
673
673
3 4 1 3 1 2
D715
1
C835
C836
0 I 0 I
3700K
3701K
3651
3651
3649
3650
5117
1426261/07
5 5 1264
3651
3651
3654
3649
3 2 1 ! G1 G2
3 1 2 7/
482
1127
1127
F686
D909
D871
G535
1127
F603 F604
EL000869
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
2-177
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
45 PLUG SOCKETS, FA/FT
DIAGNOSTICS PLUG (A021) 24 V PLUG (A007) DRAWN VEHICLE PLUG SOCKET (A000)
2-178
The diagnostics plug is on the bottom right on Pin 1 is connected directly to the power (7-pin)
the outside of the central box. This is the plug supply through wire 1103 and fuse Pin 1 is connected to earth.
for the DAVIE connection. After the ignition is E036.
switched on, power is supplied to pin 1 via Pin 2 switches the left-hand rear light.
fuse E053. Pin 2 is connected to earth. The Pin 2 is connected to earth.
Electrical system
remaining pins are for communication with the Pin 3 is connected through wire 2008 to
various systems, and are connected to those ABS/EBS PLUG (A004) connection point A7 of the VIC
systems. Pin 1 is connected directly to power (D900) (direction, left).
before contact through fuse E043
Pin Wire Colour Description and wire 1119. Pin 4 is connected to relay G036
No. No. (stop-lights relay) through wire
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1 1229 red Power supply for Pin 2 is connected directly to power 4601.
DAVIE after contact through fuse E172
2 9107 white Earth and wire 1288. Pin 5 is connected through wire 2009 to
3 3425 blue ABS - ASC - D connection point A8 of the VIC
4 Pins 3 + 4 are both connected to earth. (D900) (direction, right).
5 4697 black UPEC
6
Pin 5 is connected to connection point Pin 6 switches the right-hand rear light.
7 4732 black ECAS C32 of the VIC (D900) through
wire 3428. DRAWN VEHICLE PLUG SOCKET (A058)
8 3646 blue CDS, ALS-S,
EMAS (15-pin)
9 4047 black VIC
Pin 6 is connected to connection point Pin 1 is connected through wire 2008 to
10 B6 of D880 (EBS) through wire connection point A7 of the VIC
11 4883 black ZF intarder 3559. Only if vehicle has EBS. (D900) (direction, left).
12 4733 black DIP-4
Pin 7 is connected to pin B3 of D880 Pin 2 is connected through wire 2009 to
13 3470 blue AGS
14 3037 blue Cab heater
(EBS) through wire 3558. Only if connection point A8 of the VIC
15 3700 yellow V-CAN-L
vehicle has EBS. (D900) (direction, right).
16 3701 blue V-CAN-H
Pin 3 is connected through wire 2152 to
connection point 87 of relay G005
(relay for rear fog lamp).
Pin 4 is connected to earth.
200303
XF 95 Series

Pin 5 switches the left-hand rear light REAR FOG LAMP AND REVERSING Pin 3 is connected to connection point 5
through wire 2102. LIGHT PLUG (A001) 87 of G036 (stop-light relay)
Pin 1 is connected to earth. through wire 4601.
Pin 6 switches the right-hand rear light
200303
through wire 2103. Pin 2 is connected to connection point Pin 4 is connected to connection point 5
B6 of ALS-S (D911) through wire of G350 (reversing-light relay)
XF95 Series
Pin 7 is connected to connection point 3659. through wire 4591.

87 of relay G036 (stop-lights relay)
through wire 4601. Pin 3 is connected to connection point 5 Pin 5 is connected to connection point
of G350 (reversing-light relay) A10 of D911 (ALS-S) through wire
Pin 8 is connected to connection point 5 through wire 4591. 3651.
of relay G350 (reversing-light
relay) through wire 4591. Pin 4 is connected to power before Pin 6 is connected to connection point
contact through wire 1113 and B6 of D911 (ALS-S) through wire
Pin 9 is connected to power before fuse E048. 3659.
contact through wire 1113 and
fuse E048. Pin 5 is connected to connection point Pin 7 is connected to connection point
B4 of D911 (ALS-S) through wire B4 of D911 (ALS-S) through wire
Pin 10 is connected to connection point 3660. 3660.
B6 of D911 (ALS-S) through wire
3659. Pin 6 is connected to connection point Pin 8 is connected to earth.
A10 of D911 (ALS-S) through wire
Pin 11 is connected to connection point 3651. TELEPHONE CONNECTOR (A076)
B4 of D911 (ALS-S) through wire Pin 1 is connected through wire 1353 to
3660. Pin 7 is connected through wire 2152 to connection B1 (12 V) of D895.
Pin 12 is connected to connection point (relay for rear fog lamp). Pin 2 is connected through wire 1108 to
A10 of D911 (ALS-S) through wire connection A4 (12 V) of D895.
3651. SUPERSTRUCTURE APPLICATION
CONNECTOR (A070) Pin 3 is connected to earth.
Pin 13 Not connected. Pin 1 is connected to power before
Pin 14 Not connected. fuse E048.
Pin 15 Not connected. Pin 2 is connected to connection point 1
of C725 (work lamp switch)
through wire 2155.
2-179
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
SEAT CONSOLE CONNECTOR (A043) VARIANTS
Pin 1 is connected to power after
Location
2-180
21, 110, 163 Conn. 873:
fuse E091.
Pin 2 is connected to earth. For vehicle type FT: conn. 874
23, 26, Connector 610:
ACCESSORIES CONNECTOR (A038) ABS: conn. 610
Electrical system
Pin 1 is connected to power before EBS: conn. 608

contact through wire 1175 and 23, 26, Connector 585:
fuse E168. ABS conn: 585.
EBS conn: 584.
Pin 2 is connected to earth. 59 Connection to: D850 or D880
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
60 Connection to: D851 or D802

ACCESSORIES CONNECTOR (A027) 20 - 33, 110 - 137 connector 873:
Pin 1 is connected to power before Either a 7-pin or a 15-pin
contact through wire 1154 and connector can be connected to
fuse E142. this.
Pin 2 is connected to power after 146, 185 Only applicable to vehicle type
contact through wire 1258 and FA.
fuse E163. 169,197 A000 and A001: 2x 7-pin
connector or 1x 15-pin
Pin 3 is connected to earth. connector
200303
XF 95 Series
2-181 200303
EL000870 1426261/07 45
1
2
125A 1/416
2
30
1000 1000 1000 1000

2
1
B010
E286
1000
4
1000
40A
1
1175 1175 1000 1010

5
1/417
A2
A1
865 E168 1010

6
A038
2
1010
865
1000
1000
1000
1010
8
30
87
G015
10
1000
25A
11
1
1154 1154 1154

12
B2
B1
580 E142
13
1000
25A
2
14
1258 1258 1010

A027
C2
C1
580
15
E163
5
16
580
17
18
19
25A
20
A
1
21 1119 1119 1119 1000

A2
A1
873 590 E043

10A
22
13
19
4
11/401
2
1288 1288 1288 1288 1288
23
!
!
873 610 585 E172
24
8
7
7
25
3428 3428 3428 3428
594
C32/
!
!
873 610 585
26
12
6
27
B6
27
3559 3559
D880
D900
A004
D929
873
28
11
7
27
B3
29
3558 3558
D880
873
30
C
31
873
32
27
33
873
34
21
1
35
584 610
36
2
37
590
38
39
40
15A
41
20
35/402
1
1103 1103 1103
42
697 E036
43
A007
15A
21
A1 A2 15/403
44
1107 1107
24V
697 E028
45
A3 B2 25/400 15A
46
1240 1240
24V
47
E091
48
B1 A4
1
1353 1353 1108
12V
12V
49
A076
50
D895
51
1108 1108
52
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
2-182
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
2100
2154 2101
85 30
Electrical system
10A
15A
10A
E053
E091
E084
D609
D610
G000
86 87A 87
M
5/401
18/403
18/400
14/403
24/401
28/401
22/401
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1229
1240
1101
2110
2154
2100
5 C832
A14
176 13
D911
D814
D900
A15/ B3/ B11/ B12/ C4/ C2/ C1/
1240
1101
2110
2110
604 295 295 295 594 594 295
C764
3
35
867
7
3646
4697
4047
3700E
3701E
3700G
3701G
574
10
1240
1101
2110
2100
D932 C697 3
D5 1
29 22
695
575
589
589
16 10 11
2/231
579
45
1240
2110
2110
3646
3646
0 I II 2
9 B129
1
C622
G755
1
! ! 35
862
4697
3700G
3701G
D850 D851 D905 D902 D899 B344 D871 3
13 4 10 14 3 3 12
579
24 34A 44 26 6 28 41
1/231
4/231
3700E 2110
2105
3425
4732
3646
3646
4883
4733
3470
3037
3701E 2105
2
585
861
583
587
483
5 16 8 4 11
864
1426261/07
1229
3425
4732
3646
4883
4733
3470
3037
4697
4047
1240
3700F
3701F
867
21
1 3 7 8 11 12 13 14 5 15 16 9 2 1 2
A021 A043
9107
EL000871
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
5
200303
XF 95 Series

5
D929
200303
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 Series
2101 2101
10A
10A
15A
E000
E001
E048
33/400
28/400
16/402
A070 !
D900 C010 C011 D911 D911 D911 G036 G350

1 1 B6 B4 A10 87 5 4 3 5 7 6 1 2 8
9 9 44 44 44 15 12
2102
2102
2103
2103
1113
3659
3660
3651
4601
4591
A7/ A8/
4591
4601
3651
3660
3659
1113
2155
592 592
576
576
576
8 9 19
576
11
4601
2008
2009
2102
2103
1113
2155
3651
3660 C725
1
3659 23
576
576
6 7 G005
45
87 1113
13
2008
2009
2152
2102
2103
1113
3659
3660
3651
4601
4591
!
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
3 4 7 5 6 26 15 16 14 10 9 D
2152
2102
2103
4601
4591
2008
2009
1113
3659
3660
3651
1426261/07
2152
2102
2103
4601
4591
1 2 3 5 6 9 10 11 12 7 8 4 13 14 15
A058
EL000872
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
2-183
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
2-184
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
2101
Electrical system
10A
10A
15A
E000
E001
E048
! ! !
33/400
28/400
16/402
A070 !
G350 D911 D911 D911
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
5 A10 B4 B6
2102
2103
D900
3 2 8 1 6 7 5 4 12 44 44 44
1113
C010 C011 G036
4591
3651
3660
3659
1 1 87
9 9 15
A7/ A8/
576
19
4601
2155
1113
3659
3660
3651
4591
592 592
2102
2103
2102
2103
4601
576
11
1113
3651
2008
2009
3660
576
576
8 9
2155
4601 3659
C725
1
2102
2103
23 1113
45
G005
576
576
6 7 87
4601
13
4591
3651
3660
3659
1113
2008
2009
2102
2103
2152
!
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
3 4 5 6 10 D 7 9 14 16 15 26
2102
2103
4601
2152
4591
2008
2009
3651
3660
3659
1113
1426261/07
2102
2103
4601
2152
4591
3 5 7 2 6 4 1 1 7 3 6 5 2 4
A000 A001
! !
EL000873
160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212
5
200303
XF 95 Series
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
200303 2-185
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
Electrical system
INFORMATION
CDM
46
2-186 200303

5
D929
200303
1000
1000
1010
1010
4001 1234 1234
XF95 Series
85 87A 87
15A
10A
10A
E037
E351
E023
G426
86 30
G535
1/416
1/417
6/403
7/403
4/403
8/403
8/401
15/402
25/400
31/402
1381
1000
1010
4001
9050
1127
1100
1100
1234
1234
1 D911
1127 A2
44
574
1010 1100
B2 B1
883
2
1127
87 85
4001
1100
3701M
3700M
1381
883
1
G015
30 86
1127
1000
1/222
C539 D969
1000
9050
2/ 1/ 9/ 12/
884 884 884 884
DVB
46
3/
884
2/222
4/222
6/222
1000
9050
4001
1
883
9
125A
E286
2
1000
B010
30
1426261/07
2
9050
EL000874
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-187
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
Electrical system XF 95 Series
2-188 200303
5 CHANGES IN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
CONTENTS
Page Date
1. INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200323
2. CHANGES IN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
FROM CHASSIS NUMBER 0E608863 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200323
2.1 Overview of the changes in the electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200323
2.2 Circuit diagram 1426261/08-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 . . . . 200323
2.3 Overview of basic codes for circuit diagram 1426261/08-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 . . . . 200323
2.4 Section diagrams from circuit diagram 1426261/08-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 . . . 200323
11
200323 1
CHANGES IN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
11
2 200323
1. INTRODUCTION
This main group includes the complete electrical
system shown in the form of circuit diagrams
and an overview of connectors/pin patterns .
Circuit diagrams
All information that relates to the complete
electrical system of the vehicle is found on the
circuit diagrams with the exception of the
connectors.
Note:
For the location of the connectors in the vehicle,
see Location of connectors.
11
200323 1-1
11
1-2 200323
XF95 series Changes in the electrical system from chassis number 0E608863
2. CHANGES IN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FROM CHASSIS

NUMBER 0E608863
2.1 OVERVIEW OF THE CHANGES IN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Section Electrical system Changes From

diagram chassis
number
B Overview of earthing points Several earthing points changed. 0E608863
C CAN overview Connector 391 changed to 876. 0E608863
1 Main switch Mechanical main switch added. 0E608863
2 Ignition/starter switch/charging circuit Wire 5208 changed to 4690. 0E608863
3 MTCO tachograph Connector 578 changed to 699. 0E608863
8 VIC Earth changed. Wire 3435 discontinued. 0E608863
Various changes relating to connectors.
Clutch protection added. 0E613626
11 UPEC Relay G469 added. Wire 3435 0E608863
discontinued.
12 Reversing lights Several connectors changed. 0E608863
15 Stop lights/cab tilting gear Wire 4602 added. Connector 626 changed 0E608863
to 545.
16 Differential lock Connector 568 changed to 878. 0E608863
17 Interior lighting XL/XH Several connectors and connections 0E608863
changed.
18 Interior lighting XC Several connectors and connections 0E608863
changed.
20 Search lighting Connection point 3 - 5 on switch C764 0E608863
reversed.
24 ABS-ASC-D Earth A004 changed. 0E608863
25 DEB Relay G469 added. 0E608863
27 EBS Earth A004 changed. 0E608863
30 AS Tronic Fuse E301 moved to the PCB. Several 0E608863
connectors changed.
32 PTO Activation of 2nd PTO via VIC added. 0E608863
11
33 Roof spotlights/cooler box/rotating Cooler basic code changed. 0E608863
beams
200323 2-1
Changes in the electrical system from chassis number 0E608863 XF95 series
Section Electrical system Changes From

diagram chassis
number
34A ECAS-3 Earth B250 changed. 0E608863
34B ECAS-2 Earth B253, B254 changed. 0E608863
34C ECAS-2 FT low deck + FA large Earth B250 changed. 0E608863
volume
35 Headlamp height adjustment Connection point 3 - 5 on switch C764 0E608863
reversed.
40 Windscreen wipe/wash system Pin pattern of connector 400 changed. 0E608863
41 ACH-E cab heater (air) with/without Wire 4595 changed to 5241. 0E608863
timer
42 ACH-E cab heater (water) with timer Wire 4595 changed to 5241. 0E608863
44 Alarm system/battery charger for BV3 Several connectors changed. 0E608863
alarm
45 Plug sockets, FA/FT Earth A004 changed. 0E608863
There are no functional changes compared with

circuit diagram 1426261/07 in the remaining
section diagrams of circuit diagram
1426261/08-11.
11
2-2 200323
2.2 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1426261/08-11

__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________ 11
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
200323 2-3
2.3 OVERVIEW OF BASIC CODES FOR CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1426261/08-11

A000 Drawn vehicle plug socket (7-pin) 83, 85, 239, 252, 292, 580
A001 Plug socket for rear fog lamp, reversing light (7-pin) 270, 277, 383, 386, 388,
581, 753
A004 Plug socket, ABS/EBS, drawn vehicle (7-pin) 803, 834
A021 Diagnostics plug socket (16-pin) 187
A027 Plug socket, 24V accessories (4-pin) 128, 298, 579, 755, 775
A038 Plug socket, 40 A accessories (2-pin) 743
A043 Plug socket, seat console, drivers side (2-pin) 478
A058 Drawn vehicle plug socket (15-pin) 83, 84, 240, 253, 271, 277,
293, 385, 388, 390, 578,
755
A068 Application connector, engine speed control 909
A070 Application connector, superstructure (8-pin) 35, 278, 294, 384, 387, 389,
578, 753
A074 Automatic gearbox socket, superstructure 747, 749, 750
A076 Telephone socket 708
A500 Batteries (2x) 10, 14, 22
A510 Alarm system battery 374
A513 Alternator 18
B000 Windscreen wiper motor 93
B001 Windscreen washer pump motor 90
B002 Headlamp washer motor 98
B003 Electric drop glass motor, drivers side 420
B004 Electric drop glass motor, co-drivers side 417
B005 Left mirror adjustment motor 432, 441
B006 Right mirror adjustment motor 437, 447
11
2-4 200323

B010 Starter motor 24
B015 4-speed heater fan 468, 469, 470, 527, 528
B017 Mirror heating, drivers side 451
B018 Mirror heating, co-drivers side 452
B026 CB 717
B028 Horn 402
B032 Seat heating, drivers side 474
B033 Seat heating, co-drivers side 476
B042 Air dryer heating element 472
B043 Air conditioning compressor 454
B071 Lifting-gear lifting valve 615
B072 Lifting-gear lowering valve 609
B073 Lifting-gear pump motor 619
B079 Low-range downshift protection valve 131
B084 Air suspension bleed valve 794
B088 Intarder proportional valve 1015
B089 Intarder air supply valve 1013
B122 Fuel dosage pump for Eberspcher cab heater 506, 513, 533
B129 Left headlamp height adjustment motor 220
B130 Right headlamp height adjustment motor 222
B134 Solenoid valve, pump unit, cylinder 4 927 11
200323 2-5

B166 ECAS valve, front axle 635, 664, 692
B176 Reversing buzzer 280
B192 Exhaust brake solenoid valve 936
B199 Central door locking motor, drivers side 553
B200 Central door locking motor, co-drivers side 548, 556
B237 ASC valve 821
B238 ECAS-2 (6x2) driven axle left/right air supply valve 634, 690
(FT)
B243 Cross-axle differential lock operation valve 281
B244 Longitudinal controlled slip differential control valve 283
B246 PTO control valve 489, 500
B250 ECAS driven axle, left/right, air supply valve (FA) 632, 689
B252 Recirculation valve 466
B253 ECAS driven axle, left/right, air supply valve 662
B254 Valve, ECAS steered leading rear axle/trailing axle, 665
B256 Valve, ABS-D, ABS/ASC-E, front axle, left 814, 839
11
B257 Valve, ABS/ASC-D, front axle, right 815, 849
2-6 200323

B258 Valve, ABS-D, ABS/ASC-E, driven axle, left 817
B259 Valve, ABS/ASC-D, driven axle, right 819
B293 Gearbox gate protection valve 133
B294 Cab air suspension valve, switching off height 297
control, front
B306 EBS redundancy valve 858
B307 EBS front axle modulator 842
B308 Drawn vehicle EBS control valve 846
B309 ASC cut-off valve 860
B335 Electronically controlled viscous fan clutch 940
B338 Alarm system horn 377
B341 Glow plug 19
B344 Automatic lubrication pump with integrated 562
electronic unit
B356 Cooler 776
B365 Radio 712
B372 Fluid flow control valve block 727
B378 Heating element for fuel filter/water separator 567
B383 Valve, ECAS, FAK/FTM leading rear axle 790
B385 AS Tronic clutch unit 1040
B386 Steering cylinder control valve block 729
B403 ECAS resistor for increased manoeuvring level, 693
lowering
B404 ECAS resistor for increased manoeuvring level, 694
lifting
B525 Modular tachograph, MTCO 49
C000 Dipped beam, left 255
C001 Dipped beam, right 256
C002
C003
Main beam, left
Main beam, right
259
261
11
200323 2-7

C006 Spotlights, left 262
C007 Spotlights, right 264
C008 Fog lamp, front left 265
C009 Fog lamp, front right 266
C010 Width marker light (headlamp), left 230
C011 Width marker light (headlamp), right 243
C012 Width marker light, front left 232
C013 Width marker light, front right 244
C014 Direction indicator lamp, front left 76
C015 Direction indicator lamp, front right 80
C016 Direction indicator lamp, side left 77
C017 Direction indicator lamp, side right 81
C018 Direction indicator lamp, rear left 78
C019 Direction indicator lamp, rear right 82
C020 Stop light, left 290
C021 Stop light, right 291
C022 Rear light, left 233
C023 Rear light, right 246
C024 Fog lamp, rear left 268
C025 Fog lamp, rear right 270
C026 Reversing light, left 275
C027 Reversing light, right 276
C046 Map-reading light, drivers side 319, 344
C047 Map-reading light, co-drivers side 320, 346
C052 Heater fan light, left 411
C053 Heater fan light, right 412
C062 Cab stepwell lighting, drivers side 367
11 C063 Cab stepwell lighting, co-drivers side 368
2-8 200323

C064 Central upper storage compartment lighting 304, 351
C065 Central lower storage compartment lighting 306
C066 Right storage compartment lighting 307
C067 Left tool compartment lighting 321, 352
C068 Right tool compartment lighting 323, 354
C071 Work lamp 37
C072 Ashtray light, left 409
C073 Ashtray light, right 410
C074 Width marker light, rear left 233
C075 Width marker light, rear right 245
C129 Interior lighting with switch 327
C130 Interior nightlight (red), drivers side 341
C139 Interior nightlight (red), co-drivers side 339
C144 Rotating beam, left 779
C145 Rotating beam, right 780
C148 Interior lighting, co-drivers side, 2 x 21 W 313, 330
C149 Interior lighting, drivers side, 2 x 21 W 309, 333
C150 Left storage compartment lighting 350
C151 Central interior lighting with switch 324
C154 Rear number plate light, left (tractors) 236
C155 Rear number plate light, right (tractors) 249
C156 Width marker light, left, 1st (tractors) 238
C157 Width marker light, right, 1st (tractors) 250
C158 Width marker light, left, 2nd (tractors) 239
C159 Width marker light, right, 2nd (tractors) 251 11
200323 2-9

C622 Switch, lighting 207, 210
C694 Mechanical main switch 14
C695 Mirror adjustment switch, drivers side 433, 442
C696 Mirror adjustment switch, co-drivers side 437, 447
C697 Seat heating switch, drivers side 474
C698 Seat heating switch, co-drivers side 476
C716 Switch, rotating beams 780
C725 Work lamp switch 36
C727 Front/rear fog lamp switch 213
C731 Interior roof console lighting switch (bunk control), 313, 331
C733 Interior roof console lighting switch (bunk control), 310, 334
C735 Interior nightlight switch 316, 342
C736 Roof hatch switch 357, 362
C737 ASC traction switch 830, 869
C739 Mechanical lifting-gear switch 616
C740 ECAS switch, normal level 623, 646, 675
11
C741 ECAS switch, axle lifting 649
C742 Traction assistance switch 652
2-10 200323

C743 Electric drop glass switch, co-drivers side (drivers 422
side door)
C744 Electric drop glass switch, co-drivers side 426
(co-drivers side door)
C745 Electric drop glass switch, drivers side (drivers side 429
door)
C746 Mirror heating switch 452
C748 Cross-axle differential lock operation switch 281
C749 Longitudinal controlled slip differential control switch 283
C760 Air conditioning switch 457
C763 Instrument lighting dimming potentiometer 112
C764 Potentiometer, headlamp height adjustment 219
C765 Switch, warning lamps (with LED search lighting) 85
C773 Rear fog lamp switch 216
C774 Central door locking switch 549, 556
C778 Switch for Eberspcher cab heater 509, 538
C802 Switch, recirculation valve 462
C813 Spotlight switch, roof 762
C831 Cruise control/engine speed control/retarder stalk 479, 1015
switch
C832 Direction indicator/windscreen wiper stalk switch 76, 89, 91, 97, 402, 224
C835 Switch for turning off interior detection 395
C836 Switch for turning off superstructure/drawn vehicle 398
load space detection
C844 Switch for Eberspcher cab heater with timer unit 516
C853 Cab main switch 2
C854 Chassis main switch 3
11
200323 2-11

C859 Interior lighting roof console switch, drivers side 313, 334
C881 Switch, ECAS lifting 790
C882 Heater fan switch 469, 528
C883 FAG traction assistance switch 796
C890 Switch for switching off integration of third brake 871
C895 ECAS switch for increased manoeuvring level 678
C897 Interior lighting, SH cab, co-drivers side 310, 331
D503 Electronic unit, mechanical lifting gear 607
D529 Electronic unit, ECAS remote control 620, 643, 672
D609 Light switch diode 210
D610 Diode, main beam/dipped beam 224
D611 Diode, damping valve for lowering mechanical lifting 608
gear
D612 Diode, damping valve for lifting mechanical lifting 614
gear
D613 Diode for pump relay damping, mechanical lifting 611
gear
D622 Diode for mechanical lifting gear, lifting lock 614
D623 Diode for mechanical lifting gear, lowering lock 609
D703 Diode for switching off cab heater/door, contact on 494
drivers side
D705 Diode for switching off cab heater with engine 491
running
D709 Diode for interior lighting to prevent feedback to 312, 329
co-drivers side switch
D710 Interior lighting diode to prevent feedback to drivers 308, 334
side switch
D715 Alarm system LED 70, 378
D758 Diode to prevent feedback to VIC 300
11
D759 Diode to prevent feedback to stop lights 295
2-12 200323

D782 Diode to prevent door locking feedback, drivers side 95
D783 Interior lighting diode, drivers side 366
D814 UPEC electronic unit 934
D826 Electronic unit for VLG current limiter 7
D850 Electronic unit for ABS/ASC, D model 818
D851 Electronic unit, ECAS-3 (4x2) 632
D871 Electronic unit for Airtronic D2 cab heater 505, 514
D879 Rear axle modulator 855
D880 Electronic unit for EBS 855
D895 Electronic unit for (10 A) converter with power 706
supply for radio memory
D899 DIP-4 instrument panel 57
D900 VIC electronic unit 80, 93, 136, 486
D901 Electronic unit for Hydronic 10 cab heater 534
D902 Electronic unit, ZF intarder with CAN 1009
D904 Menu Control Switch, MCS 139
D905 Electronic unit for central door locking 550
D909 Electronic unit, ultrasonic alarm system 381
D910 Electronic unit, battery charger 374
D911 Electronic unit, ALS-S alarm system 386
D912 Electronic unit, immobiliser 45
D924 Electronic unit for main switch 6
D931 LED unit, immobiliser 72
D932 EMAS electronic unit 729
D954 AS Tronic gearbox modulator 1040
11
200323 2-13

D955 AS Tronic gear lever unit 1028
D969 CAN-data manager, CDM 197
E000 Fuse, rear left width marker light 229
E001 Fuse, rear right width marker light 242
E004 Fuse, dipped beam, drivers side 254
E005 Fuse, dipped beam/warning lamp, co-drivers side 255
E006 Fuse, main beam, drivers side 258
E007 Fuse, main beam/warning lamp, co-drivers side 260
E008 Fuse, spotlights 261
E009 Fuse, front fog lamps 264
E010 Fuse, rear fog lamps 267
E013 Fuse, stop lights 286
E016 Fuse, reversing lights/gearbox neutral 273
position/windscreen wiper motor/cross-axle
differential lock
E023 Fuse, cold start switch/tachograph clock/cab heater 47
program clock/alarm system
E025 Fuse, windscreen wiper motor/headlamp 99
washer/windscreen washer motor
memory
E028 Fuse, interior lighting/bunk lamps/central door lock 301
E031 Fuse, heater fan 453, 522
E033 Fuse, electric drop glass motor, co-drivers side 415
E034 Fuse, electric drop glass motor, drivers side 419
switch
11
2-14 200323

E036 Fuse, 24V plug socket 403
E044 Fuse, mirror heating/electric mirror 422
adjustment/electric drop glass operation
E048 Fuse, drawn vehicle power supply 752
E051 Fuse, ECAS/EMAS 627, 656, 683, 721
E052 Fuse, ECAS remote control/work lamp 36
E053 Fuse, diagnosis connector (16-pin)/LED unit/alarm 182
system
E062 Fuse, mechanical lifting gear/ECAS/EMAS 601, 620, 641, 783
E084 Fuse, lighting 202
E091 Fuse, air dryer heating element/stalk 471
switch/PTO/clutch switch/engine speed control
application connector
E108 Fuse, VIC 103
E112 Fuse, glow warning lamp 20
E114 Fuse, cab heater (Eberspcher)/warning lamps 502, 511, 524
E117 Fuse, search light 228
E118 Fuse, UPEC power supply 920
E142 Fuse, accessories before contact 764
E153 Fuse, main switch for timer/engine stop/main switch 4
power supply
E157 Fuse, automatic lubrication 561
E163 Fuse, accessories after contact (connector 754
A027)/rotating beams/roof hatch
E168 Fuse, accessories/microwave 742
E170 Fuse, electronic unit for fuel filter/water separator 568
11
200323 2-15

E171 Fuse, heating element for fuel filter/water separator 567
E184 Fuse, UPEC 918
E189 Fuse, rear axle EBS 809, 837
E190 Fuse, ABS-D / ABS / ASC-E/EBS front axle 810, 838
E199 Fuse, ZF intarder 1004
E277 Fuse, VIC 104
E279 Fuse, airbag and seat belt tensioner/voltage 17
regulation generator
E280 Fuse, VIC 105
E286 Main fuse 10
E301 Fuse, AS Tronic 1034
E330 Fuse, sens wire main switch 11
(10 tons)
E508 Temperature switch for air conditioning compressor 457
E509 Air conditioning operating switch, high/low pressure 456
E511 Stop light operating switch 287
E514 Operating switch for cab stepwell/interior lighting, 366
door switch, co-drivers side
E524 Mechanical lifting-gear operating switch, oil pressure 613
limit switch
E525 Operating switch for central upper storage 303, 350
E526 Operating switch for central lower storage 305
11
2-16 200323

E527 Operating switch for right storage compartment 306
lighting
E528 Operating switch for left tool compartment lighting 320, 351
E529 Operating switch for right tool compartment lighting 322, 353
E560 Operating switch for left storage compartment 349
lighting
E566 Operating switch, Eberspcher Airtronic cab heater 507
thermostat
E570 Proximity switch, clutch PTO N10 499
E571 Thermo 90/Hydronic 10 cab heater operating switch 538
E575 Proximity switch, clutch 66
Eberspcher (water)
Eberspcher (timer)
E581 Eberspcher Airtronic cab heater timer unit 516
(7.5 tons)
E589 ECAS pressure switch, driven axle 784
E590 AS Tronic selector switch 1029
E592 Reversing light operating switch 274
E595 Low-range switch 134
F006 Differential lock control switch, 1st differential 120
11
200323 2-17

F007 Differential lock control switch, 3rd differential 124
F011 Control switch for engine oil pressure 116
F038 Differential lock control switch, 2nd differential 123
F047 Control switch for steering system (1st circuit) 118
F048 Control switch for steering system (2nd circuit) 119
F050 Differential lock pressure control switch (1st and 2nd 122
differentials)
F097 Proximity switch for trailing axle mechanical lifting 601
gear
F107 Brake pad wear switch, front left 879
F108 Brake pad wear switch, front right 880
F109 Brake pad wear switch, front left, 2nd front axle 881
F110 Brake pad wear switch, front right, 2nd front axle 883
F111 Brake pad wear switch, rear left 884
F112 Brake pad wear switch, rear right 886
F113 Brake pad wear switch, rear left, 2nd rear axle (6x2) 887
F114 Brake pad wear switch, rear right, 2nd rear axle 888
(6x2)
F118 Control switch for splitter signalling 115
F120 Gearbox switch, gates 3-4 136
F509 Cab temperature sensor of cab heater 516, 543
F512 Wheel speed sensor, front axle, left 808, 837
F513 Wheel speed sensor, front axle, right 809, 851
F514 Wheel speed sensor, driven axle, left 810
F515 Wheel speed sensor, driven axle, right 812
11
2-18 200323

F533 Speed sensor (4-pin, 1st) 48
F544 Coolant temperature sensor for secondary retarder 1017
F552 Crankshaft sensor 919
F558 Camshaft sensor 918
F565 Sensor, fuel temperature 921
F566 Sensor, engine coolant temperature 922
F603 Transmitter, ultrasonic 381
F604 Receiver, ultrasonic 383
F608 Sensor, fuel level 110
F612 Height sensor, ECAS, rear axle, left 625, 654, 680
F613 Height sensor, ECAS, rear axle, right 627, 655, 682
F614 ECAS height sensor, front axle 629, 656, 683
F616 Cab locking sensor 298
F619 Cab locking sensor, alarm system 379
F628 EBS foot brake valve 861
F649 Boost pressure and air inlet temperature sensor 924
F651 Ambient temperature sensor 105
F652 Air pressure sensor 107
F656 Coolant level sensor 110
F672 UPEC accelerator pedal sensor 925
F673 Sensor, engine oil level and temperature 136
F686 Alarm system sensor, radar 385
F687 EMAS front axle angle sensor 723
F688 EMAS trailing axle angle sensor 724
F705 Speed sensor 1043
G000 Relay, tail light/width marker light/search lighting 209, 226
11
200323 2-19

G001 Relay, dipped beam 223, 254
G002 Relay, main beam 225, 258
G003 Relay, spotlights 257, 261
G004 Relay, front fog lamp 212, 264
G005 Relay, rear fog lamp 129, 267
G014 Relay, glowing 19, 932
G036 Relay, stop light 286, 289
G052 Relay, mechanical lifting-gear motor 610, 618
G066 Takeover relay, mechanical lifting gar 610, 612
G095 Relay, traction assistance, 60 sec. bleed 794
G126 Relay, power supply 919, 920
G170 Relay, cab heater fan 524, 537
G185 Starting circuit interrupter relay 27, 1022
G236 Relay, windscreen wiper (speed 1 or 2) 93, 96
G237 Relay, windscreen wiper (automatic zero position) 93, 94
G238 Relay, headlamp washer 91, 98
G247 Relay, heater fan, Eberspcher Hydronic cab heater 522, 530
G259 PTO operation takeover relay 498, 499
11
2-20 200323

G297 Cab air suspension relay 296, 299
G299 Relay, roof spotlights 761, 764
G301 Relay, light D+ 125, 204
G302 Relay for Swedish lighting 204, 208
G303 Relay, starter motor interlock 26, 126
G350 Relay for reversing lights 273, 274
G367 Relay, main switch power supply 5, 10
G377 Relay, accessories power supply for radio 702, 712
G380 Relay, mechanical lifting axle upwards 602, 605
G381 Relay, mechanical lifting axle (7.5 tons) 604, 615
G421 Relay, ECAS, leading rear axle, lowering 783, 786
G424 Time relay, ECAS, leading rear axle, lowering 787
G462 Relay for work lamp 36, 227
G469 Relay, braking signal 942, 944
G516 Central cab earth, co-drivers side 584
G535 CAN distributor block 176
G723 Through-connection for central door locking 557
G725 Through-connection, cab heater (Eberspcher) 505, 513
G732 Through-connection, cab heater (Eberspcher) 543
G734 Through-connection for brake lining wear 884
G736 V-CAN connection 191
G745 Through-connection, mechanical lifting gear 613
G747 Through-connection for AS Tronic V-CAN 1021
G755 Through-connection for Swedish lighting 210
G757 Through-connection for main switch 31
I020 Gearbox gate protection diode 134 11
200323 2-21
2.4 SECTION DIAGRAMS FROM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1426261/08-11
A Voltage before and after contact

B Overview of earthing points
C CAN overview
1 Main switch
2 Ignition/starter switch/charging circuit
3 MTCO tachograph
4 Immobiliser
5 Pre-glowing
6 DIP-4
7 Direction indicators and warning lamps
8 VIC
9 FA marker/parking lights
10 FT marker/parking lights
11 UPEC
12 Reversing lights
13 Light switch/fog lamps/dipped beam and main beam switch, FA/FT
14 Swedish lighting
15 Stop lights/cab tilting gear
16 Differential lock
17 Interior lighting XL/XH
18 Interior lighting XC
19 Mirror heating/mirror adjustment
20 Search lighting
21 Air conditioning/recirculation valve/heater fan
22 Seat heating/accessories connection
23 Horn/cigar lighter/work lamp/air dryer
11 24
25
ABS-ASC-D
DEB
2-22 200323
26 Intarder EST42
27 EBS
28 AGS
29 EMAS
30 AS Tronic
31 Brake lining wear switch
32 PTO
33 Roof spotlights/cooler/rotating beams
34A ECAS-3
34B ECAS-2
34C ECAS-2 FT low deck + FA large volume
35 Headlamp height adjustment
36 24 V/12 V converter for radio/CB set
37 Electric drop glass/central door locking/roof hatch XL/XH/XC
38 Mechanical lifting gear
39 Heating element/fuel filter water separator
40 Windscreen wipe/wash system
41 ACH-E cab heater (air) with/without timer
42 ACH-E cab heater (water) with timer
43 UPEC / superstructure functions application connector
44 Alarm system/battery charger for BV3 alarm
45 Plug sockets, FA/FT
46 CDM
11
200323 2-23
11
A POWER BEFORE AND AFTER CONTACT
2-24
VOLTAGE BEFORE CONTACT OPERATION The engine will start, depending on the
A constant voltage is supplied to pin 1 of When the ignition/starter switch (C539) is set activation of relay G303 by VIC. When the
connector 416 through wire 1008, point 30 on to the accessories position (connection ignition/starter key is released, the
the starter motor, fuse E286, the + bolt in the between points 1 and 6), a voltage is supplied contact/starter switch automatically springs
dashboard connector lead-through and the to relay G377 (radio accessories power back and remains in the contact position.
voltage distribution block. supply relay) via wire 1000, fuse E037,
Power is also supplied (via wire 1008) from ignition/starter switch (C539) (contact points VARIANTS
point 30 on the starter motor to the B+ 1 - 6) and wire 1130.
connection of the alternator and to relay G014 Location
(glow plug relay). When the ignition/starter switch (C539) is set 26 Connection to ALS-S, ECAS-3 (4x2),
to the contact position (connection between ECAS-2 (6x2), EST-42
Only wire 1000 to the + bolt in the dashboard points 1 and 4), relay G015 is energised
connector lead-through is fuse-protected by a through wire 1000, fuse E037, ignition/starter
125A fuse. switch (C539) (contact points 1 - 4) and wire
The other wires are NOT fuse-protected and 4001.
they can only be made dead by disconnecting This then connects wire 1000 (voltage before
the battery leads. contact) to wire 1010 (voltage after contact).
Power is also supplied to the S (sens) When the ignition/starter switch (C539) is
connection of the alternator from point 30 of turned against the pressure of the spring
the starter motor via fuse E279 and wire 3084. (connection between points 1 and 2), relay
G015 remains energised and a voltage is also
VOLTAGE AFTER CONTACT applied to the alarm system (D911) (if fitted)
A voltage is supplied to contact relay G015
or to D901 (Hydronic 10 cab heater electronic

(point 30) via the starter motor (connection unit) (if fitted) through wire 1000, fuse E037,
point 30). This connection point may be ignition/starter switch (C539) (contacts 1 - 2)
connected to wire 1010 over contact relay and wire 4004. If no alarm system is installed,
G015.
Changes in the electrical system from chassis number 0E608863
the voltage is applied directly to connection

This wire is NOT fuse-protected. point 30 of relay G303 (starting circuit
interrupter relay).
XF95 series
5
200323

5
D929
200323
1000
1000
1010
XF95 series
1010
4001 1100
1234 1234
85 30
10A
10A
15A
E350
E351
E037
G426
86 87A 87
1/416
1/417
6/403
7/403
8/403
8/401
4/403
12/403
10/403
25/400
15/402
1000
1010
4001
9050
1234
1234
1380
1234
1381
1100
1100
G462
1010 1100 30
2
87 85
!
4001
1380
1000
G015
30 86
1100
1000
1/222
D901
C539
1000
9050
1380
11
42
DVB
4004
A
9050
2/222
4/222
6/222
4004
G516
G303
1000
4004
4001
1130
87
2
D911 G377
A3 1
1 44 36
4002
G014
125A
1
E286
2 5 E279
1 2
575
10
1380
3084
5A
575
20
4002
1008
1008
1008
3084
1380
1008 1008 1008
1426261/08-11
B+ S /4 15 /3
D900
50 30 D29/
3 595
M
G
A500
B010
A513
1020
B L /2
31
575
7
1020
G525
G525
EL000970
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-25
11
11
B OVERVIEW OF EARTHING POINTS
2-26
the earth connections, with wire markings and
connector points.
VARIANTS
Location
18 XC light connection
64, 72 Connector 658: superstructure
connector (optional).
71 Connector 582: earth not in use
44 For vehicle type FA: Conn. 873
XF95 series
5
200323

5
200323
C110 C068 C016 C695 C696 C150 C066 C774 A007 C731 C884
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 B 2 B B
XF95 series
M4
M12
M16
M11
M4
M5
M6
M4
M5
C064 C064 B175 C139 C148 C129 C774 C884 C002
3 2 4 3 3 2 5 4 2
M20
M17
!
M3
E575
M11
M15
M10
6
C725
M4
597
B 12 C046 C047 C774 C000 B129
M13
M14
M15
M16
2 2 3 M9 2 M3 M5 2
M2
M1
M3
M2
M1
M3
M1
M1
M12
M2
M10
C764 C736 C733
5 7 M7 M6 B
867
553
A043 21 C697 B017 12 B199 B026
692
407
2 2 2 4
17 6 2 M5
M9
C072 C014
M33
M11
M34
2 2
M8
M12 M6
M9
M36 M99
M1
C764 C751 C111 C736
B B 2 B
M34 M35 C151
M11
M10
M12
3
M5
190
7
M3
M10
C149 C130
M7
9 3 3
M5
M4
692
M1 M31 18 C765 C735 C008 B294
C727 C750
B B 560 B M2 M3 B 2 M2 M8 2
B000 C832
M10
31 A10 M2
M9
M2
C882 B030
6 31 M4
M3
C763
M2
M3
B M8
M1
3
M96
M1
M1
E511
M100
2
161
M1
F628 F628
B245 A2 B2
2
252
566
1 10
397
697
284
12 21 12
M1
M2
B
M1
M96
M97
M92
B365 A076
M3
8 3 F047
M46
C010 C011
M12
2 2 M190 2
M93 M95
176
21
18 M10
F087 M98 M101 M32 M1
M2 2 M11
695
1 F616 F048
2
M1
M91
M5
M10 M1 4 C741
B
545
878
M94
21
M102
650
5 1
M2 M11 M61 M63 A004 A004 B001 B002
M1 4 3 2 M8 M7 4
M1
M10
626
587
696
M6
12 1 12
M3
M2
M4
M12 C740 C739
M1
B M4 M11 B
288
144
M1
M1
M1
546
8
M13
M64
M65
B042
2
M1
1426261/08-11
M4
M1
M1
A038 C062
143
3 2 2
M3
M2
M2
M6
M5
!
873
C063 D895 D895 B344 C737 C853 C802 C890

C
2 A1 A3 2 1 B 1 B
M5
M15
M16
M1
M1
M5
M4
M7
M8
M6
M7
M8
M9
M3
M2
M4
M3
M7
865
590
2 2
F120 B079 F118 B293 B130 C003 C001 C015 C009 B028 C737 C760 C742 C748 C749 C890
M1
M3
M4
2 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 B 1 B B B 1
G516
EL000971
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-27
11
11
2-28
G029 G028 G031 G030
86 86 86 86
M52
M54
M56
M58
G029 G028 G031 G030
87A 87A 87A 87A
M51
M53
M55
M57
D929 D929
D21 M76 M77 B32
D929 D929 D802 D802 D802

B3 C3 16 19 27
M73
M77
M75
M105
9009
9009
9009
D929 D929
B5 M72 M74 C4
D929 D929
A14 M78 M80 D26
9009
627
2
9009
9009
B
9009
B166 F614
M42
4 2
M23
M26
M25
M24
M41
584
21
866
591
588
864
863
9 12 1 9 17
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
9009
9009
9009
9009
608
M104
1
C698 B018 B200 A068 D905 D929 C742 F612 F613 F615 D529 D912 D899 D879
M2
2 M3 2 M2 M3 4 1 8 D7 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 A2
9050
9009
9108
9126
9126
9129
M4
M5
M6
M3
M8
M4
M21
M22
307
562
563
608
B358 C067 C017 B525 D880 G303 B309 G015 B525 2 2 2 D900 D900 D880 21
580
580
2 2 2 A6 A11 5 6 86 2 86 A5 A5 E5 A12
1426261/08-11
873
27
M1
M2
M18
M19
M43
M4
9009
9009
9009
9108
9126
9126
9129
9050
9001
9127
9127
9128
9025
9028
656
574
883
582
656
1 18 9 10 2 A004 C740 C741 A021
3 1 1 2
M1
M2
M1
692
584
16 20
D931 D969 DVB
692
878
862
867
584
584
18 3 15 20 21 20 18 19
658
658
7 8
44 46
! !
M2
9025
9028
9050
9001
9009
9009
9107
9108
9126
9127
9128
9129
EL000972
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
200323
11
200323 2-29
11
C CAN OVERVIEW
2-30
the CAN connections, with wire markings and
connector points.
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
36, 39 For vehicle type FA: Conn. 873
37 For EBS: unit D880
For ABS: unit D850
XF95 series
5
200323

5
200323
XF95 series
G535
A1 A2 G1 G2 C1 C2 D1 D2 F1 F2 B1 B2
3700K
3701K
3700D
3701D
3700C
3701C
3700J
3701J
3700L
3701L
3700M
3701M
863
863
7 7 8
3700D 3700D
869 3700B A1/ A3/ 49/ 22/ 12/ 9/
8 612 612 622 622 884 884
3701D 3701D 3701B
869 !
B525
D880
D902
D969
391
391
6 7 A8/ A4/ B3/ B6/
3700C
3701C
598 598 613 613
3700K
3701K
3700D
3701D
562
562
6 3
3558
3559
3700A
3701A
A13/ A14/ B20/ B21/
880 880 604 604
D954
D911
D912
A12/ A8/
692
692
608
608
880 880 9 12 8 9
C
3700X
3701X
15 16 3558
3559
3701B
3700B
3700A
3701A
391
391
4 5
A021
13/ 11/ 12/ 14/
563 563 563 563 ! !
3700X
3701X
D814
873
873
11 12
3700F
3701F
D899
869
869
10 11 B12/ B11/
295 295 5/ 7/
563 563
11
3558
3559
3700X
3701X
3701G 3701G
589
10
3700G 3700G
863
863
10 11
1426261/08-11
589
3565
3566
A004
7 6
3700X
3701X
3700E
3701E
D900
C15/ C14/ C2/ C1/ D19/ D17/
594 594 594 594 595 595
EL000973
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-31
11
11
1 MAIN SWITCH
2-32
MAIN SWITCH FOR VLG/ADR Relay, main switch power supply
Relay G367 is a bi-stable relay. If one of the
Basic code Description two coils is briefly energised, the relay will
number remain in this position. If the other coil is
energised, the relay will switch over and then
A500 Batteries remain in the new position.
B525 Modular tachograph, MTCO
C853 Cab main switch
C854 Chassis main switch
D826 Electronic unit for VLG
current limiter
D924 Electronic unit for main
switch
E117 Fuse, search light
E153 Fuse, main switch for
timer/engine stop/main
switch power supply
E286 Main fuse
E330 Fuse, sens wire main
switch
G367 Relay, main switch power
supply
G757 Through-connection for

main switch, wire 4179 to
G015 and G426
G015 Relay, contact

G426 Relay, contact
XF95 series
5
200323

5
200323
XF95 series
1000
1009
1 1
E153
E286
2 1008 2
1
4176 1167
E330
C853 G367 2
5
0 1 86 88
G367
B A 7 1 88A
85B 85A
4177
4174
4175
3173
+
3 4 0 1 -
A1
A3
A4
D826
A500
C854
D924
A7
A2 A5
C4 C1
C5 C2
1 2 +
2 -
4178
4179
2
G757
M
9303
1123
2630
9050
B525 B525 E117 G015 G426

A5 A1 2 86 86
E501753
2-33
11
11
Electrically closing the main switch Electrically opening the main switch Connection point A5 is connected to the
The main switch (D924) can be closed: The main switch (D924) can be opened: positive pole via wire 3173 and fuse E330
2-34
- Electrically in the cab using switch C853 - Electrically in the cab using switch C853 after connection point 88 of relay G367. This
- Electrically on the chassis using switch - Electrically on the chassis using switch connection transmits a signal to the ECU to
C854 C854 indicate that relay G367 has switched.
ATTENTION: Switches C853 and C854 are ATTENTION: Switches C853 and C854 are Note:
connected in series. When C853 or C854 is connected in series. When C853 or C854 is When one of the switches (C853 or C854)
switched on, the other switch must be in switched on, the other switch must be in that activate the electronic unit is operated
the main switch on position. the main switch on position. (close main switch), relay G367 is activated
after approximately 3 seconds. If one of the
When C853 or C854 is operated, the C1 and When C853 or C854 is operated, the C1 and switches is operated again within the 3
C2 connections are connected to the C4 and C2 connections are disconnected from the C4 seconds, the electronic unit (D924) will select
C5 connections through wire 4176, contacts and C5 connections through wire 4176, the priority main switch ON.
5 - 7 of switch C853, wire 4177, contacts 1 - 2 contacts 5 - 7 of switch C853, wire 4177,
of switch C854 and wire 4178. contacts 1 - 2 of switch C854 and wire 4178. MECHANICAL MAIN SWITCH
Relay G367 is immediately energised through Two actions are carried out immediately after When C694 (mechanical main switch) is
wire 4174 and connection point A3 (A3 is switch C853 is opened: operated, connections B and G are
connected to earth in the unit for 0.5 1. Connection point A7 is disconnected from connected. The earth of the batteries is now
seconds). This connects point 88a to 88 of earth (A2) in the unit. connected to the chassis. The earth
relay G367. The positive pole of the batteries If the engine is running, it is switched off. connection of B525 (MTCO) is independent of
is now connected to the vehicles power 2. After a delay of approx. 6 seconds, relay the position of the main switch.
supply. G367 is connected to earth in the unit for
Immediately after switch C853 closes, approx. 0.5 seconds via wire 4175 and
connection point A7 is internally connected to connection point A4. This breaks the
earth. connection between points 88a and 88 of

relay G367. The batteries are now
Connection point A5 is connected to the disconnected from the vehicles power
positive pole via wire 3173 and fuse E330 supply.
after connection point 88 of relay G367. This

connection transmits a signal to the ECU to
indicate that relay G367 has switched.
XF95 series
5
200323

VARIANTS
5
Location
22 Conn. 696: Attach wire 4176 to pin 5
200323
XF95 series
27 G757 DVB in wiring harness next to

PCB. When main switch is used,
earth wire 4179 is connected to
pin 86 of relays G015 and G426
35 Conn. 692: Attach wire 9001 to
pin 15
64 Conn. 692: Attach wire 9307 to
pin 15
2-35
11
200323 2-36
EL000974 1426261/08-11 1
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
4
1000 1000 1010

2
1
1010
E286
6
1000
1010
1008
A500
30
87
1009 G015
9
10A 5A
10
88A
88
1009 1008 3173 3173

A5
2
1
2
1
11
11
E153 E330
12
1167
85B
4174 4174
86
1167
13
4175
A3 A4
4175
14
85A
15
G367
16
1167
1167
17
1167 1167
A1
18
19
4176
C2
0 I
20
5
3
3
21
4176 4176 4176 4176 4176
D924
C1
C853 696 638 639

22
!
4177
4178
C4
23
0 l
24
4178 4178
C5
6
4
4
1
4177 4177 4177
25
C854
!
696 638 639
26
27
D929
5
7
1
2
2
86
28
9050 9050 4179 4179
A7
G015
G757 638 639
29
DVB
30
5
31
A2
639
32
33
34
35
8
1
15
3
1
9303 9303 9303 9001
A5/
598
36
!
639 638 692
37
D826
6
6
3
4
2
38
1167 1123 1123 1123 1127
A1/
598
639 638 692
39
B525
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
1010
1000
53

5
D929
200323
1000
1000
1010
XF95 series
1010
1/416
1/417
1000
1010
1010
87
G015
30
1000
1000
B525
1000
A5/
1
598
1
9001
125A
E286
2 !
692
15
1008
9307
B010
30
2
638
2
1008
9307
1426261/08-11
A500
B D+
9307
C694
G
EL000975
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
2-37
11
11
2 IGNITION/STARTER SWITCH/CHARGING CIRCUIT
2-38
CONTACT CIRCUIT Relay G185 fitted on AS Tronic. When the An internal resistor in the alternator is
If ignition/starter switch C539 is turned contact is switched on and the gearbox is in energised by an IC in the carbon brush holder.
(contact 1 is connected to pin 6), the radio neutral, relay G185 will be energised. This resistor ensures that a low level of
accessories power supply relay (G377) will The voltage is now applied to connection point current passes through the energising
be energised. 50 of the starter motor, through wire 4004, resistor. This excites a magnetic field in the
A voltage is now applied to contact 1 of relay contacts 30 - 87 of relay G185, contacts alternator.
G377 through fuse E037, wire 1100, contacts 30 - 87A of relay G303, causing the starter
1 - 6 of switch C539, wire 1130. When G377 motor to turn. After starting, the voltage on terminals B+ and
is energised, a connection is made between As soon as the motor turns, the VIC applies a 15 will rise to about 28.5 V. Once this voltage
contacts 3 and 5 of relay G377 and voltage is voltage to connection point C42. The voltage is reached, the IC in the regulator interrupts
switched from the converter to the radio. is then applied to connection point 85 of relay the pre-exciter coil to enable the voltage to be
G303 via wire 3157. This relay is energised, controlled. The magnetic field will now
STARTING CIRCUIT breaking the starting circuit. disappear, so that the generator will not be
If ignition switch C539 is turned (contact 1 is When the alarm has been switched off and energised for a short period of time. As a
connected to 4), contact relay G015 will be the door has opened, the start interrupter will result, the voltage on outputs B+ and B15 will
activated via wire 4001. be deactivated for 60 seconds. If the engine is drop.
If the ignition switch is turned to the start not started within this time, the start The regulator reactivates when the voltage
position, a contact is made in this switch interrupter is reactivated. If the alarm is drops below 27.6 V. This means that the
between contacts 1 and 2. The power is now switched off and the doors are not opened, voltage supplied by the generator remains
supplied from the batteries through fuse E037, the start interrupter remains deactivated for 9 relatively constant. The batteries are supplied
the connection 1-2 from the ignition/starter minutes. through the B+ generator output.
switch and wire 4004 to connection point A3
of the alarm system. When the VIC applies a voltage to connection The alternator charging current warning in the
When the alarm system has been switched off point C42, wire 3157, the cab heater (D901) is DIP is activated through wire 1020, which is
using the remote control, or by activating the also switched off if the vehicle has to meet connected to connection point D29 of the VIC
contact (the immobiliser switches the alarm off requirements for the transportation of (D900). The VIC activates the DIP via the
via CAN), wire 4004 of connection point A3 is hazardous substances. Relay G301 (D+ CAN network. The voltage on wire 1020 is
connected to wire 4004 of connection lighting) is also activated. supplied by the control IC.
point A1.
CHARGING CIRCUIT
If the contact is activated, there is voltage on
connection 15 of the alternator.
XF95 series
5
200323

The alternator is also equipped with a
5
sens line. This connection continuously
measures the voltage on connection point 30
of the starter motor. If the voltage on
200323
connection point 30 drops, the voltage is
XF95 series
immediately corrected by the control IC. The

alternator will increase the voltage until a
value of 28.5 V is reached again.
VARIANTS
Location
15 DVB in wiring harness next to PCB
38 Conn. 580: connector for
superstructure (optional)
42 Conn. 574: If no alarm: pin 14 and 16
connected through
2-39
11
11
2-40
D929
1000
1000
1010
1010
4001 1100 1108
1234 1130
85 30 1 3
10A
15A
10A
E350
E037
E035
G426
G377
86 87A 87 2 4 5
13
4002 4002
1/416
1/417
6/403
7/403
8/403
4/403
3/403
1/403
12/403
10/403
15/402
19/403
21/403
33/403
16/401
! 863
4
1000
1010
4001
9050
1234
1234
1380
1100
1100
1108
1130
1363
4002
1211
1211
580
6
1010 3157 3157
D895 B365 863
A4 A7
36 36
85 87A 87
87 85
3157
1211
G303
4001
1000
G015
86 30
1380
30 86
1100
863
1
17
1000
1/222
1000
4186
1211
C539 863
87 87A 85
3157
1 G301
G185
3157 1 30 86
9050
1380
2
14
1000
579
2/222
4/222
6/222
1 DVB 4001 1130
4004
4690
3157
125A
E286
8 D901
9050
4004
863
869
2 3157 10 14 2
42
4002 483
4004
4690
G014
1 !
3157
5 1
E279 2 !
575
10 14
1380
574
876
3084
4004 4004 4004 16 6

5A 574
575
20
4002
1008
1008
1008
3157
4004
4004
4690
3084
1380
1008 1008 1008 C42/ A3/ A1/
594 603 603 1
1426261/08-11
50 30 B+ S /4 15 /3
E599
D900
D911
M 3
G D29/ 2
A500
595
B010
31
B L /2 A513
1020
650
7 1 12 5
1020 1020
575 626 637
G525
EL000976
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
XF95 series
5
200323
11
200323 2-41
11
3 MTCO TACHOGRAPH
2-42
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
25 Connector 681:
For ECAS-2 (4x2): conn. 860,
For ECAS-3 (6x2): conn. 861
For EMAS: conn. 862
XF95 series
5
200323

5
D929
200323
1000
1000
1010
XF95 series
1010
4001 1100
85 30
15A
10A
E037
E023
G426
86 87A 87
1127
1/416
1/417
6/403
7/403
8/403
4/403
D911
15/402
31/402
C539 A2
4 44
2
1000
1010
4001
9050
1234
1100
1100
1127
D899
4001
1
1010 6
87 85
1234
1127
G015
692
692
30 86 5 3
1000
1234
1127
B525
A3/ A1/
1000
9050
598 598
3
DVB
B4/ B2/ B3/ B1/ A8/ A4/ B6/ B7/ A2/ A6/ A5/
599 599 599 599 598 598 599 599 598 598 598
1000
9050
3018
3020
3019
3021
3502
3514
2622
9025
9001
3700A
3701A
125A
E286
692
692
692
692
692
692
692
692
693
692
692
7 8 10 11 9 12 13 14 12 16 15
2
3018
3020
3019
3021
3502
3514
2622
1008
!
699
699
699
699
861
589
B010 4 7 5 8 8 12
30
2
3018
3020
3019
3021
3502
3514
2622
1426261/08-11
3700A
3701A
4 2 3 1
12/ 14/ D802 B29/ C49/
22
N 563 563 34B 295 594
D900
D899
D814
F533
9025
9001
EL000977
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-43
11
SEE THE SYSTEM MANUAL FOR MORE XF95 series
11
IMMOBILISER
INFORMATION
4
2-44 200323

5
D929
200323
1000
1000
1010
XF95 series
1010
4001 1100 1234
85 30
15A
10A
E037
E350
G426
86 87A 87
1/416
1/417
6/403
7/403
8/403
4/403
15/402
12/403
10/403
C539
G535
1000
1010
4001
9050
1234
1100
1100
1234
1380
4
2
1234
4001
1010
C1 C2
1380
87 85 1380
575
3700C
3701C
20
G015
30 86
1380
562
1000 1
D912
A513
15
A
1000
9050
4
DVB
2 3 6
1000
9050
562
562
562
1 3700C
3701C
125A
E286
2
9126
3701B
3700B
1008
B010
30
1426261/08-11
2 13/ 11/
563 563
D899
9126
EL000978
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-45
11
11
5 PRE-GLOWING
2-46
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
37 If no pre-glowing system has been
fitted: the wires are NOT present.
XF95 series
5
200323

5
D929
200323
1000
1000
1010
XF95 series
1010
1100 1234
4001
85 30
15A
10A
E037
E350
G426
86 87A 87
1/416
1/417
4/403
6/403
7/403
8/403
15/402
12/403
10/403
1000
1010
4001
9050
1100
1100
1234
1234
1380
C539
4
2
4001
1010
1380
87 85
1000
D814
G015
30 86 B10/ B1/ B2/
295 295 295
1000
1000
4013
5
9050
1000
G303
87
2 1
DVB
1008
4013
125A
E286
4002
1380
2
9050
1 85
1
E279 2
575
575
10 20
3084 !
G014
5A
2 86
4002
1008
1008
1008
4014
3084
1380
1008 1008 1008 1
4014
1248
1426261/08-11
B+ S /4 15 /3
D900
5A
50 30 D29/ C8/
E112
3 595 594
M 2
G 1
A500
B010
A513
1248
1020
4019
4019
B341
B L /2
31 2 E184
2
575
575
7 12 11
1020 4019
G525
EL000979
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-47
11
11
INFORMATION
DIP-4
6
2-48 200323

5
D929
200323
1000 1000
XF95 series
1010 1010
10A
E023
1127
D911 G535
31/402
A2
44
1127
D899 C1 C2
n P
3700C
3701C
P
1/ 12/ 14/ 2/ 3/ 5/ 7/ 11/ 13/
1127
563 563 563 563 563 563 563 563 563
6
1127
9126
4733
3565
3566
3700A
3701A
3700B
3701B
3700C
3701C
692
692
692
3 9 12
1127
3700A
3701A
562
562
6 3
A1/ A8/ A4/ D19/ D17/

598 598 598 595 595
B525
A021
D900
D912
12
1426261/08-11
9126
EL000980
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-49
11
11
7 DIRECTION INDICATORS AND WARNING LIGHTS
2-50
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
10, 15, 29, 31, 37
Connector 873:
29, 31, 34
Connector 877: only if buffer beam is
present.
15 A000 = 7-pin model
A058 = 15-pin model
XF95 series
5
200323

5
D929
200323
1000 1000
XF95 series
1010 1010
10A
15A
E035
E108
33/403
16/401
32/402
1211
1211
1114
1114
2029
D900
697
3
6 5
0 I
1114
C765
D38/ D39/ A7/ A8/ E8/ E9/ E4/ E7/ D23/

595 595 592 592 596 596 596 596 595 2 7 1 A B
2003
2630
2036
2029
1211
2008
2009
2007
2006
2037
2036
2003
2007 2006 D911 4 5
A8 2003 2003
44
576
576
866
695
6 7 4 1 574 697
7
6
2001
2002
2008
2009
2006
2036 2036
! ! 697
873
873
288
867
284
576
576
2007
3 4 2 8 1 5 4
697
21
2007
2006
2006
2008
2009
2037
2036
6/566
7/566
! !
1 1 1 1
873
873
2 1
L
C016
A000
2037
2036
C832
C017
C015
C014
2630
R 3 5
2 2 2 2 ! !
!
877
877
2 1
697
11
13/566
2037
2036
2630
1 1
1211
1211
1426261/08-11
866
288
867
284
1211 9 12 21 12
C019
C018
C832 2 2
2630
A4
40 !
18 8
! E117
2
695 877 20
873
EL000981
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-51
11
11
8 VIC
2-52
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
142 Connector 580: superstructure
201 Connector 584
For EBS, conn. 584,
For ABS: conn. 585
XF95 series
5
200323
2-53 200323
EL000982 1426261/08-11 8
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1008 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
5
1010
E286
6
1000
1000
7
30
87
8
DVB
6/403
9
9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
10
G015
11
4001
11
2
4
12
C539
32/401
13
I020
5131
14
6
12
34/401
15
5131 5131 5131 5131 5131

546 626
16
5131
593
17
B21/
85
7/403
18
1
2
9050
E595 5131
86 87A
594
19
C11/
4987
8/403
20
1234
2
1
87
30
1
1100
15
21
3492
593
D758
B16/
G426
4/403
B293
22
1100
1234
23
15/402 15A
24
1100
1
3
3208 3208 3208

593
2
1
B13/
E037
25
F120 546 626
27/402
26
1000 1000
4
10
1000
27
4030 4030 4030
593
24/402
2
1
B19/
D929
546 626 1000
28
1000
15A
8
26/402
546
B079
29
1198 1198
E3/
596
E277
30
15A
3
9
2
1
25/402
31
3438 3438 3438 1199 1199
A9/
593
592
B20/
F118 546 626 E280
32
1
626
12/403
33
1234
D900
18
9
2
1
1234
34
3518 3518
594
C30/
695 695 10/403 10A
35
F047 1380 1380
E1/
596
E350
36
10
2
1
37
3524 3524
594
C31/
695 32/402 15A
38
F048 1114 1114
A2/
592
E108
39
3
3
1
40
3022 3022
595
D15/
575
41
F656
42
P
43
4
44
3014 3014
593
2
1
B15/
F011 575
45
46
47
13
3408 3408
594
2
1
C34/
48
F006 576
49
50
9127 9127
A5/
592
51
9127
E5/
596
52
1010
1000
53
11
2-54
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
D900
D13/ D3/ D2/ D12/ B17/ D14/ D4/ D21/ D16/ D11/ D31/ B1/ B7/ B10/ B9/ D26/ C33/ D19/ D17/
8
595 595 595 595 593 595 595 595 595 595 595 593 593 593 593 595 594 595 595
3636
3637
9005
3503
3406
4592
4593
3638
3640
3641
3639
3009
3010
3431
3432
3402
3427
3565
3566
695
695
576
575
586
176
176
11 12 1 16 9 12 13
F000
3402 2
3636
3637
9005
3503
3406
4592
4593
32
575
575
861
861
589
584
5 8 6 7 7 6
3638
3640
3639
3638
3641
3639
284
284
625
625
8 10 2 1
F107
A 5 9
636
636
636
636
636
636
4 2 3 7 5 6
3636
3637
9005
3503
31
C763
3638
3640
3639
3638
3641
3639
3009
3010
3431
3432
3402
3427
3565
3566
1 1 3
1426261/08-11
1 2
T 33/ 34/ B22/ A18/ 5/ 7/
F651
F608
340 340 295 612 563 563
2 2
P1 P2
U
D802
D814
D880
D899
3636 9005 U U
F673
F652
EL000983
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
200323

5
D929
200323
1000 1000
XF95 series
1010 1010
D900
D24/ D25/ C22/ C23/ C24/ C25/ C26/ C49/ C13/ C36/ C47/ C42/ C5/ D34/ A4/ D28/ C9/
8
595 595 594 594 594 594 594 594 594 594 594 594 594 595 592 595 594
3417
3420
5160
9033
3642
3643
3644
2622
3647
3652
3733
3157
2114
2142
2610
3705
2155
8 D901 E004 G004

3157 10 2 87
693
862
576
42 13 9 5 10 11
483
3647
2622
3157
2114
2142
2610
3705
2155
2155
583
583
864
574
574
862
1 2 3 19 11 11
1 G301 C149 D932 C071 C725
1 1 A13 1 1
878
878
878
878
878
878
9 10 6 7 8 5 3157
14 17 29 23 23
579
5160
9033
3642
3643
3644
2622
3647
3647
3652
3733
3157
2142
3417
3420
4
1426261/08-11
695
695
288
4 7 8
52/ 29/ 1 3 2 4 6 5 2/ B16/ A9/ A3/
!
622 622 600 604 603 871 580
2114
2142
2142
3157
D902
D905
D911
D932
6 G303 C000 C008 C009

3157 85 1 1 1
2 13 13 9
D904 863
EL000984
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
2-55
11
11
2-56
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
D900
D29/ C12/ D36/ D8/ C8/ C51/ D35/ D1/ C6/ C7/ C40/ D5/ C19/ C17/ C18/ D6/ D7/ C32/ C4/ C2/ C1/
8
595 594 595 595 594 594 595 595 594 594 594 595 594 594 594 595 595 594 594 594 594
1020
3150
3469
4659
4019
4602
2150
2600
2122
2630
2168
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3428
4047
3700E
3701E
1 !
575
587
397
575
176
7 3 9 12 7
588
588
588
588
588
588
584
5 6 7 8 9 10 7
1020
3150
3469
4659
4659
4019
4602
2150
2600
2122
2630
2168
A513 B378 B344 G257 C802 E112 G036 C727 E515 G003 E117 G005
L B2 4 86 3 2 86 3 2 85 2 85
2 39 28 21 21 5 15 13 17 13 20 9
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3428
4047
3700F
3701F
1426261/08-11
A068
A004
A021
5 6 7 8 9 10 5 9 15 16
EL000985
160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212
XF95 series
5
200323

5
D929
200323
1000 1000
XF95 series
1010 1010
D900
D954
C15/ C14/ A8/ A12/
8
594 594 880 880
3700X
3701X
3701X
3700X
863
863
391
391
10 11 5 4
3700X
3701X
3701X
3700X
11
1426261/08-11
869
10
869
EL000986
213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265
2-57
11
11
9 FA MARKING AND PARKING LIGHTS
2-58
respectively) and fuses E000 and E001. 29, 34, 51 Connector 877: Only for vehicle
with buffer beam
Linked to fuse E000 are: C010, C012, C022, 43 A000: 7-pin model
C074, C156 and C158. There is also a A058: 15-pin model
XF95 series
5
200323
2-59 200323
EL000987 1426261/08-11 9
1
2
1010
1000
3
0 I II
1/231 2/231 14/403 10A

4
1101 1101 1101

E084
5
4/231
C622
2105
2110
24/401
2110 2110 2110
7
D609
2100
3
5
695
176
8
1
3
35
35
2110 2110
B129
C764
D610
2154
28/401
13
2154
A14
C832
10
1
2
3
4
22/401
11
11
2105 2100 2100

579 G755 579
12
85
5/401
13
M
86 87A
14
15
87
30
16
G000
17
18
2101
10A
18
12
2
2
2
1
33/400
19
2102 2102 2102 2102

695 284 C012 284 695 E000
20
!
!
21
18
3
1
1
2102
2
1
2102 2102 2102 2102
22
692 161 C010 161 693
8
23
576
2
1
24
2102 2102
C156
25
2102
26
2
1
2102 2102
27
C158
D929
28
!
3
5
2
1
29
2102 2102 2102 2102
C074 877 873
30
2102
31
32
C022
33
34
!
8
35
877
36
D
37
873
38
39
40
1
41
2
42
2102
43
6
2103
44
45
A000
46
47
48
49
2103
C023
50
4
6
2
1
2103 2103 2103 2103
51
C075 877 873
52
2103
1010
1000
2101
53
11
2-60
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
2101
10A
E001
28/400
2103
2103
2103 9
2103
693
576 2
2103
2103
2103
2103
9
2103
2103
!
288
161
3 2
2103
2103
2103
2103
1 1 1 1
C159
C157
C013
C011
2 2 2 2
1426261/08-11
288
12
EL000988
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
200323
11
200323 2-61
11
10 FT MARKING AND PARKING LIGHTS
2-62
respectively) and fuses E000 and E001.
XF95 series
5
200323
2-63 200323
EL000989 1426261/08-11 10
1
2
1010
1000
0 I II
1/231 2/231 14/403 10A

3
1101 1101 1101

E084
4
4/231
C622
2105
2110
24/401
2110 2110 2110
6
D609
2100
3
5
695
176
7
1
3
35
35
2110 2110
B129
C764
D610
2154
28/401
13
2154
A14
C832
9
1
2
3
4
22/401
10
2105 2100 2100

579 G755 579
11
11
85
5/401
12
M
86 87A
13
14
87
30
15
G000
16
10A
18
12
2
2
2
1
33/400
2101
17
2102 2102 2102 2102

695 284 C012 284 695 E000
18
!
!
19
18
3
1
1
2102
2
1
2102 2102 2102 2102

20
21
692 161 C010 161 693
2
1
22
2102 2102
8
576
C156
23
24
2
1
2102 2102
25
C158
2102
26
2
1
27
2102 2102
D929
C074
28
2
1
2102
29
C154
30
D
31
874
32
33
1
34
5
35
2102 2102
874
36
6
6
2103 2103
37
874
38
A000
39
2
1
40
2103
C155
41
2
1
10A
9
2103 2103 28/400

2103 2103
42
C075 576 E001
43
2
1
2103
2103
2103
2103 2103
44
C159
45
46
2
1
2103
47
C157
48
12
3
2
1
2103 2103
49
288 C013 288
50
!
51
2
2
2
1
2103 2103 2103 2103
52
C011 161 693
1010
1000
53
Wire 6158 ends in lead-through
11
connector 575, pin 11.
INFORMATION
UPEC
VARIANTS
Location
119
11
2-64 200323

5
D929
200323
1000
1000
1010
XF95 series
1010
4001 1100 1284 1247
1284
85 30 3 1
15A
10A
15A
E037
E184
E118
G426
G469
86 87A 87 4 5 2
C539
4
1/416
1/417
6/403
7/403
8/403
4/403
2/400
1/400
3/400
2
15/402
21/400
11/403
13/403
18/402
9050
1234
1100
1100
4001
1000
1010
4001
4605
4602
1248
1248
1248
1247
1150
1150
1010
G036
86
589
87 85 15 1 30 85
15
1247 1247
589
G126
4605
1234
G015
30 86 87 86
589
21
1000 9050
1247 4954
1248
4605
1247
1247
4954
1000
9050
D814
B26/ B3/ B4/ B27/
295 295 295 295
DVB
575
9
11
B9/ B10/ B30/ A16/ A9/ A15/ B35/ B23/ B16/ B25/ B17/
1000
295 295 295 294 294 294 295 295 295 295 295
9050
1248
1
4087
4013
4161
4163
4162
4160
4678
4679
4677
4680
4166
125A
E286
2 G014
628
628
628
589
589
589
575
575
85 5 4 3 17 18 16 2 17
5
1008
1248
1248
1248
4161
4163
4162
4160
4678
4679
4677
4680
4166
B010
30 G014
2 86 1 2 3 5 B A C F D
5 1
1426261/08-11
B192
B335
2
4 F672 F672
4087
1248
1234
EL000990
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-65
11
11
2-66
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
1234
9029
2 3
10A
E035
G328
1 4 5
16/401
27/403
35/403
33/403
34/403
251
1211
1234
9029
1211
1211
4099
4051
4051
4109
4109
4109
4109
4109
4109
4110
4110
4110
4110
4110
4110
867
589
11 14
1 1 1 1 1 1
4051
E564
1211
1 2
B131
B132
B133
B134
B135
B136
2 2 2 2 2 2
589
13
1211
4051
4099
4109
4101
4102
4103
4110
4104
4105
4106
D814
251
2 B14/ B15/ A24/ A35/ A33/ A34/ A25/ A28/ A26/ A27/
295 295 294 294 294 294 294 294 294 294
1211
11
B21/ B5/ B20/ A14/ A2/ A13/ A1/ A11/ A6/ A22/ A5/ A17/ A12/ A23/ A21/ B1/ B2/
295 295 295 294 294 294 294 294 294 294 294 294 294 294 294 295 295
867
5
1211
1211
3039
3003
4684
3032
3033
3031
3030
3042
3043
3028
3029
3025
3023
3024
3026
1211
589
20
589
589
4 3
3032
3032
3031
3031
1211
4684
3039
3003
3003
3 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 4 3 2
407
407
1 2
D932
588
588
588
2 4 3 D17 N N
29
1426261/08-11
1211
4684
U U U
9029
3039
3003
Bn Zt F558 F552 F565 F566 F649
E575
Bw
A068
2 4 3
407
6
1234
EL000991
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
200323

5
D929
200323
1000 1000
XF95 series
1010 1010
10A
15A
E053
E091
18/403
18/400
1229
1240
1240
12/561
C831
D814
4/561
3/561
1/561
2/561
10/561
4693
4692
4691
3123
3124
11
B22/ B18/ A8/ B29/ B28/ B11/ B12/ B13/ B24/ B31/ B34/ B32/ B33/
295 295 294 295 295 295 295 295 295 295 295 295 295
575
575
575
589
589
15 14 13 5 6
6158
4697
3124
3123
4691
4692
4693
4693
4692
4691
3123
3124
3402
4093
4164
3514
3700G
3701G
589
589
575
10 11 16
575
11
589
628
589
7 2 12
!
3700G
3701G
3402
4093
4164
3514
3700F
F000 B247 B248
2 2 2 3701F
692
32 25 25
14
1426261/08-11
3514
4697
1229
9107
3700E
3701E
B7/ C2/ C1/
599 594 594
A021
16 15 5 1 2
B525
D900
9107
EL000992
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
2-67
11
11
12 REVERSING LIGHTS
2-68
When contact has been made, power is VARIANTS
supplied to the operating switch of the
reversing lights (E592) via E016 and Location
wire 1217. 19 Connector 873:
This switch is mounted in the gearbox. The For vehicle type FA: conn. 873
contacts are closed when the gearbox is set For vehicle type FT: conn. 874
to the reverse position. The voltage is then 27 A001: 7-pin model
applied to connection point 1 of G350 (relay A058: 15-pin model
for reversing lights) through fuse E016, wire
1217, contacts 1 and 2 of switch E592 and
wire 5655. This relay is activated, closing
contacts 3 and 5. A voltage is then applied to
the reversing lights (C026 and C027),
reversing buzzer (B176) and to the drawn
vehicle connector (A001 or A070) through
wire 1217, contacts 3 and 5 of G350 and
wire 4591.
The above description applies to an
FA version.
XF95 series
5
200323

5
D929
200323
1000 1000
XF95 series
1010 1010
1217
5655
1 3
10A
E016
G350
2 4 5
2/403
13/401
24/403
26/403
23/403
1217
1217
5655
4591
5
576
863 3
1217
5655
5655
4591
D955
626
626
21 13 C9
30
4591
1217
5655
4591
!
873
9
4591
1217
12
546
5
1217
4591
4591
4591
4591
4591
1 1 1 1
E592
B176
A001
A070
C026
C027
3 1 4
2 2 2 2
!
5655
1426261/08-11
546
7
5655
!
873
D
EL000993
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-69
11
11
13 LIGHT SWITCH / FOG LAMPS / FA/FT DIMMED BEAM AND MAIN BEAM SWITCH
2-70
MARKING AND PARKING LIGHTS The voltage is also applied to connection point A connection is now made between contacts
FOR SECTION DIAGRAM AND 85 of G001 through wire 2110. This relay is 30 - 87 and this applies a voltage to lights
EXPLANATION: SEE SECTION DIAGRAMS activated. A voltage is now applied to dipped C002 and C003 through contacts 30 - 87, wire
9 AND 10 beam left (C000) and dipped beam right 2121 and fuses E006 and E007 and wires
(C001) through contacts 30 - 87 of relay 2122 and 2123 respectively. These lights
LIGHT SWITCH (C622) G001, wire 2112 and fuses E004 and E005 remain on as long as there is a fixed
and wires 2114 and 2113 respectively. They connection between contacts 8 and 9.
Position 1 (town lights) will now switch on.
A voltage is applied to connection point 2 of The dipped beam does NOT go out while the
light switch C622 through fuse E084 and wire Signalling light signalling light or main beam is in use.
1101. If this switch is in the town lights The voltage on connection point 85 of relay
position (connection between contacts 2 - 1), G001 is also on connection point 14 of stalk REAR FOG LAMPS (standard version)
the voltage is transmitted to connection point switch C832 through diode D610, via wire To activate the rear fog lamps, light switch
85 of relay G000 (rear light/width marker light 2154. If this (spring-loaded) part of the switch C622 must be in the dipped beam position
relay) through wire 2105 and wire 2100. This is operated (connection between points 14 (connection between contacts 2 - 4). The
relay is energised and contacts 30 - 87 will and 9), relay G002 is energised through wire voltage is then applied to D609 through fuse
close. Through contacts 30 - 87 of relay G000 2120. A connection is now made between E084, wire 1101, contacts 2 - 4 of switch
and wire 2101, a voltage is now applied to contacts 30 - 87 and this applies a voltage to C622 and wire 2110. The voltage is split after
corner marker lights, marker lights and rear lights C002 and C003 through contacts this diode. The voltage is applied to
lights through fuses E000 and E001 and wires 30 - 87, wire 2121 and fuses E006 and E007 connection point 85 of G000 through a print
2102 and 2103 respectively. and wires 2122 and 2123 respectively. These track. This switches on the corner marker
lights remain on as long as there is a lights, marker lights and rear lights. The same
Position 2 (dipped beam) connection between contacts 14 and 9 of stalk voltage is also applied to connection point 5 of
If switch C622 is put in the 2nd position
switch C832. C773 through wire 2100. The VIC also

(connection between contacts 2 - 4), the receives a voltage on pin C5 of relay G001
following takes place: Main beam (dipped beam). The VIC receives a voltage
A voltage is applied to connection point 2 of A voltage is applied to connection point 8 of signal at pin D35 when the fog lamp switch
light switch C622 through fuse E084 and wire
stalk switch C832 through fuse E084 and wire (C773) is operated (connection between
1101. Through contacts 2 - 4 of C622 the 1101. If this part of the switch is operated 5 - 1).
voltage is applied to connection point 85 of (fixed connection between points 8 and 9), The VIC then activates the rear fog lamp relay
G000 through wire 2110 and diode D609. The relay G002 is energised through wire 2120. (G005) via pin C40 of the VIC, so that the rear
voltage is also applied to connection point 5 of fog lamps come on. The VIC then switches on
C773 through wire 2100. the rear fog lamps indicator on the instrument
panel via the I-CAN.
XF95 series
5
200323

FRONT FOG LAMPS (optional) VARIANTS 5
To activate the front fog lamps, light switch
Location
C622 must be in the parking lights position
15 C773 is fitted as standard . If the
(connection between contacts 2 - 1). There is
200323
front fog lamps option is selected,
now a voltage on connection point 85 of relay
XF95 series
switch C773 and C727 should be

G000 (corner marker lights, marker lights and
swapped over.
rear lights on). Turning the fog lamp switch
90 Connector 877 if the vehicle has a
(C727) to position I (connection between
buffer beam.
contacts 2 - 6) (front fog lamps) activates
93, 97 Connector 874:
relay G004. A voltage is now applied through
fuse E009, wire 2141, contacts 30 - 87 of
relay G004 and wire 2142. The left and right
front fog lamps (C008 and C009 respectively)
will come on now.
A voltage is also sent to the VIC via wire 2142
and pin D34. The VIC controls the DIP and
ensures that the front fog lamps warning
indicator illuminates on the instrument panel.
The VIC receives a voltage signal at pin D35
through wire 2150 when the fog lamp switch
(C727) is turned to position 2 (connection
between contacts 2 - 3). The VIC also
receives a voltage on pin C5 of relay G001
(dipped beam).
The VIC then activates the rear fog lamp relay
(G005) via pin C40 of the VIC, so that the rear
fog lamps come on. The VIC then switches on
the rear fog lamps indicator on the instrument
panel via the I-CAN.
2-71
11
200323 2-72
EL000994 1426261/08-11 13
1
2
1010
1000
10A
2
14/403
5
14
1101 1101 1101

G301
579 E084
5
1101
14/566 28/401
2154 2154
7
D610
2110
9/566 8/566
2120 1101 1101
9
C832
10
11
0 l ll
11
1101
2140
6
12
4
22/401
2100 2100 2100
2
13
176 D609
2150
14
2150
2100
3
2100
15
2100
C727
16
85
1
2
3
4
17
2105 2105 2100

86 87A
579 G755 579

18
87
30
19
0 I II
1/231 2/231 G000

20
2105 1101
2110
4/231
21
C622
2101
10A
22
33/400
9
1
2110 2102
C010
23
E000
0
28/400 10A
24
9
1
2103
I
2110
7
C011
2100
25
E001
3
24/401
1
35
2150 2110 2110 2110

B129
26
C773 695
5
176
27
5
35
D929
2110 2110
C764
7/401
28
2110
29
85
30
86 87A
2150
31
7
2150 2114
C5/
595
594
D35/
87
30
32
176
G001
33
D900
34
2114
2112
10A
35
4
4
2
1
2114 2114 2114 2114
16/403
36
C000 284 695 E004
37
10A
5
2
1
17/403
38
2113 2113 2113
C001 288 E005
39
40
5/402
2120
41
2120
42
85
43
2140 2140
86 87A
176
44
87
30
45
5
2
1
2122 2122
G002
46
C002 284
47
10A
2
1
28/402
2121
48
2123 2123 2123
5
C003 288 E007
49
695
30/402 10A
6
33
50
2122 2122 2122
C813
E006
51
52
2140
2122
M
1010
1000
53

5
D929
200323
1000 1000
XF95 series
1010 1010
2122 2131 2140 2141 2168 2151
85 30 85 30 85 30
15A
10A
10A
E008
E009
E010
G003
G004
G005
86 87A 87 86 87A 87 86 87A 87
M M
2132
4/402
9/403
5/401
3/401
2/401
4/401
6/401
22/402
21/402
17/402
19/401
33/402
24/400
2122 2131 2141
2122
2132
2140
2142
2142
2168
2152
2140
576
10
2152
2142
!
877
5
695
6 7
695
2152
2132
2132
2142
2142
2122
2142
2168
284
288
284
288
6 7 7 8 2152
13
2132
2132
2142
2142
2152
2152
C6/ D34/ C40/

2152
1 1 1 1 594 595 594 1 1 !

874
C006
C007
C008
C009
D900
C024
C025
2 2 2 2 2 2
2152
! !
877
874
1426261/08-11
8 D
A001
1 7
284
12
695
288
18 12
EL000995
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
2-73
11
11
14 SWEDISH LIGHTING
2-74
Conditions: Engine running, switch C622 Conditions: Engine running, switch C622 Conditions: Engine not running, switch
has NOT been operated. in position: marker lights (position 1). C622 in position: dipped beam (position 2).
If the engine is running and switch C622 has When the engine is running and switch C622 When the engine is not running and switch
NOT been operated, relay G301 is activated is in the marker lights position (connection C622 is in the dipped beam position (position
by a voltage from connection point C42, between 2 - 1), the following occurs: 2) (connection between 2 - 4), the following
connector 594 of D900 (VIC). A voltage is Relay G301 is energised, making a takes place:
then applied to connection point 85 of relay connection between contacts 5 - 3. The Relay G301 is not energised, so there is no
G001 (dipped beam relay) through fuse E084, voltage is now applied to wire 2100 and to connection between contacts 5 - 3. The
wire 1101, contacts 5 - 3 of relay G301, wire connection point 85 of relay G000 through voltage is now applied to wire 2110 through
2100, contacts 3 - 4 of relay G302 and wire fuse E084, wire 1101, contacts 5 - 3 of relay fuse E084, wire 1101, contacts 2 - 4 of switch
2110. The same voltage is also applied to G301 . When relay G000 is energised a C622, and to connection point 85 of relay
connection point 85 of relay G000 (rear voltage is applied through relay contacts G000 through diode D609. When relay G000
light/width marker light). Both relays are 30 - 87 of relay G000, wire 2101, fuses E000 is energised a voltage is applied through relay
energised. and E001 and wire 2102 and wire 2103 contacts 30 - 87 of relay G000, wire 2101,
When relay G000 is energised (connection respectively. The corner marker lights, marker fuses E000 and E001 and wire 2102 and wire
between contacts 30 - 87), a voltage is lights and rear lights (on both the drivers and 2103 respectively. The corner marker lights,
applied to the left and right width marker lights co-drivers side) now come on. marker lights and rear lights (on both the
in the headlamps through contacts 30 - 87 of There is also a voltage on connection point 1 drivers and co-drivers side) now come on.
relay G000, print track 2101, fuses E000 and of relay G302 through fuse E084, wire 1101, Because there is a voltage on connection
E001 and wires 2102 and 2103. contacts 2 - 1 of switch C622 and wire 2105. point 85 of relay G001 through contacts 2 - 4
When relay G001 is energised (connection Relay G302 is energised, breaking contacts of switch C622 and wire 2110, this relay is
between contacts 30 - 87), a voltage is 3 - 4. energised. When relay G001 is energised, a
applied through contacts 30 - 87 of relay There is no longer a voltage on wire 2110 voltage is applied to both the left and right
G001, print track 2112, fuse E004 and fuse and, as a result, relay G001 is no longer dipped beam through contacts 30 - 87, wire
E005. The voltage through wire 2114 is energised. Contacts 30 - 87 are broken and, 2112, fuses E004 and E005 and wires 2113
applied to connection point 1 of C000 (left as a result, the drivers and co-drivers side and 2114 respectively. A voltage is also
dipped beam) through fuse E004. The voltage headlamps go out. applied to connection point C5 of the VIC via
through wire 2113 is applied to connection wire 2114.
point 1 of C001 (right dipped beam) through
fuse E005. A voltage is also applied to pin C5 VARIANTS
of D900 (VIC) through wire 2114.
Location
43 Conn. 580: superstructure connector
(optional)
XF95 series
5
200323
2-75 200323
EL000996 1426261/08-11 14
1
2
1010
1000
3
4
3157
2
1
10A
2
3
5
14/403
2100 1101 1101 1101
6
2105 579 E084

4
G301
1101
8
2105
2105
2
1
10
3
5
11
11
2100
5
2110 2110
4
12
G302 579
13
3
2100
14
2105 2105
579
15
16
4
22/401
2100 2100 2100
17
579 D609
2110
2
13
18
2100
C727
19
2100
20
M
85
2105
21
0 I II
1/231 2/231
86 87A
22
1101 1101
4/231
23
C622
87
30
24
2110
G000
25
3
1
35
2110
B129
26
2101
695 10A
33/400
9
1
27
2102
C010
2110
D929
E000
28
10A
29
28/400
9
1
2103
C011
30
E001
31
5
24/401
5
35
2110 2110 2110
C764
32
176
33
7/401
2110
34
2110
2110
35
36
3/401
37
85
38
5/401
42
10
3157
D901
39
M
86 87A
40
582
1
87
30
3157 3157 3157 2114

C5/
594
594
41
C42/
579 G001
42
3157
43
D900
2
85
3157 3157
2112
G303
!
863
44
4
580
45
10A
18
12
4
4
2
1
46
2114 2114 2114
16/403
695 284 284 695
47
C000 E004
48
49
10A
12
5
2
1
17/403
2113 2113 2113
50
288 C001 288 E005
51
52
1010
1000
53
11
15 STOP LIGHTS/CAB TILTING GEAR
2-76
STOP LIGHTS CAB TILTING GEAR VARIANTS
When the brake pedal is pressed, stop light A voltage is applied to connection point 1 of
operating switch E511 is activated (connection the cab tilting cylinder sensor (F616) through Location
between contacts 1 - 2) and relay G036 will fuse E018 and wire 1114. A voltage is also 12, 14 Connector 873:
be energised. Voltage is now applied to applied to connection point 1 of G297 (cab air For vehicle type FA: conn. 873
connection point 85 of relay G036 through suspension relay). For vehicle type FT: conn. 874
fuse E013, print track 1209. The earth is When the sensor is activated, wire 3412 is 20 A000: 7-pin model
formed through wire 4602 and contacts 1 - 2 switched to earth, thereby also switching A058: 15-pin model.
of switch E511. The relay is activated. A connection point 2 of G297 and connection
voltage is now applied to stop lights left point B16 (through wire 3412 and diode D758)
(C020) and right (C021) through fuse E013, in sensor F616 to earth. Relay G297 will be
print track 1209, contacts 30 - 87 of relay energised, causing voltage to be applied to
G036 and wire 4601. A voltage is also applied connection point 1 of valve B294 (cab air
to connection point 4 of the drawn vehicle suspension valve, switching off height control,
plug socket (A000) and to connection point front) through contacts 3 - 5 of relay G297,
C51 of the VIC (D900). The stop lights will wire 4589.
now light up. A voltage is also applied to
connection point 1 of valve B294 (cab air The VIC now sends a message to the DIP,
suspension valve, switching off height control, which then activates the cab tilted warning
front) through diode D759 and wire 4589. lamp.
When relay G036 is energised, the connection
30 - 78a is broken. The voltage on D814
(UPEC electronic unit) is lost.
XF95 series
5
200323
2-77 200323
EL000997 1426261/08-11 15
1
2
1010
1000
7/402 10A
1209
4
E013
5
6/402
1209
1209
1209
7
3
4601
86
85
20/401
2
8
11
4602
G469
A070 4602
87A
10
2
1
4601
87
30
8/402
11
11
4601
C021 G036
4601
12
10
12
D
2
1
13
4601 4601 4601 4601 4601

26/401
!
873 873 576 D759

4589
C020
14
15
16
4589
13/402
1
17
18
4
4601
19
!
20
A000
21
27
B5
4602
P
F628
22
4602
23
4602 4602
2
1
24
E511
25
4602
26
D929
4602
594
C51/
27
28
3492
593
B16/
29
30
D900
31
4
4589
18
9
13
3
32
4589 4589 4589
5
2
1
31/403
284 284 695
33
2
1
3412
34
B294 30/403
35
18
G297
36
1114
695 1114
28/403
37
38
1114
1114
22/403
39
15A
6
1114 1114
40
1114
32/402
545 E018
41
1114 3412
42
1
3
3412 3412 3412
43
2
29/401
1
545 D758
3492
44
4
545 F616 3492
45
25/401
3412
46
47
3
3
3412
48
580
49
A027
50
51
52
1010
1000
53
11
16 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
2-78
When the contact is switched on (supply
voltage at 1010), a voltage is applied to the
cross-axle differential lock operation switch
(C748) and the longitudinal controlled slip
differential operation switch (C749) through
When the cross-axle differential lock switch
(C748) is activated (connection between
connection point 5 - 1), a voltage is applied to
the cross-axle differential lock valve (B243)
through wire 4517. As a result, the valve is
activated.
When the longitudinal controlled slip
differential switch (C749) is activated
(connection between connection point 5 - 1), a
voltage is applied to the longitudinal controlled
slip differential valve (B244) through wire
4518. As a result, the valve is activated.
XF95 series
5
200323

5
D929
200323
1000 1000
XF95 series
1010 1010
10A
E016
13/401
1217
G350
3
12
878
2
1217
1217
1217
1217
1217
5 5
0 I 0 I
C748
C749
16
7 1 7 1
4517
4518
878
878
11 12
4517
4518
576
576
14 15
4517
4518
1 1
1426261/08-11
B243
B244
2 2
EL000998
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-79
11
11
17 XL/XH CAB INTERIOR LIGHTING
2-80
If the door on the drivers side is opened, door immediately. The lighting will be switched off is lost. From this moment, voltage will
switch E514 is activated (connection between immediately. continue to be supplied to connection point A4
1 - 2). As a result, there is a voltage on cab If the alarm system sends a signal to the VIC of the VIC for approximately another 9
stepwell lighting drivers side (C062) and cab to indicate that the doors have locked seconds. After approximately 9 seconds, the
stepwell lighting co-drivers side (C063) correctly, the lighting will also go off supply voltage is switched off and the interior
through fuse E028 (interior lighting fuse), wire immediately. lighting (C148, C149) goes out. If the vehicle
1107, contacts 1 - 2 of door switch E514, wire contact is activated within 9 seconds, the
2647, diode D783 (drivers side interior CAB STEPWELL LIGHTING/INTERIOR supply voltage of connection point A4 of the
lighting diode) and wire 2600. This activates LIGHTING DOOR SWITCH, CO-DRIVERS VIC will be switched off immediately. The
the cab stepwell lighting on both the drivers SIDE lighting will be switched off immediately.
side and the co-drivers side. If the alarm system sends a signal to the VIC
The VIC (D900) also receives a voltage on If the door on the co-drivers side is opened, to indicate that the doors have locked
connection point D1. The VIC activates the door switch E515 is activated (connection correctly, the lighting will also go off
interior lighting (C148, C149) through between 1 - 2). As a result, there is a voltage immediately.
connection point A4 of the VIC. on cab stepwell lighting drivers side (C062)
and cab stepwell lighting co-drivers side INTERIOR LIGHT WITH MAP-READING
When the door on the drivers side is closed (C063) through fuse E028 (interior lighting LIGHT (DRIVERS SIDE AND CO-DRIVERS
(contacts 1 - 2 of E514 interrupted), the fuse), wire 1107, contacts 1 - 2 of door switch SIDE)
voltage to connection point D1 of the VIC is E515, wire 2600. This activates the cab
lost. From this moment, voltage will continue stepwell lighting on both the drivers side and In the cab, against the roof console on the
to be supplied to connection point A4 of the the co-drivers side. drivers side, there is a single map-reading
VIC for approximately another 9 seconds. The VIC (D900) also receives a voltage on light. In the central part of the roof console
After approximately 9 seconds, the supply connection point D1. The VIC activates the there is a combined interior light and
voltage is switched off and the interior lighting interior lighting (C148, C149) through map-reading light.
(C148, C149) goes out. connection point A4 of the VIC. The map-reading light operates in the same
way on the drivers side and in the central
part.
XF95 series
5
200323

A voltage is applied to connection point 1 of TOOL COMPARTMENT LIGHTING INTERIOR NIGHTLIGHT 5
C046 and C047 through fuse E028 and wire (drivers side) When switch C735 (interior nightlight switch)
1107 respectively. Depending on the switch When the tool compartment is opened, the is operated (connection between 5 - 1), a
position, the interior light or the map-reading tool compartment light switch drivers side voltage is applied to C148 through fuse E028
200323
light is now switched on individually or (E528) is activated (connection between (interior lighting fuse), wire 1107, contacts
XF95 series
together. 1 - 2). As a result, there is also a voltage on 5 - 1 of nightlight switch C735 and wire 2617.
C067 through fuse E028 (interior lighting This switches the nightlight on. The nightlight
INTERIOR LIGHTS TWO-WAY SWITCHING fuse), wire 1107, contacts 1 - 2 of E528 and works independently of the contact.
wire 2608. This switches on the tool
Conditions: compartment light. The tool compartment light PL LIGHTING
Switches C859 and C733: contact 5 works independently of the contact. When C129 (interior lighting with switch) is
connected through to 7. operated, there is a voltage through fuse
TOOL COMPARTMENT LIGHTING E028 (interior lighting fuse), wire 1107,
A voltage is applied to C148 and C149 (co-drivers side) contacts 1 - 2 of lighting switch C129. This
through fuse E028, wire 1107, contacts 5 - 7 When the tool compartment is opened, the switches the light on. The light works
of C733, wire 2644, contacts 7 - 5 of C859 tool compartment light switch co-drivers side independently of the contact.
through diode D710 and wire 2610. The (E529) is activated (connection between
lamps will now switch on. 1 - 2). As a result, there is also a voltage on VARIANTS
C068 through fuse E028 (interior lighting
Interrupting the voltage with switch C859 will fuse), wire 1107, contacts 1 - 2 of E529 and Location
disconnect wires 2644 and 1107 from wire wire 2616. This switches on the tool 7 Wire 1107 if no alarm system fitted
2632. The lamps will then go off. compartment light. The tool compartment light
+When a connection is made between wires works independently of the contact.
1107, 2645 and, through contacts 1 - 5, wire
2632, using switch C733, the lights will go on BUNK LIGHT (top)
again. Bunk light C115 is switched on by a switch in
The two-way switching of switches C731 and the light fitting. The bunk light works
C897 works according to the same principle independently of the contact. Voltage is
as the switching above. applied to connection point 1 of C115 through
fuse E028 and wire 1107. When the switch is
connection point 2 is connected to earth. The
lamp will now switch on.
2-81
11
200323 2-82
EL000999 1426261/08-11 17
1
2
1010
1000
9
2
2
1
2608
1
866 1107 1107

4
C067
1
E528
5
866
6
2
!
1107
2600
D1/
15A
595
15
9
15/403
7
1107 1107 1107 1107

E515
8
574 574 E028

2600
D900
9
1107
2
1
10
2
1107
1107
697
11
E514
11
2647
31/401
12
2647
D783
2600
13
1107
14
3
1
2
1
15
2600 2600
143 C063 143
16
17
2600
2600
18
18
1
8
2
1
2600 2600 2600 2600 2600

19
33/401
695 C062 144 695
20
1107
21
21
2
2
1
22
2616
2
867 C068 1107 1107 1107
23
E529 867
24
1107
25
18
1
692
692
26
27
1107
D929
2
1
28
1107 1107
29
C115 291
30
1107
1107
31
7
2
2
1
32
1107 1107
291 C046 291
33
34
1107
35
36
2
1
37
1107
C047
38
39
2
1
2605
1107
1107
40
C064
2
1
41
2605
42
E525
43
2
2
1
1107
44
2607
45
C066
E527
46
1
47
1107
48
2
1107
49
C151
50
2
1
51
1107
52
C129
1107
1010
1000
53
2-83 200323
EL001000 1426261/08-11 17
54
55
1010
1000
1107
56
0 I
8
9
3
2
5
57
2617 2617 2617 2617 1107

1
693 697
58
C148 C735
1
59
2610
60
1107
1107
61
3
1
2632
62
C149
63
2
2610
11
64
65
2632
2610
66
5
9
10
2
1
2610 2610 2610 2610 2632

A4/
592
67
693 291 D710 291

68
2632
2610
69
D900
70
71
14
6
72
2632 2632 2632

867 693
73
74
9
12
2644 2644 2644
75
0 I
0 I
867 697
5
76
2632 1107
10
13
5
1
1
2645 2645 2645
77
C859 C733
867 697
78
79
11
8
2
1
2610 2610 2633
80
291 D709 291
D929
81
2633
82
15
7
2633 2633 2633
83
867 693
84
3
7
85
2611 2611 2611
0 I
0 I
86
867 697
5
2633 1107
4
8
5
1
1
87
C897 2612 2612 2612 C731
88
867 697
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
1010
1000
100 101 102 103 104 105 106

11
18 XC CAB INTERIOR LIGHTING
2-84
If the door on the drivers side is opened, the immediately. The lighting will be switched off is lost. From this moment, voltage will
drivers side door switch (E514) is activated immediately. continue to be supplied to connection point A4
(connection between 1 - 2). As a result, there If the alarm system sends a signal to the VIC of the VIC for approximately another 9
is a voltage on cab stepwell lighting drivers to indicate that the doors have locked seconds. After approximately 9 seconds, the
side (C062) and cab stepwell lighting correctly, the lighting will also go off supply voltage is switched off and the interior
co-drivers side (C063) through fuse E028 immediately. lighting (C148, C149) goes out.
(interior lighting fuse), wire 1107, contacts If the vehicle contact is activated within 9
1 - 2 of door switch E514, wire 2647, diode CAB STEPWELL LIGHTING/INTERIOR seconds, the supply voltage of connection
D783 (drivers side interior lighting diode) and LIGHTING DOOR SWITCH, CO-DRIVERS point A4 of the VIC will be switched off
wire 2600. This activates the cab stepwell SIDE immediately. The lighting will be switched off
lighting on both the drivers side and the immediately.
co-drivers side. If the door on the co-drivers side is opened, If the alarm system sends a signal to the VIC
The VIC (D900) also receives a voltage on door switch E515 is activated (connection to indicate that the doors have locked
connection point D1. The VIC activates the between 1 - 2). correctly, the lighting will also go off
interior lighting (C148, C149) through As a result, there is a voltage on cab stepwell immediately.
connection point A4 of the VIC. lighting, drivers side (C062) and cab stepwell
lighting, co-drivers side (C063) through fuse INTERIOR LIGHT WITH MAP-READING
When the door on the drivers side is closed E028 (interior lighting fuse), wire 1107, LIGHT (DRIVERS SIDE AND CO-DRIVERS
(contacts 1 - 2 of door switch E514 contacts 1 - 2 of door switch E515, wire 2600. SIDE)
interrupted), the voltage to connection point This activates the cab stepwell lighting on
D1 of the VIC is lost. From this moment, both the drivers side and the co-drivers side. There is a combined interior light and
voltage will continue to be supplied to The VIC also receives a voltage on map-reading light on both sides of the cab
connection point A4 of the VIC for connection point D1. The VIC activates the against the roof. The lamps operate in the
approximately another 9 seconds. After interior lighting (C148, C149) through same way on the drivers side and co-drivers
approximately 9 seconds, the supply voltage connection point A4 of the VIC. side.
is switched off and the interior lighting (C148, A voltage is applied to connection point 1 of
C149) goes out. C046 and C047 through fuse E028 and wire
1107 respectively. Depending on the switch
position, the interior light or the map-reading
light is now switched on.
XF95 series
5
200323

INTERIOR LIGHTS TWO-WAY SWITCHING When the door of the tool compartment is BUNK LAMP 5
opened (contacts 1 - 2 of E528 are (top)
Conditions: connected), the voltage is applied to C067 Bunk light C111 is switched on by a switch in
Switches C859 and C733: contact 5 (tool compartment lighting) through wire 2608. the light fitting. The bunk light works
200323
connected through to 7. This switches on the tool compartment light. independently of the contact. Voltage is
XF95 series
The tool compartment light works applied to connection point 1 of C111 through
A voltage is applied to connection point 2 of independently of the contact. fuse E028 and wire 1107. Connection point 2
C148 and C149 through fuse E028, wire of C111 is connected to earth. When the
1107, contacts 5 - 7 of C733, wire 2644, TOOL COMPARTMENT LIGHTING switch is operated (connection between
contacts 7 - 5 of C859 through diode D710 (co-drivers side) contacts 1 - 2), the lamp goes on.
and wire 2610. A voltage will also be applied When the door of the tool compartment is
to connection point 1 of C149 and to closed there is a voltage on E529 (tool INTERIOR NIGHTLIGHT
connection point 1 of C130 via wire 2632. The compartment lighting, co-drivers side) When switch C735 (interior nightlight switch )
lamps will now switch on. through fuse E028 and wire 1107. is operated (connection between 5 - 1), a
When the door of the tool compartment is voltage is applied to connection point 2 of
Interrupting the voltage with switch C859 will opened (contacts 1 - 2 of E529 are C130 and 2 of 139 (nightlight) through fuse
disconnect wires 2644 and 1107 from wire connected), the voltage is applied to C068 E028 (interior lighting fuse), wire 1107,
2632. The lamps will then go off. (tool compartment lighting) through wire 2616. contacts 5-1 of nightlight switch C735 and
When a connection is made between wires This switches on the tool compartment light. wire 2617. This switches the nightlight on. The
1107, 2645 and, through contacts 1 - 5, wire The tool compartment light works nightlight works independently of the contact.
2632, using switch C733, the lights will go on independently of the contact.
again. PL LIGHTING
The two-way switching of switches C731 and BUNK LAMP When C129 (interior lighting with switch) is
C897 works according to the same principle (bottom) operated, there is a voltage through fuse
as the switching above. Bunk light C110 is switched on by a switch in E028 (interior lighting fuse), wire 1107,
the light fitting. The bunk light works contacts 1 - 2 of lighting switch C129. This
TOOL COMPARTMENT LIGHTING independently of the contact. Voltage is switches the light on. The light works
(drivers side) applied to connection point 1 of C110 through independently of the contact.
When the door of the tool compartment is fuse E028 and wire 1107. Connection point 2
closed there is a voltage on E528 (tool of C110 is connected to earth. When the
compartment lighting, drivers side) through switch is operated (connection between
fuse E028 and wire 1107. contacts 1 - 2), the lamp goes on.
2-85
11
Wire 1107 if no alarm system fitted
11
VARIANTS
Location
7
2-86 200323
2-87 200323
EL001001 1426261/08-11 18
1
2
1010
1000
9
2
2
1
2608
1
866 1107 1107

4
C067
1
E528
5
866
6
2
!
1107
2600
D1/
15A
595
15
9
15/403
7
1107 1107 1107 1107

E515
8
574 574 E028

2600
D900
9
1107
2
2
10
1107
1107
697
11
2647
E514
11
31/401
2647
12
D783
2600
13
1107
3
1
2
1
14
2600 2600
143 C063 143
15
2600
2600
16
18
1
8
2
1
17
2600 2600 2600 2600 2600

33/401
695 144 695
18
C062
1107
19
20
21
2
2
1
2616
2
21
867 C068 1107 1107 1107
E529 867
22
18
1107
1107
23
692
2
1
1107
24
C110
1
25
1107 1107
26
692
2
1
1107 1107
27
D929
C111
28
29
1107
30
7
1
190
190
31
32
1107
2
1
1107 1107
33
C046
34
35
1107
1107
36
37
2
1
1107
38
C047
39
2
1
1107
40
2605
C064
41
2
2
1
2605
42
1
43
E525
44
2
2
1
1107
2607
45
1
C066
46
E527
47
1
1107
48
2
1107
49
C151
50
2
2
1
51
2636
1
1107
52
C150
1107
1107
E560
1010
1000
53
11
2-88
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
1107
1107 1107
1107
1107
1107
2633 2633
2632 2632
190
5 8
1107 0 I 5 5
190
10 0 I 0 I
C735
C733
C731
7 1
2632
2633
7 1 7 1
1 1
2617
2632
2644
2645
2633
2611
2612
D710
D709
9 2 2
697
6 12 13 7 7 8
693
697
697
693
697
697
18
2610
2617
2610
2632
2644
2645
2610
2633
2611
2612
693
9 14 9 10 15 3 4
867
867
867
867
867
867
190
2617
2610
2632
2644
2645
2633
2611
2612
2610 7 1 7 1
C859
C897
0 I 0 I
2610
1107
2617
2633
2610
2632
2610
5 5
2632 2632 5
693
1 2617 2633
1426261/08-11
2632
2633
2610
2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2
C129
A4/
C130
C139
C148
C149
B175 592
2 4
37 3 3 3 3
D900
EL001002
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
200323
11
200323 2-89
11
19 MIRROR HEATING/MIRROR ADJUSTMENT
2-90
MIRROR HEATING VARIANTS
When the mirror heating switch (C746) is
operated, a voltage is applied to heating Location
element B017 (drivers side) and B018 7 If RHD, pin 2 is connected to wire
(co-drivers side) through fuse E044, wire 1208 and pin 4 is connected to earth.
1208 and switch C746 (contacts 1 - 2) and 17 If RHD, pin 2 is connected to wire
wire 4532. 1208 and pin 4 is connected to earth.
The mirror heating can only be switched on
when the contact relay has been energised
(contact on).
MIRROR ADJUSTMENT
The outside mirrors are adjusted using two
so-called joystick switches: C695 (drivers
side) and C696 (co-drivers side). When the
handle of the switch is moved from the rest
position (centre) in a particular direction,
power is supplied to mirror adjustment motor
B005 (drivers side) or B006 (co-drivers side)
and the corresponding mirror responds
following the movement of the handle. For
this, wires 4770 and 4774 (drivers side) or
4771 and 4775 (co-drivers side) supply
power to the motor for the left/right movement.

Wires 4772 and 4774 (drivers side) or 4773
and 4775 (co-drivers side) supply power to
the adjusting motor for the up and down
movement.
The mirror adjustment system can only be
used if the contact relay is energised.
XF95 series
5
200323

5
D929
200323
1000 1000
XF95 series
1010 1010
10A
E044
26/400
1208
2
1208 1208
553
591
2
1208
1208 1208 C745
4
37 C743
4
1208
1208
37
! ! 1208
C744
1208
1208
C696 4 C695 4 4
37
Y1 Y1 1
0 I
X1 X1
C746
X1 Y1 X1 Y1
19
2 5 1 3 2 5 1 3 2
4532
553
9
4771
4775
4773
4532
553
553
553
14 16 15
591
9
4771
4775
4773
4772
4774
4770
4532
4532
4532
591
591
591
14 16 15
1
4771
4775
4773
1
4775 4774
B018
1426261/08-11
2
2 3 1 4 2 3 1 4
B017
2
M M M M
X Y X Y
591
12
B006 B005 12
553
EL001003
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-91
11
11
20 SEARCH LIGHTING
2-92
SEARCH LIGHTING Relay G000 is energised so that a voltage is
Search lighting refers to lights or LEDs in the applied to the search lighting (wire 2630)
various function switches. through fuse E117. This wire is also
When the light switch (C622) is operated, a connected to connection point C7 of the VIC
supply voltage is present on relay G000 (D900).
(connection point 85) through fuse E084 and If the pre-programmed condition in the VIC is
the light switch (C622), contacts 2 - 1 and wire met, the VIC sends a message to the DIP,
2100. which in turn activates a buzzer (fitted in the
Relay G000 is energised (connection between DIP).
points 30 - 87). A voltage is now applied to the
search lighting through print track 2101, fuse VARIANTS
E117 (via wire 2630). All search lighting
connected to this will come on. Location
34 C737: Switch for ASC traction
The following switches are illuminated by a (optional)
light: C052, C053, C072, C073, C716 and
C813.
The following switches are illuminated by an
LED:
C725, C727, C731, C733, C735, C736, C737,
C739, C740, C741, C748, C749, C750, C751,
C760, C763, C764, C765, C774, C742, C802,
C835, C836, C844, C853, C890

LIGHT BUZZER
When the light switch (C622) is operated, a
supply voltage is present via diode D609 on
connection point 85 of relay G000 through

fuse E084, the light switch (C622) (contacts
2 - 4) and wire 2110.
XF95 series
5
200323

5
D929
200323
1000 1000
XF95 series
1010 1010
2100 2101
2154
85 30
10A
10A
E084
E117
D609
D610
G000
86 87A 87
M
5/401
2630 2630 2630
14/403
24/401
28/401
22/401
27/400
20/402
1101
2110
2154
2100
2630
2630 2630
5 C832 2630
A14 2630
176 13
574
3 2630
2630
11
1101
2110
2110
2630 2630
2630
C764 697
696
3 11 2630
35 2630
601
2
2630
2630
2630
3
695
1101
2110
2110
2100
20
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
B129
1
35
2/231
579
4 A A A 5 A A
C7/ ! 6 7 1
594 1 1
0 I II 2 0 I 0 I
C073
C622
C835
C836
D900
C765
C735
C072
C853
C737
G755
1 2 2
2 5 A B
3 B B B 7 1 B B
579
1/231
4/231
2029
2110
2105
2105
1426261/08-11
601
696
6 12
EL001004
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-93
11
11
2-94
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
2630 2630
2630
9
2630 2630
693
2630
2630
2630
291
176
2630 5 9
2630
2630
2630 2630
20
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
6 7 6 7
7 1 A A A A 3 6 A A A A A A 5 A
I 0 II
C774
C731
C844
C733
C736
C751
C750
C763
C727
C764
C725
C813
C716
II 0 I
3 B B B B 7 1 8 2 B B B B B B 3 9 B
2 10 2 10
1426261/08-11
176
21
6 17
291 692
21
697
EL001005
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
200323

5
D929
200323
1000 1000
XF95 series
1010 1010
4
2630 2630
878
2630
2630
2630
2630 2630
397
2
2630 2630
2630 2630
2630
2630
20
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
A A A A 5 A A A
2 2
1 1 0 I
C053
C052
C739
C760
C802
C742
C748
C749
C890
C740
C741
2 2
3 5 1 4 3 5 1 4
B B B B 7 1 B B B
2630 2630
1426261/08-11
397
12
21
878
EL001006
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
2-95
11
11
21 AIR CONDITIONING/RECIRCULATION VALVE/HEATER FAN
2-96
AIR CONDITIONING The knob has five positions: Position 4: (Connection between contacts 1
and 6). The fan runs at the highest speed.
SEE THE SYSTEM MANUAL FOR MORE Off (position 0): Heater fan (B015) off. Voltage is applied to connection point 8 of
INFORMATION B015 through fuse E031 and wire 1201. The
Position 1: (Connection between contacts 2 earth is formed through connection point 7 of
RECIRCULATION VALVE and 6). The fan runs at the lowest speed. B015, wire 4658, contacts 6 - 5 of thermal
When C802 is operated (connection between Voltage is applied to connection point 8 of switch B015, wire 4654 and contacts 1 - 6 of
contacts 2 - 3), a voltage is applied to B015 through fuse E031 and wire 1201. The C882.
connection points 1 of G257 and G258 earth is formed through connection point 7 of
through fuse E031, wire 1201, contacts 2 - 3 B015, wire 4658, contacts 6 - 5 of thermal VARIANTS
of C802 and wire 4659. This relay is switch B015, wire 4654, through three
energised and, as a result, a connection is resistors (B015), wire 4650 and contacts 2 - 6 Location
made between contacts 3 - 5. This causes a of C882. 30 DVB: in wiring harness next to PCB
voltage to be applied to connection point 1 of
B252 through fuse E031, wire 1201 and Position 2: (Connection between contacts 4
contacts 5 - 3 of relay G257 and wire 5053. and 6). The fan runs slightly faster.
The other connection point 2 is connected to Voltage is applied to connection point 8 of
earth through wire 5054 and contacts 3 - 5 of B015 through fuse E031 and wire 1201. The
relay G258. The recirculation valve, driven by earth is formed through connection point 7 of
B252, will now close. B015, wire 4658, contacts 6 - 5 of thermal
The VIC (D900) also receives a voltage signal switch B015, wire 4654, through two resistors
on connection point D8. The VIC activates the (B015), wire 4651 and contacts 4 - 6 of C882.
recirculation warning indicator on the
Position 3: (Connection between contacts 3

and 6). The fan runs at the highest speed but
HEATER FAN one.
A voltage is applied to connection point 8 of Voltage is applied to connection point 8 of
B015 (4-speed heater fan) through fuse E031 B015 through fuse E031 and wire 1201. The
(heater fan) and wire 1201. earth is formed through connection point 7 of
Depending on the position of C882 (heater fan B015, wire 4658, contacts 6 - 5 of thermal
switch), the fan will start operating. switch B015, wire 4654, through one resistor
(B015), wire 4652 and contacts 3 - 6 of C882.
XF95 series
5
200323

5
D929
200323
1000 1000
XF95 series
1010 1010
15A
E031
15/401
1201
1201
1 1
1201 1201 1201 1201 1201 1201 1201
878 DVB 397
1 2 1 2
C760
4
1201
20
C802
C760
4656
5 3 5 3
2630
1
D900
P
4659
4659
4655
4655
D8/ C7/
E509
595 594
2
878
878
878
21 17 16
2630
4658
4659
2630
4
4656
4657
4659
6 7
4655
878
21
4659 2630 M
175
175
575
2 3 21
397
3
B015
397
9
2630
1 2 3 4 5 8
4655
4656
4657
5055
4655
397
1 M 2 2
397
397
668
4 5 1
4650
4650
4651
4652
4654
4654
1201
B252
4659
5053
5054
2630
1201
4656
4657
1201
5055
4655
4655
4650
4659 2630
2 4 3 1
1 3 1 3 1 1 1 1 4 5 1 3 1
C882
5055
E508
B043
C052
C053
G257
G258
G279
G267
2 4 5 2 4 5 2 2 3 2 3 2 4 5 2
6
1426261/08-11
5055
1201
4656
12
397
668
8 3
397
1201
EL001007
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-97
11
11
22 SEAT HEATING/ACCESSORIES CONNECTION
2-98
SEAT HEATING
When the contact is activated, a voltage is
applied to switch C697 (drivers side seat
heating switch) and switch C698 (co-drivers
side seat heating switch) through fuse E091
and wire 1240.
When one of the switches (C697 or C698) is
operated, heating element B032 or B033 is
switched on. When the maximum temperature
is reached, a thermal switch in the seat
switches off the heating element.
ACCESSORIES CONNECTION
In the middle roof console is a 2-pin connector
(connector number. 180, basic code number:
A038). A microwave can be connected to this
connector. The wire is connected before
contact (wire 1000) and is fuse-protected with
fuse E168 (40 A).
A 2-pin accessories connector (A043) is fitted
in the drivers seat. The wire is connected
after contact (wire 1240) and is fuse-protected
with fuse E091 (15A).

XF95 series
5
200323

5
D929
200323
1000 1000
XF95 series
1010 1010
15A
E091
18/400
1240
1240
1240
1240
867
866
7 3
1000
1240
1240
1240
1000
1 3 1 3
C697
C698
22
2 2
1000
1000
1 A1
1 1
40A
125A
E286
E168
2 A2
1008
1175
B032
B033
B010
30
2
865
865
1 2
2 2
1426261/08-11
1175
1240
867
21
866
A038
A043
1 2 1 2
EL001008
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-99
11
11
23 HORN/CIGAR LIGHTER/ WORK LAMP/AIR DRYER
HORN WORK LAMP CONSTANT VOLTAGE
2-100
A voltage is applied to connection point 5 of When light switch C622 is put in the town Through fuse E036 (24V plug socket fuse)
C832 (direction indicator/windscreen wiper lights position, relay G000 (rear light/width and wire 1103 a 24V supply voltage before
stalk switch) through fuse E036 and wire marker light relay) is energised. Relay G462 contact is supplied to A007 (24V plug socket,
1103. When this switch is operated (work lamp relay) is energised through 2-pin).
(connection between contacts 5 - 12), the contacts 30 - 87 of relay G000, fuse E117 and
voltage is applied through wire 4535 to wire 2630. A voltage is now applied through VARIANTS
connection point 1 of valve B028 (horn). This fuse E037, wire 1100, contacts 30 and 87 of
valve is activated. The air duct in the relay G462 through fuse E052 to connection Location
pneumatic horn is now released. point 5 of C725 (work lamp switch). When the 46 Connector A070 if fitted. Only for an
work lamp switch is operated (connection FA version.
CIGAR LIGHTER between connection points 5 - 1), the work
A voltage is applied to connection point 1 of lamp (C071) is supplied with voltage through
B030 (drivers side cigar lighter) through fuse wire 2155 and will light up. The VIC (D900)
E026 (power supply before contact) and wire also receives a voltage signal on connection
1105. When the cigar lighter is pressed in point C9. The VIC switches on the work
(connection between contacts 1 - 31), a lamp indicator on the instrument panel via
current flows through an internal resistor. the I-CAN.
When the temperature exceeds a specific
value, the heating element springs back and AIR DRYER
the electric circuit is broken. A voltage is applied to connection point 1 of
B042 (air dryer heating element) through fuse
E091 (power supply after contact) and wire
1240. When the built-in temperature switch is

closed (connection between contacts 1 - 2), a
current flows through an internal resistor.
If the temperature exceeds a specific value,
the temperature switch turns the heating

element off.
XF95 series
5
200323
2-101 200323
EL001009 1426261/08-11 23
1
2
1010
1000
125A
2
3
30
1008 1000 1000

2
1
B010
E286
5
7,5A
1000
1000
6
C1
C2
E026
7
1105
21
1
31
1
1105 1105
697 697
9
2
10
B030
11
11
2622
12
15A
13
20
12
35/402
1
1103 1103 1103 1103

288
14
697 E036
15
A007
1103
16
17
10
12/566 5/566
4535 4535 1103
2
1
18
288 C832
19
B028
20
21
15A
22
1
2
1
18/400
1240 1240 1240 1240
23
288 E091
B042
24
25
22/401
1
20
2100
C622
2622
26
2100
85
5/401
10
27
D929
697
28
86 87A
2622 2622
594
29
C49/
87
30
30
G000
2155
C9/
594
31
27/400 10A
2101
32
2630
D900 E117
33
15/402 15A
34
1100
E037
35
19/402
1100
36
1100
20/402
37
2630
2630
2630
38
85
3/402
39
86 87A
40
10A 1/402
41
1147
87
30
A2
A1
E052
42
0
G462
2155
I
43
11
8
1
2
2155
44
2155 2155 1110 1110
1
576 176 C725 176
45
!
A070
46
2155
47
48
D
3
1
17
2
1
49
2155 2155 2155
874 669 C071 669 874
50
51
52
1010
1000
53
11
ABS - ASC - D
INFORMATION
24
2-102 200323
2-103 200323
EL001010 1426261/08-11 24
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1008 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
5
1010
E286
6
1000
1000
1010
7
30
87
8
DVB
6/403
9
9050 9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
10
G015
2
4
4001
C539
11
1000
11
85
7/403
12
9050
86 87A
13
2
C
8/403
14
1234
1000
87
30
590 873
1100
15
G426
4/403
A1
16
1100
1234
25A
17
4
15/402 15A
E043 A2
18
1100
E037
19
3
12/403
1119
20
1234
A
1
1234
21
1
1119 1119 1119

873 590
22
23
10A
13
19
4
11/401
2
1288 1288 1288 1288
24
873 610 585 E172
25
8
7
7
26
5 3428 3428 3428 3428
873 610 585
27
D929
28
A004
29
3428
594
C32/
30
31
D900
32
33
10A
34
3
10/403
9128 1380 1380 1380
A7/
453
35
585 E350
36
9128 9128
37
9128
453 453 453

A11/ A12/ A10/
38
39
15A
1
14/401
40
3425 1186 1186
A9/
453
453
A14/
585 E189
41
5
42
3425 3425
453
A13/
D850
585
43
2 12/401 15A
44
A021 1187 1187
A8/
453
585 E190
45
0
46
I
47
1
8
5
3487 3487 3487
A6/
453
48
3701L
A3/
453
C737 696 585
D2
49
G535
50
3700L
A1/
453
12
D1
51
696
52
1010
1000
53
11
2-104
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
D850
24
B4/ B5/ C4/ C5/ D5/ D6/ D8/ D9/ B1/ B2/ B3/ C7/ C8/ C9/ D1/ D2/ D3/ D10/ D11/ D12/ D7/ D4/
454 454 455 455 456 456 456 456 454 454 454 455 455 455 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456
4620
4621
4622
4623
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
5056
4634
4635
5057
4640
4641
5058
4642
4643
5059
4578
5060
611
611
611
611
610
610
610
610
611
611
611
611
611
611
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
10 11 19 20 4 5 16 17 7 8 9 16 17 18 10 11 12 13 14 15 18 21
4632
4633
5056
4634
4635
5057
4640
4641
5058
4642
4643
5059
4578
5060
4620
4621
4622
4623
4628
4629
4630
4631
1426261/08-11
BN3 ZT3 BN1 ZT1 BN1 ZT1 BN2 ZT2 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
1
N N N N B256
B257
B258
B259
B237
2 2 2 2 2
F512 F513 F514 F515
EL001011
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
200323
11
200323 2-105
11
25 DEB
Voltage is applied through fuse E118 and
2-106
relay G126 to D814 (UPEC electronic unit)
and through fuse E184 to valves B192, B247
and B248. Depending on unit D814, relay
G126 is activated, whereupon a voltage is
applied to engine brake valve B192 and
engine brake (DEB) valves B247 and B248.
Depending on unit D814 these valves are
connected to earth or are not connected to
earth.
INFORMATION
XF95 series
5
200323
2-107 200323
EL001012 1426261/08-11 25
1
2
1010
1000
21
85
4954 4954 1150

589
4
86 87A
18/402 15A
5
1247 1247 1150 1150

87
30
E118
6
G126
13/403
7
1247 1247
1247
8
1247
11
86
1248
G014
10A
1
9
11/403
10
1248 1248 1248 1248 1248

628 575
11
E184
11
1248 21/400
1248
12
3/400
1248
1248
13
1248
14
1/400
15
86
4602
G036
1
1248
15
2 5
3
16
15
2/400
4087 4087 4605 4605
B9/
4
1
2
295
295
B26/
17
589
1248
G469
18
B192
19
2
20
1248 4093 4093
1
2
295
B18/
21
628
B247
22
23
1248 4164 4164
A8/
1
2
294
24
25
B248
D814
26
1
27
1247 1247 1247
B3/
295
D929
589
28
1247
B4/
295
29
30
4954
295
B27/
31
32
B1/
295
33
34
4051
B2/
295
295
B14/
35
36
10A
37
3
11
13
1 2
3
16/401
1211 4051 4051 4051 4051 1211
38
E564 251 867 589 E035
39
1211
40
2
5
41
1211 1211 1211 1211 1211
33/403
251 867
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
1010
1000
53
11
26 INTARDER EST42
2-108
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
16 The housing is connected to earth by
a separate wire.
26 G756: for AS Tronic
XF95 series
5
200323
2-109 200323
EL001013 1426261/08-11 26
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1008 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
5
1010
E286
6
1000
1000
1010
7
30
87
8
DVB
6/403
9
9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
10
G015
2
4
4001
C539
11
11
85
7/403
1000
12
9050
86 87A
13
10A 8/403
14
1234
87
30
B1
B2
1100
15
!
E199 G426
4/403
1197
16
1100
1234
17
1197
54/
622
583 15/402 15A

18
9131 9131 1100

27/
622
1197
E037
19
9131
28/
55/
25/400
622
622
20
1234
1234
21
10A
22
12
8/401
1381 1381 1381
1
3
31/
622
23
4690
2
1
583 E351
620 E593 620
24
1381
4690
25
53/
622
2
1
17
16
11
26
4690 4690
20/
622
863 G756 863 583
27
D929
28
29
8
4883 4883
11
14/
622
30
583
31
A021
32
D902
33
1
34
3417 3417 3701J
22/
52/
622
595
622
D24/
583
F2
35
2
G535
36
3420 3420 3700J
49/
29/
622
595
622
D25/
583
F1
37
D900
38
39
6
1/
4878 4878
622
40
620
41
7
9
5/561
4888 4888 5147 5147
34/
18/
2
1
622
622
42
620 583
10
6/561
43
5148 5148
44/
622
B089 583
44
9
3/
4960 4960
622
45
4
620 7/561
4711 4711
15/
622
46
C831
8
583
4/
4887 4887
5
8/561
2
1
622
47
4712 4712
42/
622
620
583
48
6
9/561
B088 4713 4713
16/
622
49
5
583
3516 3516
37/
11/561
622
50
4714 4714
30/
622
620
583
51
4
9/
3515 3515
1
2
622
52
F544 620
1010
1000
53
11
27 EBS
2-110
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
13, 19, 22, 24, 33, 36:
Connector 873:
For vehicle type FA: conn. 873,
XF95 series
5
200323
2-111 200323
EL001014 1426261/08-11 27
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1008 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
5
1010
E286
6
1000
1000
1010
7
30
87
8
DVB
6/403
9
9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
10
G015
2
4
4001
1000
C539
11
11
85
7/403
12
9050
2
C
86 87A
13
1000
590 873 8/403

14
1234
87
30
A1
1100
15
G426
3
4/403
25A
16
1100
1234
E043 A2
17
4
15/402 15A
18
1100
!
1119
E037
19
A
1
1119 1119 12/403

20
873 590 1234
1234
21
!
10A
13
19
4
22
1288 1288 1288 1288 1288
11/401
873 608 584 E172
23
!
24
8
7
7
3428 3428 3428 3428
25
873 608 584
26
3428
594
C32/
27
A004
D929
3427
594
C33/
28
9
A
31
3406 3406
593
F107
C17/
29
586
6
D900
30
584
31
32
3427
612
A18/
!
10A
33
11
8
10/403
7
3558 3558 3558 1380
21
B3/
613
34
873 608 E350
584
35
12
9
3
6
3559 3559 3559 1380 1380
1
A7/
B6/
612
613
36
873 608 584
608
37
15A
18
1
38
5125 5125 5125 1186 1186
A9/
612
C6/
2
1
614
14/401
608 584 E189
39
B309
40
15A
5
2
41
3425 3425 1187 1187
A8/
612
612
A13/
12/401
584 584 E190
42
43
A021 D880
20
44
9028 9028 9028
612
A11/
584
45
18
46
9128 9128 9128
612
A12/
584
47
48
3701L
A3/
612
49
D2
50
3700L
A1/
612
51
D1
52
1010
1000
G535
53
11
2-112
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
D880
B4/ B1/ B7/ D7/ D8/ D12/ D10/ D11/ D9/ D6/ D1/ D2/ B13/ D3/ B14/ B10/ B11/ C3/ C1/ C2/ C4/ C5/ B8/ B12/
613 613 613 615 615 615 615 615 615 615 615 615 613 615 613 613 613 614 614 614 614 614 613 613
3620
3619
5158
4620
4621
5056
4632
4633
3609
3610
5119
5120
3617
9026
3616
5121
5122
5057
4634
4635
4622
4623
5123
5124
27
608
608
608
5 4 6
9026
3620
3619
5158
609
609
609
609
609
609
609
609
609
609
608
608
608
608
608
609
609
609
609
609
608
608
10 11 9 7 8 3 2 4 5 6 11 2 10 12 13 18 16 17 19 20 16 17
D879
A3 A4 A1
4620
4621
4622
4623
C1 C2 B1 B2 A2
9129
1426261/08-11
ZT1
BN1
3609
9026
3610
5119
5120
3617
9026
3616
5121
5122
5057
4634
4635
5123
5124
ZT3
BN3
5056
4632
4633
608
1 2 1 2 21 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2
1 3 1 3
9129
N N N N 1
P P
584
19
B256
B257
B306
2 U U 2 2
F514 F515 F512 F513
9129
B307 B308
EL001015
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
200323

5
D929
200323
1000 1000
XF95 series
1010 1010
D880
E4/ E6/ E5/ E1/ E3/ E2/ A6/ B9/

616 616 616 616 616 616 612 613
3607
3608
3606
3604
3603
3605
3487
5719
E511
2
27
15
584
584
584
584
584
584
584
584
14 15 13 11 10 12 8 16
3607
3608
3606
3604
3603
3605
4602
4602
3487
5719
G036
560
560
560
560
560
560
560
696
878
5 6 4 2 1 3 7 86 1 13
15
3607
3608
3606
3604
3603
3605
4602
3487
5719
A1 A3 A4 B1 B3 B4 B5 5 5
0 I 0 I
C737
C890
F628
7 1 7 1
A2 B2
1426261/08-11
696
878
12 21
560
EL001016
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
2-113
11
11
INFORMATION
AGS
28
2-114 200323
53
1000
1010
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
D929
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
D900
18
17
587
D36/
595
3469 3469
16
4
15
14
13
A021
12
587
B344
11
11
13
3470 3470
M
10
9
8
7
E157 587 587

1262 1262
1
18/401
1
6
15A
5
4
3
1000
1010
2
1
28 1426261/08-11 EL001017
200323 2-115
11
29 EMAS
2-116
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
42 Wires coming out of connectors: 679
and 680 are NOT provided with
DAF markings.
XF95 series
5
200323
2-117 200323
EL001018 1426261/08-11 29
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1008 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
5
1010
E286
6
1000
1000
1010
7
30
87
8
DVB
6/403
9
9050 9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
10
G015
2
4
4001
C539
11
11
9133
A2/
85
7/403
871
12
9050
86 87A
13
9133 9133
676
B18/
8/403
14
1234
87
30
9133
B3/
676
1100
15
G426
2
4
4/403
16
3708 3708 3708 1100

1234
677
2
C14/
684 674
17
3
19
3709 3709 3709 15A

C3/
15/402
677
18
F687
684 674 1100

L
1
1
E037
19
9036 9036 9036

C4/
677
684 674 12/403

20
1234
1234
21
3
3709 29/400
3
22
685 1000 1000
1
1000
23
9036
1
F688
685
L 15A
24
2
1
30/400
3712 3712 3712 1117 1117 1117
B1/
677
676
2
C12/
25
685 674 862 E051
26
1117
B2/
676
2
9
5182 5182
676
27
B14/
686 674
D929
28
10A
3
1
8
10/403
5181 5181 1380 1380 1380
A1/
2
1
676
871
29
B13/
686 674 862 E350
30
B372
31
32
2
21
D932
3714 3714
D4/
872
33
680 674
3
10
34
3715 3715
C9/
677
680 674
35
4
11
3716 3716
677
C10/
36
680 674
5
3
37
9038 9038 D3/
872
680 674
38
6
5
5192 5192
B4/
676
39
680 674
7
7
40
5193 5193
B5/
676
680 674
41
!
42
B386
43
1
12
5183 5183
44
679 674
2
13
45
5184 5184
679 674
46
3
14
5185 5185
47
679 674
4
15
48
5186 5186
676 676 676 676

B16/ B17/ B10/ B11/
679 674
49
5
16
5187 5187
B7/
676
50
679 674
6
17
51
5188 5188
B8/
676
679 674
52
1010
1000
53
11
2-118
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
D932
29
B15/ D12/ A13/ A3/ D5/ D17/
676 872 871 871 872 872
3661
3502
3705
3733
3646
3003
9 5
862
862
8 3646
3502
862
3646
3646
3003
3502
3646 3003
692
862
862
574
864
589
588
13 10 11 10 2 3 3
1426261/08-11
3661
3502
3502
3705
3733
3646
3646
3646
3003
3003
35/ 22/ B6/ D28/ C47/ B15/ 10/ B5/

340 340 599 595 594 604 600 295
B525
A021
A068
D802
D900
D911
D905
D814
8 3
EL001019
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
200323
11
200323 2-119
11
AS TRONIC
INFORMATION
30
2-120 200323
2-121 200323
EL001020 1426261/08-11 30
1
2
1/416
3
1000
1000
125A 1/417
2
5
30
1008 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
1010
E286
6
7
1000
1010
1000 1000
30
87
6/403
10
9050 9050 4001

86
85
11
4001
11
G015
DVB
12
86
85
7/403
9050
13
4001
14
87A
4/403
1100
30
15
87
4001
16
1234
G426
1100
2/222
17
4/222 1/222 15/402 15A

18
1100 1100
6/222
E037
19
C539
20
21
22
10
3700X 3700X
594
23
C15/
863
24
11
3701X 3701X
594
25
C14/
863
26
D900
27
D929
28
29
11
5
3
8/403
3701X 3701X 3701X 1234 1234
A8/
880
30
869 391 863
31
10
4
21
3700X 3700X 3700X 1234

880
A12/
32
869 391 869
33
1
9079 1234 1234

A1/
880
34
390
1
8
35
9079 9079 9079 9079
880 880
A16/ A17/
869 391
36
D954
37
9
6
2
38
3065 3065 3065 3065
10
A2/
880
39
863 869 390
40
A021 3700D
880
A13/
41
42
3701D
880
A14/
43
44
45
7
8
8
46
3701D 3701D 3701D 3701D
391 869 863
A2
47
G535
6
7
7
48
3700D 3700D 3700D 3700D
391 869 863
A1
49
50
51
52
1000
1010
1000
53
11
2-122
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
1604
10A
E301
2
32/400
34/400
1604 1604 1604
863 E592 G350
4 5655 5655 1
3 12 12
1604
5 20
863
1000
5
1604 1604 869
390 869
1604
5715
5715
5655
868
390
868
868
7 5 1 6
1604
1604
1604
5715
5715
5655
3739
3739
D954 D955
A4/ A5/ A11/ C7/ C6/ C9/ C14/ C15/
880 880 880 879 879 879 879 879
A6/ A3/ C3/ C1/ C8/

B7 B8 B9 B12 B17 B16 B20 B10 B15 B11 B6 B18 880 880 879 879 879 D1 D3 D5 D2 D4 D6
30
3731
3732
3732
3731
9080
390
390
868
868
868
4 3 4 3 2
4 2 1
Y15 Y14 Y17 Y16 0-5V 5V 1 3 5 2 4 6
3731
3732
3732
3731
9080
5
N
869
4
F705
B385 869 E590
1426261/08-11
1000
EL001021
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
200323
11
200323 2-123
11
31 BRAKE LINING WEAR SWITCH
If one of the brake linings is too thin,
2-124
connection point B17 of the VIC (D900) will be
interrupted by the corresponding brake pad
wear switch (F107 or F108 or F111 or F112 or
F113 or F114) through wire 3406 or 3407. The
VIC will send a message to the instrument
panel, which will then activate the brake
lining wear indicator.
XF95 series
5
200323

5
D929
200323
1000 1000
XF95 series
1010 1010
D900
B17/
593
1 2
G734
3406
3406
3407
31
586
610
9 3
3406
3406
611
611
1 21
3406
3406
3407
3406 3406 3407
Zt2
Zt4
Bn2
Bn4
Wt1
Wt2
Wt3
Wt4
Wt5
Wt6
Wt7
Wt8
1426261/08-11
A C A C A C A C A C A C
F107 F108 F111 F112 F113 F114
EL001022
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-125
11
11
32 PTO
REQUEST PTO 1 (= SWITCH ON) The VIC checks whether the PTO is actually REQUEST PTO 2 (= SWITCH ON)
2-126
When the PTO operation switch (C750) is switched on. This takes place as follows: When the PTO operation switch (C751) is
operated, a voltage is applied to connection When the PTO has been switched on, F087 is operated, a voltage is applied to connection
point 27 of D900 (VIC) through fuse E091, operated mechanically. Contacts 1 - 2 of F087 point D22 of D900 (VIC) through fuse E091,
wire 1240, contacts 5 - 1 of switch C750 and close. Connection point B14 of the VIC is now wire 1240, contacts 5 - 1 of switch C750 and
wire 4594. The PTO can also be switched on connected to earth. The VIC then sends a wire 5241. This means that a request to use
via connection point 11 of A068 (engine speed message to the DIP and the PTO active the PTO has been made.
control application connector). This means warning is activated. If the PTO does NOT This request is implemented depending on
that a request to use the PTO has been switch on, F087 is NOT operated and the conditions programmed in the VIC. A
made. connection point B14 of the VIC is NOT condition might be that the parking brake must
This request is implemented depending on connected to earth. After a period of time be engaged. In this case, a voltage is applied
the conditions programmed in the VIC. A programmed in the VIC a message is sent to to connection point 1 of parking switch control
condition might be that the parking brake must the DIP and the PTO fault warning symbol is switch F000 through fuse E035 and wire
be engaged. In this case, a voltage is applied activated. 1211. If parking brake control switch F000 is
to connection point 1 of parking switch control closed (connection between contacts 1 - 2),
switch F000 through fuse E035 and wire CANCEL PTO 1 (= SWITCH OFF) this voltage is also on connection point B22 of
1211. If parking brake control switch F000 is Breaking contacts 5 - 1 of C750 switches the D814 (UPEC electronic unit) through wire
closed (connection between contacts 1 - 2), PTO off. This interrupts the voltage from 3402 and on connection point D26 of
this voltage is also on connection point B22 of connection point D27 to D900 (VIC). One of D900 (VIC).
D814 (UPEC electronic unit) through wire the switch-on conditions for operation of the
3402 and on connection point D26 of D900 PTO is now absent. The VIC responds to this
(VIC). by removing the voltage on connection point
B23 as well and, as a result, the voltage on
OPERATION connection point 1 of B245 is lost. The valve

When the PTO request is implemented, the is no longer energised and the PTO is
following takes place: switched off.
A voltage is applied to connection point 1 of
B245 from connection point B23 of D900 via

wire 4596, thus switching the PTO on.
XF95 series
5
200323

OPERATION If the PTO does NOT switch on, F088 is NOT VARIANTS 5
When the PTO request is implemented, the operated and connection point B14 of the VIC
is NOT connected to earth. After a period of Location
following takes place:
time programmed in the VIC a message is 7 Connector A068: optional
A voltage is applied from connection point
200323
sent to the DIP and the PTO fault warning 36 DVB: in wiring harness above
C46 of D900 to connection point 1 of E570
XF95 series
symbol is activated. PCB if there is NO clutch PTO

(clutch PTO N10 proximity switch) (if present)
N10 proximity switch
and to connection point 3 of relay G259
CANCEL PTO 2 (= SWITCH OFF) 22, 24, 30, 41 Connector 626:
(PTO-operation takeover relay) (if present)
Breaking contacts 5 - 1 of C751 switches the Conn. 626 for manual
through wire 4595. When switch E570 is
PTO off. This interrupts the voltage from gearbox
operated by depressing the clutch pedal
connection point D22 to D900 (VIC). One of Conn. 699 for AS Tronic
(connection between contacts 1 - 2), a voltage
the switch-on conditions for operation of the
is applied to connection point 1 of relay G259
PTO is now absent. The VIC responds to this
through wire 4595 and to connection point 1
by removing the voltage on connection point
of B245 (PTO operation valve). Relay G259 is
C46 as well. The voltage on relay G259 is
energised and, as a result, a connection is
interrupted and, as a result, the coil is no
made between contacts 3 - 5 of relay G259.
longer energised. Contacts 5 - 3 open and, as
Relay G259 now remains energised
a result, the voltage on connection point 1 of
irrespective of E570 (this is a
B246 is lost. The valve is no longer energised
memory function). B246 is also activated and
and the PTO is switched off.
this switches the PTO on.
The VIC checks whether the PTO is actually
switched on. This takes place as follows:
When the PTO has been switched on, F088 is
operated mechanically. Contacts 1 - 2 of F088
close. Connection point B11 of the VIC is now
connected to earth. The VIC then sends a
message to the DIP and the PTO active
warning is activated.
2-127
11
11
2-128
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
15A
10A
E091
E035
18/400
16/401
33/403
18
4595 4595 4595
1240
1240
1211
1211
DVB ! DVB 626 !
176
3
4596
3668
3668
4596
4595
4595
4595
1240
1211
! !
1240
626
626
650
650
650
17 16 2 3 4
4596
3668
3668
4596
4595
4595
4595
4595
1211
4595
1240
1240
C46/ B23/ B11/
5 5 1 594 593 593 1 2
1 5 4 1 1
0 I 0 I
P P
32
F088
F000
E570
B245
B246
C750
C751
D900
G259
D26/ D22/ D27/ A5/ E5/ B14/ 2 3 2 2

7 1 7 1 2 2 1
595 595 595 592 596 593
3402
4594
5241
4595
4595
3402
5241
4594
9127
9127
3410
!
176
176
589
14 15 7
626
15
4595
4594
5241
3402
D705
3410
42 D814
B22
11
D703
650
5
1
5241
42
4594
4594
3410
1426261/08-11
650
588
11 5
1
4594
! 2 F087
!
626
A068
11
9127
EL001023
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
XF95 series
5
200323
11
200323 2-129
11
33 ROOF SPOTLIGHTS/COOLER/ROTATING BEAMS
SPOTLIGHTS ON ROOF When this switch is closed (connection VARIANTS
2-130
between contacts 6 - 2), voltage is also
Marker/parking lights in roof spotlights. applied to connection point 85 of G299 (roof Location
A voltage is applied to connection point 2 of spotlights relay). This relay is activated. A 8, 10 Connector 580: superstructure
C622 (light switch) through fuse E084 and voltage is now applied through fuse E142, connector (optional)
wire 1101. When this switch is switched on wire 1154, contacts 30 - 87 of G299 and wire 42 G755 if NO Swedish lighting
(connection between contacts 2 - 1), the 2135 to connection point 1 of C162, C164,
voltage is applied to connection point 85 of C166 and C168 (roof spotlights) respectively.
relay G000 (rear light/width marker light relay) The spotlights will now light up.
through wire 2105 and wire 2100. This relay is
activated. A voltage is now applied through COOLER
contacts 30 - 87 of relay G000, fuse E000 and The cooler is connected to voltage BEFORE
wire 2102 to C074 (left rear width marker contact. Voltage is also applied to connection
light) and C012 (left front width marker light) point 1 of B356 (cooler) through fuse E142
respectively and to C163, C165, C167 and and wire 1154.
C169 (width marker light/roof spotlights)
respectively. The marker and parking lights in ROTATING BEAMS
the spotlights now come on. The rotating beams are connected to voltage
BEFORE contact. A voltage is applied to
Roof spotlights connection point 6 of C716 (blue rotating
A voltage is applied to connection point 8 of beam switch) through fuse E142, via wire
C832 (direction indicator/windscreen wiper 1154. When the switch is closed (connection
stalk switch) through fuse E084 and wire between contacts 6 - 2), voltage is applied to
1101. When this switch is switched on C144 (blue rotating beam, drivers side) and
(connection between contacts 8 - 9), voltage C145 (blue rotating beam, co-drivers side)
is applied to connection point 85 of relay through wire 2017. These rotating beams will
G002 (main beam relay) through wire 2120. now come on. Orange rotating beams can be
This relay is activated. A voltage is now used instead of blue rotating beams in
applied through contacts 30 - 87 of relay combination with switch C715.
G002, fuse E006 and wire 2122 to C002 (left
main beam) and connection point 6 of C813
(roof spotlights switch) respectively.
XF95 series
5
200323
2-131 200323
EL001024 1426261/08-11 33
1
1000 1000
2
1010
1000
125A
2
3
30
1008 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
1000
E286
5
B1
C1
1000
1010
6
25A
25A
30
87
7
E142 B2
E163 C2
G015
8
2
1154
1258
580
10
11
1
!
11
1154
580
12
1154
1154
9
2
13
1154 1154 1154

2
1
866 866
14
4
692
15
B356
16
1
2
1
2
6
1154
2017 2017 2017

17
12
C144 881 C716

291
18
2017
2
1
19
2017
1154
1154
20 C145
1154
21
22
4
3
2
6
2122 2122 2122
23
C813 291 693
2
24
2122 10A
5
30/402
1
13
881 2133 2122 2122

C002
25
695 E006
2121
17
6
86
22/402
26
2122
692 291
85 87A
27
D929
3
87
30
28
1154 2122
C6/
594
87
30
870
29
G299
2135
30
2
1
D900
87A 86
85
2135
2
31
G002
870
C162
32
2
1
5/402
2120
2135 2135 2120
33
C164
2
1
14/566
34
2120
2135
35
C166 9/566 8/566
2
1
36
2135 C832
37
1101
C168 0 I II
10A
38
1/231 2/231 14/403
2105 1101 1101 1101
39
4/231 E084
C622
40
41
1
2
3
4
22/401
2105 2100
42
579 G755 579
2100
43
86
85
5/401
44
M
45
87A
1
21
2
1
46
2102 2102 2102 2102
87
30
870 291
47
C169
2102
G000
2102
2
1
48
2102
1
2102
49
C167 693
2
1
10A
2
2
33/400
2101
50
2102
1
10
2102 2102 2102
C012
C165 284 695
51
E000
2
1
8
52
2102
1
10
2102 2102
C074
1010
1000
C163 576
53
11
34A ECAS-3
2-132
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
84 Valve B250:
For vehicle type FA: B250
For vehicle type FT: B238
XF95 series
5
200323
2-133 200323
EL001025 1426261/08-11 34A
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1008 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
5
1010
E286
6
1000
1000
1010
7
30
87
8
DVB
6/403
9
9050 9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
10
G015
2
4
4001
C539
11
11
85
7/403
12
9050
86 87A
13
8/403
14
1234
87
30
1100
15
G426
4/403
16
1100
1234
17
15/402 15A
18
1100
E037
19
25/400
20
1234
1234
21
29/400
22
1000 1000
3
1
1000
38
23
34B
C739
C741
3
1221 1221 1221
24
878
25
10A
6
9/401
1/
26
1221 1221 1221
307
867 E062
27
D929
20
18
2/
3/
28
9108 9108 4734
307
307
867 867
29
17
4/
30
4731
307
867
0 I
31
20
5 D529
32
9009 9009 9009 4756
1
878 C740
33
4731
4734
18
34
878
35
15
19
36
4756 4756 4731
11/
23/
446
446
860 860
37
17
6
2/
38
3431 3431 4734
13/
593
446
446
B10/
860 860
39
15A
1
7
30/400
5/
40
3432 3432 1117 1117 1117
25/
B9/
593
446
446
860 860 E051
41
D900
42
43
44
13
8
3502 3502 3502
12/
B6/
599
446
45
D851
692 860
46
B525
47
10A
4
8/401
1/
48
4/
4732 1381 1381 1381
446
446
860 E351
49
16
50
3/
4732 4732
446
860
51
52
A021
1010
1000
53
11
2-134
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
D851
19/ 7/ 6/ 18/ 14/ 10/ 21 20/ 8/
34A
446 446 446 446 446 446 446 446 446
4739
4736
4727
5207
9009
9009
4751
4740
4742
4741
4740
634
634
635
635
635
634
634
634
11 10 4 6 5 4 6 5
4739
4736
4727
4751
4740
4740
4742
4741
1 1 1
3 1 1 3 2
1426261/08-11
L L L
!
F612
F613
F614
B166
B250
4 4
2 2 2
635
634
860
635
2 2 21 1
5207 9009
5207
5207 5207
9009
EL001026
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
200323
11
200323 2-135
11
INFORMATION
34B ECAS-2
2-136 200323
2-137 200323
EL001027 1426261/08-11 34B
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1008 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
5
1010
E286
6
1000
1000
1010
7
30
87
8
DVB
6/403
9
9050 9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
10
G015
2
4
4001
C539
11
11
85
7/403
12
9050
86 87A
13
8/403
14
1234
87
30
1100
15
G426
4/403
16
1100
1234
17
15/402 15A
18
1100
E037
19
25/400
20
1234
1234
21
29/400
22
1000 1000
1000
23
18
3/
24
4734 4734
307
867
25
20
17
2/
4/
26
9108 9108 4731 4731
307
307
867 867
27
D929
1/
28
1221
307
867
29
1221
D529
30
10A
3
9/401
31
1221 1221 1221
878 E062
32
2
1221 1221
33
3
ll 0 l
861
38
1221
C739
19
34
4757
3
15
9009 878
35
4731 4731
21/
340
C741 4757 861
36
20
17
37
4757 4734 4734
24/
20/
340
340
861 861
38
0 I
7
15A
1
1/ 30/400
39
1117 1117 1117
16
5
340
9009 4735
1
861 E051
40
C742 878
41
4735
10A
42
18
4
8/401
9/
4735 1381 1381 1381
17/
340
340
43
861 861 E351
0 I
44
18
5
D802
45
9009 4756
1
C740 878
46
6
4756 3431 3431
33/
340
593
B10/
47
861
19
4756
23/
340
48
9009
861
49
3432 3432
34/
B9/
340
593
20
861
50
9009
878
51
D900
52
1221
1010
1000
53
11
2-138
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
D802
5/ 6/ 25/ 8/ 26/ 27/ 19/ 16/ 11/ 15/ 31/ 13/ 30/ 12/ 2/ 4/ 22/
34B
340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340
1221
4753
4753
4739
4736
4727
9009
9009
9009
4751
4740
4742
4741
4755
4754
4732
4732
3502
861
4740 8
627
627
627
627
635
635
635
627
627
627
12 7 11 10 4 6 5 4 6 5
627
627
861
9 8 16
3502
692
13
1221
4753
4739
4736
4727
4751
4740
4740
4742
4741
4755
4754
4732
9009
9009
9009
9009
1 3 1 1 1
3 1 3 2 1 3 1
1426261/08-11
3502
P L L L
635
627
861
635
2 2 21 1 B6/
F615
F612
F613
F614
B166
B253
B254
U 4 4 4 599
2 2 2 2
A021
B525
7
9009
9009
9009
9009 9009
9009
9009
EL001028
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
200323
34C ECAS-2 FT LOW DECK + FA LARGE VOLUME
11
INFORMATION
200323 2-139
200323 2-140
EL001029 1426261/08-11 34C
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1008 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
5
1010
E286
6
1000
1000
1010
7
30
87
8
DVB
6/403
9
9050 9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
10
G015
2
4
4001
C539
11
11
85
7/403
12
9050
86 87A
13
8/403
14
1234
87
30
1100
15
G426
4/403
16
1100
1234
17
15/402 15A
18
1100
E037
19
25/400
20
1234
1234
21
29/400
22
1000 1000
1000
23
18
3/
24
4734 4734
307
867
25
20
17
2/
4/
26
9108 9108 4731 4731
307
307
867 867
27
D929
1/
28
1221
307
867
29
1221
D529
30
9/401 10A
31
1221
E062
32
2
1221 1221
33
861
34
15
35
4731 4731
21/
340
861
36
17
37
4734 4734
20/
340
861
38
0 I
7
15A
1
1/ 30/400
39
1117 1117 1117
16
5
340
9009 4735
1
861 E051
40
C895 878
41
4735
10A
42
18
4
8/401
9/
4735 1381 1381 1381
17/
340
340
43
861 861 E351
0 I
44
18
5
D802
45
9009 4756
1
C740 878
46
6
4756 3431 3431
33/
340
593
B10/
47
861
19
4756
23/
340
48
9009
861
49
3432 3432
34/
B9/
340
593
20
861
50
9009
878
3432
51
D900
18/
340
52
1221
1010
1000
53

5
D929
200323
1000 1000
XF95 series
1010 1010
D802
5/ 6/ 25/ 8/ 26/ 27/ 19/ 16/ 11/ 15/ 31/ 13/ 30/ 12/ 2/ 4/ 22/
34C
340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340
1221
4753
4753
4739
4736
4727
9009
9009
9009
4751
4740
4742
4741
4755
4754
4732
4732
3502
861
4740 1 1 8
627
627
627
627
635
635
635
627
627
627
12 7 11 10 4 6 5 4 6 5
B404
B403
861
16
3502
2 2
692
13
1221
4753
4739
4736
4727
4751
4740
4740
4742
4741
4732
9009
9009
9009
9009
1 3 1 1 1
3 1 3 2 1
1426261/08-11
3502
P L L L
635
627
861
635 !
2 2 21 1 B6/
F615
F612
F613
F614
B166
B250
U 4 4 599
2 2 2 2
A021
B525
7
9009
9009
9009
9009 9009
9009
9009
EL001030
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
2-141
11
11
35 HEADLAMP HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
Operation Dipped beam position
2-142
When a connection is made between contacts
Parking/marker lights position 2 and 4 through switch C622, a voltage is
A voltage is applied to connection 2 of switch applied to connection point 85 of relay G000
C622 (light switch) through fuse E084 and through fuse E084, wire 1101, switch C622,
wire 1101. If a connection is made to switch wire 2110, via D609 (light switch diode). There
C622 (contacts 2 and 1), a voltage is applied is also a voltage on B129 (left headlamp
to contact 85 of relay G000 (rear light/width height adjustment motor), connection point 1,
marker light relay) via wire 2105. Once the B130 (right headlamp height adjustment
relay is activated, a connection is made motor), connection point 1 and connection
between points 30 and 87. As a result, a point 5 of C764 (headlamp height adjustment
voltage is applied through relay G000 potentiometer). Depending upon the position C622
(contacts 30 - 87), wire 2101, fuse E117 and of C764 (headlamp height adjustment B129 / B130
wire 2630 to connection point A of switch potentiometer), the motor in the headlamp will + +
C764 (headlamp height adjustment be activated. The headlamp height adjustment G G
C764
potentiometer). The LED in the switch will now motor remains activated until there is an
illuminate. electrical equilibrium. This equilibrium refers
to the voltage difference that exists between
wires 2110 and 4953 of C764, B129 and
B130. The voltage difference should be the
C764
same for all three components. UG 100
[%]
UB 80
65
60
40
20
2 4 6 8
5.2 [mm]
K100380
XF95 series
5
200323

5
D929
200323
1000 1000
XF95 series
1010 1010
2100 2154
2101
85 30
10A
10A
E084
E117
D609
D610
G000
86 87A 87
M
5/401
7/401
14/403
22/401
27/400
24/401
28/401
2110
1101
2100
2630
2110
2110
2154
5 C832
2110 A14
13
579
4 176
1101
2630
2
2110
5 G302
2110 2110 4
G755
1 14
579
695
3
176
3 9
4953
2110
579
1101
4953
2630
176
695
2105
16 16
2/231
35
4953
4953
2110
4953
2110
C727
0 I II A
13
2630
284
284
288
288
11 3 9 4
C622
2630
C763
A
4953
2110
2630
2110
4953
2110
8
1/231
4/231
2110 A 5 3 1 3 1
2105 M B129 M
B130
C764
B 3 9 2 2
4953
1426261/08-11
284
12
176
695
288
21 18 12
EL001031
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-143
11
11
36 24 V/12 V CONVERTER / RADIO/CB SET
The following description of the operation CB SET
2-144
and connection is intended as a general Wire 1108 is also available in a white
guideline only. connector for a transmitter (B026). This
connector is in the roof console on the drivers
Also refer to the manufacturers side.
installation instructions supplied with the
radio. For more information: see also block 6:
Connection of accessories.
If the ignition switch (C539) is switched to
accessory position, pin 1 is connected to pin 6 VARIANTS
(wire 1100 is connected to wire 1130). As a
result, a voltage is applied to connection point Location
1 of relay G377. This relay is activated. There 20, 23 Connector 190:
is now a power supply of 12 volts to For XC cab: 190
connection point A7 of the ISO connector For XH/XL cab: 291
through wire 1108, contacts 3 - 5 of relay 33, 37 Connector 291:
G377 and wire 1363. Only for XH/XL
The radio has an aerial connection and 2 41, 44 Connector 190:
loudspeaker outputs which can be used to For XC cab: 190
connect loudspeakers B024 and B025. Two For XH/XL cab: 291
high-tone and two low-tone speakers (B178,
B179, B180 and B181) can also be connected
to the radio.
XF95 series
5
200323
2-145 200323
EL001032 1426261/08-11 36
1
2
1010
1000
2/222
3
4/222 1/222 15/402 15A

1100 1100
4
6/222
E037
5
C539
1130
19/403
1130
7
1130
A1 A2 15/403 15A
9
1107 1107
24V
E028
10
A3 B2 18/400 15A
11
11
1240 1240
24V
E091
12
B1 A4 3/403
1
13
1353 1353 1108 1108

12V
12V
1108
14
D895
15
2
1108 1108
16
1108
1108
17
2
692
18
A076
19
1108
20
3
! 190
21
18
7
1108
12V
1
22
!
692 190
23
24
B026
21/403
25
1
2 4
26
1/403
3
A8
27
1108 1363
5
12V
A4
D929
28
G377
13
B8
29
4828 4828 1363
12V
867 A7
30
12
B7
4827 4827
31
867
B024 B6
32
4542
33
!
B5
4540
13
5
34
4542 4542 4542
35
291 694 B178
14
3
36
B365
4540 4540 4540
37
291 694
B179
6
B2
38
4832 4832
866
39
5
B1
4831 4831
40
866
!
B025
17
6
B4
41
4543 4543 4543 4543
42
190 694
18
4
B3
43
4541 4541 4541 4541
44
190 694
B181
45
4543
4541
46
47
B180
48
49
50
51
52
1010
1000
53
11
37 ELECTRIC DROP GLASS OPERATION/CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING/ROOF HATCH FOR XL/XC/XH CAB
ELECTRIC DROP GLASS OPERATION, ELECTRIC DROP GLASS OPERATION, ELECTRIC DROP GLASS OPERATION,
2-146
DRIVERS SIDE (OPENING) CO-DRIVERS SIDE (OPENING) CO-DRIVERS SIDE
(Switch in door panel, drivers side) (Switch in door panel, drivers side) (Switch in door panel, co-drivers side)
When the electric drop glass switch (C745) is If the electric drop glass switch (C743) is Operation of the electric drop glass through
operated and a connection is made (contacts activated and a connection is made (contacts switch C744 on the co-drivers side works in
2 and 4), relay G030 will be energised through 2 and 4), relay G028 will be activated through exactly the same way as on the drivers side.
fuse E044 and switch C745 (wire 4526). As a fuse E044 and switch C743 (wire 4522). As a When switch C744 (connection between
result of this, there is a supply voltage on result, a supply voltage is applied through contacts 4 and 2) is operated, relay G028 is
connection point 2 of the motor (B003) fuse E033 to connection point 2 of the motor activated through switch C743 (contacts 5 and
through fuse E034. The other connection (B004). The other connection point (1) is 2) and the motor (B004) will open the electric
point (1) is connected to earth through relay connected to earth through relay G029. The window. When switch C744 (connection
G031. The motor starts running anti-clockwise motor starts running anti-clockwise and the between contacts 4 and 1) is operated, relay
and the drivers side electric window opens. co-drivers side electric window opens. G029 is activated through switch C743
(contacts 3 and 1), the motor runs clockwise
ELECTRIC DROP GLASS OPERATION, ELECTRIC DROP GLASS OPERATION, and the window closes as a result.
DRIVERS SIDE (CLOSING) CO-DRIVERS SIDE (CLOSING)
(Switch in door panel, drivers side) (Switch in door panel, drivers side) The electric drop glass will only operate if the
If the electric drop glass switch (C745) is If the electric drop glass switch (C743) is contact is activated.
activated and a connection is made (contacts activated and a connection is made (contacts
4 and 1), relay G031 will be activated through 4 and 1), relay G029 will be activated through
fuse E044 and switch C745 (wire 4527). As a fuse E044 and switch C743 (wire 4523). As a
result, a supply voltage is applied through result, a supply voltage is applied through
fuse E034 to connection point 1 of the motor fuse E033 to connection point 1 of the motor
(B003). The other connection point (2) is (B004). The other connection point (2) is
connected to earth through relay G030. The connected to earth through relay G028. The
motor starts running clockwise and the motor starts running clockwise and the
drivers side electric window closes. co-drivers side electric window closes.
XF95 series
5
200323

CENTRAL DOOR LOCK
5
CO-DRIVERS SIDE (STANDARD)
Purpose:
200323
To lock the co-drivers side door using
XF95 series
button/key or switch C744.

The driver can lock/unlock the co-drivers door
from the driving position using the switch.
Central door locking motor on co-drivers side
(B200):
The motor has two (internal) switches:
- an end stroke switch (switches over at
the end of each stroke) (the bottom
- a switch that is mechanically connected
to the locking button (switches over at the
beginning of each upward or downward
movement of the locking button) (the top
Note:
A mechanical connection (rod linkage)
between the cylinder lock and the locking
button is maintained.
2-147
11
11
Conditions: door unlocked.
- The door is locked using the button/key.
2-148
rod linkage. As a result, a current will flow
31 B200
through the fuse, connection 30B, the motor, the
bottom switch and the top switch through DO DL
the locking button, the button moves
downwards. When the lower position is reached, DL
the end stroke switch (the lower switch in the
diagram) switches over. The forces are DO
7 1
transmitted from the motor to the locking button
via a crank/connecting rod linkage. I 0 II
C774
- The door is locked using switch C774.
When spring-loaded switch C774 makes a 3
connection between connections 3 and 7, M
connection point DL of B200 is connected to
30B

1000 E501714
XF95 series
5
200323

Conditions: door locked.
5
- The door is unlocked using the
button/key.
200323
31
XF95 series
rod linkage. As a result, a current will flow B200

through the fuse, connection 30B, the motor, the DO DL
bottom switch and the top switch through
the locking button, the button moves upwards. DL
When the lower position is reached, the end
stroke switch (the lower switch in the diagram) DO
7 1
switches over. The forces are transmitted from
the motor to the locking button via a I 0 II
crank/connecting rod linkage. C774
- The door is unlocked using switch C774. 3

When spring-loaded switch C774 makes a M
connection between connections 3 and 1,
connection point DO of B200 is connected to
30B
1000 E501715
2-149
11
11
CENTRAL DOOR LOCK VARIANTS
(OPTION)
Location
2-150
SEE THE SYSTEM MANUAL FOR MORE 3, 7 Connector 694:
INFORMATION For an XH/XL cab: motor B009
For an XC cab: motor B175
XL/XH/XC CAB ROOF HATCH 36 If the standard version is installed,
the motor for door locking on the
OPENING ROOF HATCH drivers side (B199) and the central
When the roof hatch switch (C736) is door locking electronic unit (D905)
operated and a connection is made between are not fitted.
contacts 2 and 6 and therefore between The connections on B200 are as
contacts 1 and 3, a voltage is applied to follows:
connection point 1 of the roof hatch motor
(B175 for XC version and B009 for Connection Wire Description
XL/XH version) through fuse E028, wire 1107, point number
switch C736 and wire 4761. The roof hatch 1 1101 Power supply
will open.
2 5061 Open door
CLOSING ROOF HATCH 3 5062 Close door
When the roof hatch switch (C736) is
operated and a connection is made between 4 M Earth
contacts 8 and 6 and therefore between
contacts 7 and 3, a voltage is applied to Wire 5062 is directly connected to
connection point 2 of the roof hatch motor connection point 7 of switch C774.
(B175 for XC version and B009 for
XL/XH version) through fuse E028, wire 1107,

switch C736 and wire 4760. The roof hatch
will close.
XF95 series
5
200323

5
D929
200323
1000 1000
XF95 series
1010 1010
15A
10A
E028
E084
15/403
14/403
1107
1101
1101 1101 1101 1101 1101 1101
697
1107
2
231
2
1107
1101
10 4 7 11
4537 5062
553
591
1 1
1101
553 864 864 591
864
1
C622
2
1101
4537
4537
5062
5062
1101
13
1101
1107
1107
4706
1 B199 2 D905 3 B200 1
30B DO 13/ 16/ 12/ DL 30B
7 1 8 2 600 600 600
M M
II 0 I C736 15/ 10/ 2/ 3/ 14/ 8/

3 6
37
31 DL 600 600 600 600 600 600 DO 31
4 3 2 4
4761
4760
4706
4538
4538
3646
3647
5118
5061
5061
11 5
697
697
697
17 16 15 4538
2
864
864
864
864
591
553 864 3 8 6 10
3646 3647 5061
4761
4760
4706
3646
3647
694
694
694
553
5118
5061
9 8 7 12 3646
! !
862
574
574
9 10 19
4761
4760
4706
697
697
864
591
19 18 9 12
3646
3646
3646
3647
3647
1 2 3
1426261/08-11
5118
5061
M D5/ B15/ B16/ C13/
692
18 872 604 604 594
4 7 1
A021
D932
D911
D900
B175 8
C774
II 0 I
3
21
697
EL001033
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-151
11
11
2-152
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
15A
10A
15A
E033
E044
E034
17/401
26/400
35/401
1207
1208
1233
2
1208
591
C746
1
1208
19
1208
553
2
4521
1208
4520
1208
1208
5 4 3 5 4 3
C743
C745
2 1 1208 2 1
1208
C695
1208 4
37
19
4522
4523
4526
4527
3 5 4 3 3
591
591
553
553
7 8 7 8
591 553
C744
2 1
4522
4524
4524
4523
4526
4528
4528
4527
2 2
85 30 85 30 85 30 85 30
4525
4520
4521
4521
4520
4529
M M
B004
B003
G028
G029
G030
G031
86 87A 87 86 87A 87 86 87A 87 86 87A 87
553
553
6 4
591
591
591
4 5 6 5 553
1 1
4521
1207
1207
1207
4525
1233
1233
1233
1426261/08-11
4525 4520 4529
1207 1233
EL001034
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
200323
11
200323 2-153
11
38 MECHANICAL LIFTING GEAR
Manual lifting: Manual lowering: Automatic axle load protection:
2-154
When switch C739 (lifting gear switch) is When switch C739 (lifting gear switch) is If the pressure on the driven axle is greater
operated (connection between contacts 3 - 7), operated (connection between contacts 3 - 1), than the legal maximum, sensor E584 is
a voltage is applied to connection point 1 of a voltage is applied to connection point S1 of activated. This puts sensor E507 in stand-by
B071 through fuse E062, wire 1221, contacts D503 through fuse E062, wire 1221, contacts mode. If the permitted axle load increases
3 - 7 of switch C739, wire 4550, contacts 3 - 4 3 - 1 of switch C739, wire 4757, further (> 10 tons), sensor E507
of relay G381 and wire 5180. This valve is through-connection G745 and wire 4551. A automatically lowers the trailing axle.
energised. The voltage is applied to voltage is applied to connection point 1 of
connection point 85 of relay G052 at the same B072 through connection point 87 of D503 If the axle has been lifted, F097 (proximity
time through D622, wire 4552, contacts and wire 4553. This valve is energised. The switch for trailing axle lifting gear) ensures
30 - 87a of relay G066 and wire 4557. This voltage is applied to connection point 85 of that relay G380 is energised through wire
relay is activated and closes contacts 1 - 2. A relay G052 at the same time through D623, 3661. A voltage is now applied through fuse
voltage is now applied to connection point 1 of wire 4552, contacts 30 - 87a of relay G066 E062, wire 1221, contacts 3 - 5 of relay G380
B073 through contacts 1 - 2 of relay G052 and and wire 4557. This relay is activated and to connection point 1 of E507. This is
wire 4554. The oil pump motor starts to run. closes contacts 1 - 2. A voltage is now applied activated.
If the oil pressure becomes too high (>160 to connection point 1 of B073 through The voltage is immediately transmitted to S2
bar), E524 will close. Voltage is now applied contacts 1 - 2 of relay G052 and wire 4554. on D503. The signal sent by the proximity
to connection point 85 of relay G066 through The oil pump motor starts to run. switch for axle load protection (E507) to S2
contacts 1 - 2 of E524. This relay is energised If the oil pressure becomes too high (>160 should last for at least 10 seconds before the
and breaks the connection 30 - 87a. Voltage bar), E524 will close. Voltage is now applied lifting gear electronic unit (D503) will activate
is now applied to connection point 85 of relay to connection point 85 of relay G066 through the valve (B072) and the lifting-gear pump
G066 from wire 4552 through contacts 30 - 87 contacts 1 - 2 of E524. This relay is energised motor (B073), so that the trailing axle is
of relay G066 and wire 4558. This relay and breaks the connection 30 - 87a. Voltage lowered. This is to prevent the legal maximum
remains activated. At the same time the is now applied to connection point 85 of relay axle load from being exceeded.
voltage through relay G052 is lost. Contacts G066 from wire 4552 through contacts 30 - 87 If the dashboard switch is operated within 2.5
1 - 2 open and the voltage on connection of relay G066 and wire 4558. This relay minutes, the electronic unit will be reset and
point 1 of B073 is lost. The pump motor is no remains activated. At the same time the another 2.5 minute period will start.
longer driven and the oil pressure drops. voltage through relay G052 is lost. Contacts
1 - 2 open and the voltage on connection
point 1 of B073 is lost. The pump motor is no
longer driven and the oil pressure drops.
XF95 series
5
200323

As a result, the lifting-gear motor relay (G052)
5
will also be activated, thus activating the
lifting-gear pump motor (B073). The motor is
activated through D623, relay G066
200323
(connection between points 30 and 87a) to
XF95 series
connection point 85 of relay G052. When a

pressure of 160 bar is reached, the limit
switch (E524) switches the lifting-gear pump
motor (B073) off through relay G066 and relay
G052.
The trailing axle cannot be lifted for a period
of 2.5 minutes as the valve (B072) remains
energised. This valve should be in the
non-activated position for lifting.
VARIANTS
Location
40 G745: In connector 882, pin 20 is a
wire, 4757. On the other side is wire
4551. G745 is formed by the pin
connection.
2-155
11
11
2-156
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
1 4 12 14
4552 4552 4550 4550 4550
691 116 882 878 C741
1
4552
4552 4552
34B
3
1 1221 1221 1221
P
878
4552
4550
4552
1221
E524
3 2
663
4 3
2 2 1221
II 0 I
1221
4550
4550
4558
C739
C741
D622
D623
3
1 1 34B
1 7
691
661
2 3
4757
4558
4552
5180
4550
4553
4757
4558
5180 5180
116
6
878
85 30 5180 19
38
116
4558
4558
G066
4757
4551
86 87A 87 4553 4553

4551
1221
1221
4558
116
116
662
661
2 5 5 20 4
5179 2
4557
5180
4553
5180
4550
4553
5180
1/122
6/122
3/122
4555
G745 882
4557 1
4551
S1 15 87A
1 4 3 3 1 1 1
662
663
662
4553
4557 4 5 6
B072
B071
D613
D612
D611
D503
G381
5 4 2 2 2
1 85 5 87 31 S2
5180
4555
B010 4551
5179
G052
30
2/122
4/122
5/122
2 2 86 4553
1426261/08-11
5179
1008
1000
4554
1
M
116
7
A500
B073
2
G515
EL001035
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
XF95 series
5
200323

5
D929
200323
1000 1000
XF95 series
1010 1010
10A
E062
9/401
1221
1221 1221
1221
1221
882
1221 2
1221
1221
1221
1221
663
6
3 1
1221
1221
G380
5 4 2
116
661
1 1
38
1221
1221
5178
5177
3661
3 1
4555 3661
662
2
662 662
3661
1221
5178
5177
690
690
689
1 2 1
688
688
2 1
2 1 1 2 1
F097
E507
E584
3 2 3 3
1426261/08-11
689
2
5179
689
3 3
690
4
688
661
8
EL001036
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
2-157
11
11
39 HEATING ELEMENT/FUEL FILTER WATER SEPARATOR
FUEL FILTER-WATER SEPARATOR
2-158
When the vehicle contact is activated, there is
a voltage on both connection points A3 and
B1 of the electronic unit (B378) through wire
1010, fuse E170 and wire 1285. If there is
water in the fuel filter, this input signal is
present on the VIC through wire 3150. The
VIC then sends a warning to the DIP, after
which the DIP will activate the warning on the
display.
HEATING ELEMENT
If the fuel temperature drops below 5_C, the
heating element will automatically be
activated. Voltage is then applied to
connection point A1 of B378 through wire
1000, fuse E171 and wire 1179. The heating
element will heat the fuel.
XF95 series
5
200323

5
D929
200323
1000
1000
1010
XF95 series
1010
1/416
1/417
1010
1000
1010
1010
1179
B1
1010
10A
A2
E170
87
B2
15A
E171
G015
30 A1
1285
1179
1000
1000 1000
681
681
3 6
1000
1285
39
1000
1285
1285
1179
B1 A3 A1
125A
E286
B378
D900
2 C12/
594
B2 A2 B3
1008
3150
3150
1008
1426261/08-11
50 30
681
1 2
M 3150
A500
B010
681
1
31
G525
EL001037
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-159
11
11
40 WINDSCREEN WIPE/WASH INSTALLATION
Speed I (low speed) Intermittent wipe Wash/wipe
2-160
When windscreen wiper switch (C832) is set When windscreen wiper switch C832 is set to When a voltage is applied briefly to
to position I (connection between contacts intermittent wipe (connection between connection point D33 of the VIC and then is
13 - 2), there is a voltage on connection point contacts 13 - 1), there is a voltage on lost again (windscreen wiper switch C832 no
D9 of D900 (VIC) through fuse E035, wire connection point D37 of the VIC through fuse longer operated) through fuse E035, wire
1211, contacts 13 - 2 of switch C832 and wire E035, wire 1211, contacts 13 - 1 of C832 and 1211, contacts 4 - 11 of C832 and wire 3648,
4501. The VIC switches connection point C50 wire 4502. The VIC switches connection point connection point 50 of the VIC is switched to
to earth. Voltage is now applied to connection C50 to earth. Voltage is now applied to earth for a specific period of time. As a result,
point 1 of relay G237 through fuse E025, wire connection pin 1 of relay G237 through fuse the relay (G237) is energised and the
1205. Because the VIC has connected wire E025 and wire 1205. The earth is formed windscreen wipers perform 1 wiper stroke.
4505 to earth through connection point C50, through wire 4505 and connection point C50
relay G237 is energised. of the VIC. As a result, relay G237 is When a voltage is applied to windscreen
A voltage is now applied to connection point energised. A voltage is now applied to wiper switch C832 through fuse E035, wire
53 of B000 through fuse E025, wire 1205, connection point 53 of B000 through fuse 1211, contacts 4 - 11 of C832 and wire 3648
contacts 5 - 3 of G237, wire 4506, contacts E025, wire 1205, contacts 5 - 3 of relay G237, for approximately 2 seconds, a voltage is
3 - 4 of relay G236 and wire 4507. wire 4506, contacts 3 - 4 of relay G236, wire applied to connection point A1 of the VIC, as
4507. a result of which the windscreen wiper motor
Speed II (high speed) (B001) is activated. After approximately 1
When windscreen wiper switch C832 is set to A voltage is applied to connection point D32 second, C50 is connected to earth for a
position II (connection between contacts of the VIC through fuse E025, wire 1205, the specific period of time. As a result, the relay
3 - 10), relays G236 and G237 are switched to cut-off switch in the windscreen wiper motor (G237) is energised and the windscreen wiper
earth through fuse E025, wire 1205, relays (B000) and wire 4509. The earth with motor is operated.
G236 and G237, wire 4505, diode D782, wire connection point C50 is broken and, as a
4504 and switch C832 (contacts 3 - 10). Both result, relay G237 is no longer energised.
relays are now energised. A voltage is now
applied to connection point 53b of B000 If connection point D32 is earthed again via
through fuse E025, wire 1205, contacts 5 - 3 the cut-off switch, connection point C50 will be
of relay G237, wire 4506, contacts 3 - 5 of switched to earth again after the interval
relay G236 and wire 4508. period, so that relay G237 is re-activated. This
The VIC is bypassed at speed II (high speed). starts the cycle again.
XF95 series
5
200323

Headlamp washer
5
When a voltage is applied briefly to
connection point D33 of the VIC and then is
lost again (windscreen wiper switch no longer
200323
operated) through fuse E035, wire 1211,
XF95 series
contacts 4 - 11 of C832 and wire 3648 and the

light switch is in the dipped beam position,
power is supplied to connection point C48 for
a specific period of time. Relay G238 is
energised. As a result, voltage is applied to
the headlamp washer motor through fuse
E205, wire 1205, contacts 3 - 5 of relay G328
and wire 4511.
INFORMATION
2-161
11
200323 2-162
EL001038 1426261/08-11 40
1
2
1010
1000
I
0
1
1/566
3
4502
4
2/566 13/566
4501 1211
D37/ D9/
595 595
16/401 10A
C832
6
E035
1211
D900
11/566 1211
8
3648 1211 1211 1211

595
D33/
4/566 33/403
C832
9
10
4510 4510
16/400
11
4510
11
4509
12
13
4505
594 595 594
C48/ D32/ C50/
14
5161
A1/
592
15
16
14/400
17
1
2 4
18
14
2
1
3
19
5161 5161
5
695
20
21 B001 G238
18
15
2
1
13/400
M
22
4511 4511 4511
695 695
23
12/400
1205
B002 1205
24
0
2
25
7/400
1205
26
1205
10/566 3/566
27
4504 4504
D929
C832
28
4504
1
29
5/400
1
5
31
53
2 4
30
4507 4507 4507
3
6/400
252 252
5
31
6
4508 4508 4508
32
4/400 G236
B000 252
53B
33
2
1205
1205
4509 4509
34
252
31B
15A
3
31/400
35
1205 1205 1205
252
36
E025
53A
22/400
4506
37
1205
1205
38
4506
20/400
39
40
4506
8/400
1205
41
5
4509
42
3
4509
4
43
10/400
2
1
9/400
44
4505
45
G237
4505
46
47
10/402
D782
48
12/402
4504
4504
49
11/400
1205
50
1205
51
52
1010
1000
53
11
200323 2-163
11
41 EBERSPCHER CAB HEATER (ACH-E), AIRTRONIC WITH/WITHOUT TIMER
2-164
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
4, 7 Only if the vehicle has been
RTMDR requirements.
33, 51 Only if the vehicle has a thermostat
unit, then also switch C778. Applies
if the vehicle has NOT been
substances.
43 Only if the vehicle has a timer.
51 C844: Only if the vehicle has been
RTMDR requirements.
XF95 series
5
200323

5
D929
200323
1000 1000
XF95 series
1010 1010
20A
E114
4
34/402
1156 1156 1156
697
1156
1 1
1156 1156 1156 1156
483 621 5
0 I
4660
1156
D911
C778
B9
D871 1/482 44
697
16 7 1
1 !
4660
5117
4660
! ! 7
4660
483
14 15 12 9 4 10 13 11 7 12
397
2 8
5117
4660
9/482
4/482
7/482
14/482
15/482
12/482
10/482
13/482
11/482
I 0
41
621
483
8 4
C844
3157
3462
3037
4936
9003
4931
4939
5117
5117 4 !
4660
624
621
621
621
621
5 7 6 4 2
4660 4660
621
3
5117
4935
3157
3462
3037
4936
4935
4931 4939
5117
1156
4660
1156
4660
5117
576
8 17
483
483
483
5 11 6 2 2
M 14/ 7/ 2/ 12/ 6/ 2/ 11/ 10/ 7/
269 269 269 269 632 632 632 632 632
4935
T
B122
F509
3037
4936
D705
D703
3157
3157
4 1 1 1 ! !
E566
E581
G303
483
576
85
C42/ 18 5 10/ 11/ 3/ 4/ 12/ 9/
2 594 269 269 269 632 632 632
1426261/08-11
9003
9003
1
4594
5241
4936
4936
A021
D900
14
697
G725
2 21
9003
9003
483
483
624
3 9 1
9003
4594
5241
C750 C751
1 1
32 32
621
EL001039
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-165
11
11
42 EBERSPCHER CAB HEATER (ACH-E), HYDRONIC 10 WITH TIMER
2-166
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
4, 9 DVB: in wiring harness next to PCB
18 For ADR/VLG:
DVB: in environment of connector
582
XF95 series
5
200323

5
D929
200323
1000 1000
XF95 series
1010 1010
15A
20A
E031
E114
15/401
34/402
7
1156 4660 4660
D900 D901 397
1201
1156
5 1
0 I
C802 B015 G303
2 8 85
697
697
4660
21 21 2 4 16
E571
C778
C42/ 10/ 4/ 6/ 7/ 5/ 7 1 2 3
594 528 528 528 528 528
1201
1156
1201
3157
C760
2 4
4660
4980
21
582
3157
3157
3462
4982
1156
1156
397
1
6
397
1201
1201
582
8
629
629
629
629
629
582
10 4 6 7 5 1
4660
4660
4980
DVB
878
1
7
582
12
3157
3157
3462
4982
1156
1156
9
42
1201
1201
1201
! 4980 4980
1 1
1156 1156 629
4980
DVB 630
G732 582
2
DVB
1201
630
630
3 5
5
1156
1156
1156
1156
4660
5117
4980
1201
1201
4668
D703
D705
4982
1201
1 4 11/ 10/ 2/ D911 14/ 12/ 10/
B9
85 30 86 30 633 633 633 44 527 527 527
5241
4594
E580
E579
G247
G170
86 87A 87 85 87A 87 4/ 12/ 7/ 3/ 1/ 2/
633 633 527 527 527 527
582
582
9 3
1426261/08-11
1156
4667
1156
5241
4594
4667
4766
4765
4
C751 C750 4667
1 1
533
533
32 32 630 1 2
4766
4765
9 F509
630
T
EL001040
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-167
11
11
2-168
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
15A
E037
15/402
D901
1100
9/ 2/ 1/ 8/ 11/
528 528 528 528 528
1100
4980
4935
4936
3037
4009
1/222
C539
629
629
629
629
2 1 8 11
4009
3037
4935
4936
2/222
4/222
6/222
42
582
582
4980 5 6
582
582
11 2
4935
4936
3037
4004
4001
4004
1130
G015 G377
576
576
17 18 85 1
2 36
4004
4935
4936
4004
A021
14
D911
624
624
2 1 A3
44
4935
4936
2 M 1
1426261/08-11
B122
EL001041
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
200323

43 UPEC APPLICATION CONNECTOR / SUPERSTRUCTURE FUNCTIONS
5
FOR MORE INFORMATION: SEE BLOCK 6:
200323
XF95 series
VARIANTS
Location
52 connector 657: Superstructure
67 wire goes to dashboard lead-through
connector 575
92 connector A068: Optional
2-169
11
200323 2-170
EL001042 1426261/08-11 43
1
1/416
2
1000 1000
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1008 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
1010
1010
E286
5
1000
1000
30
87
6
DVB
6/403
7
9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
8
2
4
G015 4001
C539
9
!
85
7/403
9050
1000
1010
10
5
17
3700
86 87A
11
11
658 656
B1
8/403
C1
1234
12
6
18
87
30
3701
1100
25A
25A
13
658 656 G426

4/403
E142 B2
E163 C2
1100
14
1
20
1
1154 1154 1154

2
15
15
F616
658 656 580 15/402 15A

1100
16
2
21
2
1258 1258 1258 E037

27/403
3412
17
658 656 580 1234

3
18
1234
626
4
4
3
29/401
19
3412 3412 3412 3412

658 656 580
20
3
19
4
21
3157 3157 3157 3157 3157
658 656 580
1
8
22
579
483
7
1
5
23
3157
3157
658 656 580
24
8
2
6
1
25
14
42
10
D901
G301
658 656 580
26
27
D929
28
3157
1
5
1
594
C42/
29
RES1 RES1
657 656 698
30
25/401
3412
3492 3492
2
6
2
595
B16/
31
RES2 RES2 D758
657 656 698
32
D900
3
7
3
33
RES3 RES3
657 656 698
34
4
8
4
35
RES4 RES4
657 656 698
36
5
9
5
37
RES5 RES5
657 656 698
38
6
10
6
39
RES6 RES6
657 656 698
40
7
11
7
41
RES7 RES7
657 656 698
42
8
12
8
43
RES8 RES8
657 656 698
44
9
13
9
45
RES9 RES9
657 656 698
46
10
14
10
47
RES10 RES10
657 656 698
48
11
15
11
49
RES11 RES11
657 656 698
50
12
16
12
51
RES12 RES12
657 656 698
52
!
1234
1010
1000
53

5
D929
200323
1000 1000
XF95 series
1010 1010
1234 1211
1 3
15A
E091
G328
2 4 5
33/403
35/403
34/403
18/400
1211
9029
4099
1240
1240
E575
589
1 14
11
176
3
4099
1240
1240
D814 D900
B15/
295
1240
B5/ B21/ B28/ D5/ C19/ C17/ C18/ D6/ D7/ D27/
295 295 295 595 594 594 594 595 595 595
5
0 I
3003
3039
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
4594
6158
C750
43
7 1
589
589
575
4 11
4594
!
14 176
9029
3003
3003
3039
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
4594
D932
4594
1240
D17
29
3 D705
4594 4594 4
42
582
588
588
588
588
588
588
588
588
588
588
588
588
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1426261/08-11
9029
3003
3039
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
4594
1240
!
A068
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
EL001043
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
2-171
11
11
44 ALARM SYSTEM/BATTERY CHARGER FOR BV3 ALARM SYSTEM
2-172
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
16 Wire 4004:
Fitted if NO alarm system
installed.
28 Connector 580: Superstructure
49 NOT fitted on H1 version
57 Fitted if NO alarm system
installed.
61 Not fitted on BV02 version
69, 70 Fitted on BV03 version
91, 93, 96 connector 873 on vehicle type
FA. For vehicle type FT:
connector 874
115 Connection for F686 (optional).
152 D931, E023, E035: only if NO
alarm system fitted and vehicle
equipped with an LED unit.
XF95 series
5
200323

5
D929
200323
1000
1000
1010
XF95 series
1010
4001 1234 1234
85 87A 87
15A
10A
E037
E351
G426
86 30
1/416
1/417
6/403
7/403
4/403
8/403
8/401
15/402
25/400
1211 1211
1000
1010
4001
9050
1100
1100
1234
1234
1381
1 8
863
1381
! 574
1010 4 G301
1381
1 D911
580
1211
1100 14
87 85 A4/
4001
603
30 85
1100
G015
3157
3157
3157
30 86
G185
87 87A 86 1 A8/ A9/ B16/ B15/ A1/ A3/
1000 603 603 604 604 603 603
6
1/222
863
C539 579
1000
9050
4690
D901 !
10
4004
4004
2003
3652
3647
3646
42
3157
4004
4186
3157
E599
DVB 1
2 10
574
44
3157
2/222
4/222
6/222
1000
9050
8
3646
4001 30 85
4 11 19
574
574
574
1 483 D932 9
2003 D5 3646
G303
87 87A 86 29
862
125A
E286
697
5
3647
3646
4004
4004
4002
3 2
2003
864 864
1008
863
863
14 13 C765
2
3157
2003
3652
3647
3647
3646
3646
B010 7
30
2
4004
4002
4004
C42/ D23/ C36/ C13/ 2/ 10/
14 16 B010
594 595 594 594 600 600
1426261/08-11
! 50
574
574
863
2 17
4004
A021
D900
D905
4004
4004
9050
EL001044
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-173
11
200323 2-174
EL001045 1426261/08-11 44
54
55
1010
1000
2
1211
56
1
1107
!
57
E514
2647
1107
58
2
15A
15
9
59
5
1
15/403
1107 1107 1107 1107 1107
60
E515 574 D791 574 E028

!
2600
1264
61
4
1211
D792
62
33/401
2600 2600
63
2600
11
64
31/401
2647 2647
65
D783
66
2
33/403
6/
2/
5162 1211 1211 1211

660
660
67
1
574
68
!
5/
5163
2600
2647
1211
660
69
2
10A
D910
16/401
5
6
A510
70
574
574
E035
4/
3/
1264
660
660
71
1264
2600
2647
72
1264
73
1264
A6/
603
1264
604
B11/
74
602
1264
75
1
1264
1264
3653 3653
604
B3/
B10/
604
76
1
602
77
2
3
3480 3480
A5/
603
78
3
659
B338 602
79
80
1264
1
D929
2
4
81
3479 3479 3479
B5/
604
6
3
659 602
82
602 659 F619
83
11
20
84
1264 1264 1264
693 574
85
1264
10
21
1
2
86
3482 3482 3482
604
B14/
693 574
87
D715
88
9132 9132
A7/
603
89
D911
90
16
5
3660 3660
91
!
873
92
15
2
3659 3659
93
!
873
94
14
6
3651 3651
95
!
873
96
A001
3651
97
3659
98
3660
99
21
13
7
3660 3660 3660 3660
B4/
604
576 574
20
12
6
3659 3659 3659 3659
B6/
604
576 574
2
7
5
3651 3651 3651
576 574
3651
A070
1010
1000
100 101 102 103 104 105 106


5
D929
200323
1000 1000
XF95 series
1010 1010
10A
10A
10A
E023
E023
E035
! !
31/402
31/402
33/403
16/401
D969 1211
1
46
1211
1127
1127
1127
D911
883
1
1127
1211
1127
574
1
A10/ B7/ A12/ A11/ B9/ B20/ B21/ B13/ B2/ A2/ !
574
574
2 1
603 604 603 603 604 604 604 604 604 603 D931
1127
3651
3654
3649
3650
5117
3658
3657
1127
3700K
3701K
3651
581
581
581
574
4 1 2 17
44
3654
3649
18 20 21
5117
1127
574
574
574
3651
3649
483
601
601
601
12 4 3 1
581
3
1264
3482
3651
3654
3649
3649
3650
5117
3658
3657
1127
693
693
11 10
7 1 7 1
1264
3482
672
672
672
673
673
673
3 4 1 3 1 2
C835
C836
0 I 0 I 2
3700K
3701K
3651
3651
3649
3650
5117
5 5
3651
3651
3654
3649
3 2 1 ! G1 G2
3 1 2 7/
D715
1426261/08-11
482 1
1127
1127
1264
F686
D909
D871
G535
1127
F603 F604
EL001046
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
2-175
11
11
45 PLUG SOCKETS, FA/FT
DIAGNOSTICS PLUG (A021) 24 V PLUG (A007) DRAWN VEHICLE PLUG SOCKET (A000)
2-176
The diagnostics plug is on the bottom right on Pin 1 is connected directly to the power (7-pin)
the outside of the central box. This is the plug supply through wire 1103 and fuse Pin 1 is connected to earth.
for the DAVIE connection. After the ignition is E036.
switched on, power is supplied to pin 1 via Pin 2 switches the left rear light.
fuse E053. Pin 2 is connected to earth. The Pin 2 is connected to earth.
Pin 3 is connected through wire 2008 to
remaining pins are for communication with the
ABS/EBS PLUG (A004) connection point A7 of the VIC
various systems, and are connected to those
Pin 1 is connected directly to power (D900) (direction, left).
systems.
before contact through fuse E043
and wire 1119. Pin 4 is connected to relay G036
Pin Wire Colour Description
No. No. (stop-lights relay) through wire
1 1229 red Power supply for Pin 2 is connected directly to power 4601.
DAVIE after contact through fuse E172
2 9107 white Earth and wire 1288. Pin 5 is connected through wire 2009 to
3 3425 blue ABS - ASC-D connection point A8 of the VIC
4 Pins 3 + 4 are both connected to earth. (D900) (direction, right).
5 4697 black UPEC
Pin 5 is connected to connection point Pin 6 switches the right rear light.
6
7 4732 black ECAS
C32 of the VIC (D900) through
wire 3428. DRAWN VEHICLE PLUG SOCKET (A058)
8 3646 blue CDS, ALS-S,
EMAS
(15-pin)
Pin 6 is connected to connection point Pin 1 is connected through wire 2008 to
9 4047 black VIC
10 3065 blue AS Tronic
B6 of D880 (EBS) through wire connection point A7 of the VIC
11 4883 black ZF intarder

3559. Only if vehicle has EBS. (D900) (direction, left).
12 4733 black DIP-4
Pin 7 is connected to pin B3 of D880 Pin 2 is connected through wire 2009 to
13 3470 blue AGS
(EBS) through wire 3558. Only if connection point A8 of the VIC
14 3037 blue Cab heater
vehicle has EBS. (D900) (direction, right).

15 3700 yellow V-CAN-L
16 3701 blue V-CAN-H Pin 3 is connected through wire 2152 to
(relay for rear fog lamp).
Pin 4 is connected to earth.
XF95 series
5
200323

Pin 5 switches the left rear light through REAR FOG LAMP AND REVERSING LIGHT Pin 3 is connected to connection point 5
wire 2102. PLUG (A001) 87 of G036 (stop-light relay)
Pin 1 is connected to earth. through wire 4601.
Pin 6 switches the right rear light
200323
through wire 2103. Pin 2 is connected to connection point Pin 4 is connected to connection point 5
XF95 series
B6 of ALS-S (D911) through wire of G350 (reversing-light relay)

Pin 7 is connected to connection point 3659. through wire 4591.
87 of relay G036 (stop-lights relay)
through wire 4601. Pin 3 is connected to connection point 5 Pin 5 is connected to connection point
of G350 (reversing-light relay) A10 of D911 (ALS-S) through wire
Pin 8 is connected to connection point 5 through wire 4591. 3651.
of G350 (reversing-light relay)
through wire 4591. Pin 4 is connected to power before Pin 6 is connected to connection point
contact through wire 1113 and B6 of D911 (ALS-S) through wire
Pin 9 is connected to power before fuse E048. 3659.
fuse E048. Pin 5 is connected to connection point Pin 7 is connected to connection point
B4 of D911 (ALS-S) through wire B4 of D911 (ALS-S) through wire
Pin 10 is connected to connection point 3660. 3660.
B6 of D911 (ALS-S) through wire
3659. Pin 6 is connected to connection point Pin 8 is connected to earth.
A10 of D911 (ALS-S) through wire
Pin 11 is connected to connection point 3651. TELEPHONE CONNECTOR (A076)
B4 of D911 (ALS-S) through wire Pin 1 is connected through wire 1353 to
3660. Pin 7 is connected through wire 2152 to connection B1 (12 V) of D895.
Pin 12 is connected to connection point (relay for rear fog lamp). Pin 2 is connected through wire 1108 to
A10 of D911 (ALS-S) through wire connection A4 (12 V) of D895.
3651. SUPERSTRUCTURE APPLICATION
CONNECTOR (A070) Pin 3 is connected to earth.
Pin 13 Not connected. Pin 1 is connected to power before
Pin 14 Not connected. fuse E048.
Pin 15 Not connected. Pin 2 is connected to connection point 1
of C725 (work lamp switch)
through wire 2155.
2-177
11
11
SEAT CONSOLE CONNECTOR (A043) VARIANTS
Pin 1 is connected to power after
Location
2-178
21, 110, 163 Conn. 873:
fuse E091.
Pin 2 is connected to earth. For vehicle type FT: conn. 874
23, 26, Connector 610:
ACCESSORIES CONNECTOR (A038) ABS: conn. 610
Pin 1 is connected to power before EBS: conn. 608
contact through wire 1175 and 23, 26, Connector 585:
fuse E168. ABS conn: 585.
EBS conn: 584.
Pin 2 is connected to earth. 58 Connection to: D850 or D880
60 Connection to: D851 or D802
ACCESSORIES CONNECTOR (A027) 20 - 33, 110 - 137
Pin 1 is connected to power before Connector 873:
contact through wire 1154 and Either a 7-pin or a 15-pin
fuse E142. connector can be connected to
Pin 2 is connected to power after this.
contact through wire 1258 and 146, 185 Only applicable to vehicle
fuse E163. type FA.
169,197 A000 and A001: 2x 7-pin
Pin 3 is connected to earth. connector or 1x 15-pin
connector
XF95 series
5
200323
2-179 200323
EL001047 1426261/08-11 45
1
2
125A 1/416
2
30
1008 1000 1000 1000

2
1
B010
E286
1000
4
1000
40A
1
1/417
1
1175 1175 1000 1010

5
A2
A1
865
1010
E168
6
A038
2
7
1000
1000
1000
1010
1010
8
2
30
87
865 G015
10
1000
11
25A
11
1
1154 1154 1154

12
B2
B1
580 E142
13
1000
25A
2
14
1258 1258 1010

A027
C2
C1
580
15
E163
3
16
17
5
18
580
19
25A
20
A
1
21 1119 1119 1119 1000

A2
A1
873 590 E043

10A
22
13
19
4
11/401
2
1288 1288 1288 1288 1288
23
!
!
873 610 585 E172
24
8
7
7
25
3428 3428 3428 3428
594
C32/
!
!
873 610 585
26
12
6
27
B6
27
3559 3559
D880
D900
A004
D929
873
28
11
7
27
B3
29
3558 3558
D880
873
30
4
31
32
3
33
34
2
C
35
590 873
36
37
38
15A
39
20
35/402
1
1103 1103 1103
40
697 E036
41
A007
15A
21
A1 A2 15/403
42
1107 1107
24V
697 E028
43
A3 B2 18/400 15A
44
1240 1240
24V
45
E091
46
B1 A4
1
1353 1353 1108
12V
12V
47
A076
48
D895
49
1108 1108
50
51
52
1010
1000
53
11
2-180
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
2100
2154 2101
85 30
10A
15A
10A
E053
E091
E084
D609
D610
G000
86 87A 87
M
5/401
18/403
18/400
14/403
24/401
28/401
22/401
1229
1240
1101
2110
2154
2100
5 C832
A14
176 13
D911
D814
D900
A15/ B3/ B11/ B12/ C4/ C2/ C1/
1240
1101
2110
2110
604 295 295 295 594 594 295
C764
3
35
867
7
3646
4697
4047
3700E
3701E
3700G
3701G
574
10
1240
1101
2110
2100
575
589
589
D932 16 10 11 C697 3
D5 1
29 22
695
2/231
579
4697
3700G
3701G
45
1240
2110
2110
3646
3646
3700E 0 I II 2
9 B129
1
C622
G755
3701E
1
! ! 35
862
D850 D851 D905 D902 D899 B344 D871 D954 3
13 4 10 14 3 3 12 A2
579
24 34A 44 26 6 28 41 30
1/231
4/231
2110
2105
3425
4732
3646
3646
4883
4733
3470
3037
3065
2105
2
585
861
583
587
483
863
5 16 8 4 11 9
864
1229
3425
4732
3646
4883
4733
3470
3037
4697
3065
4047
1240
3700F
3701F
867
21
1426261/08-11
1 3 7 8 11 12 13 14 5 15 16 10 9 2 1 2
A021 A043
9107
EL001048
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
200323

5
D929
200323
1000 1000
XF95 series
1010 1010
2101 2101
10A
10A
15A
E000
E001
E048
33/400
28/400
16/402
A070 !
D900 C010 C011 D911 D911 D911 G036 G350

1 1 B6 B4 A10 87 5 4 3 5 7 6 1 2 8
9 9 44 44 44 15 12
2102
2102
2103
2103
1113
3659
3660
3651
4601
4591
A7/ A8/
4591
4601
3651
3660
3659
1113
2155
592 592
576
576
576
8 9 19
576
11
4601
2008
2009
2102
2103
1113
2155
3651
3660 C725
1
3659 23
576
576
6 7 G005
45
87 1113
13
2008
2009
2152
2102
2103
1113
3659
3660
3651
4601
4591
!
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
3 4 7 5 6 26 15 16 14 10 9 D
2152
2102
2103
4601
4591
2008
2009
1113
3659
3660
3651
2152
2102
2103
4601
4591
1426261/08-11
1 2 3 5 6 9 10 11 12 7 8 4 13 14 15
A058
EL001049
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
2-181
11
11
2-182
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
2101
10A
10A
15A
E000
E001
E048
! ! !
33/400
28/400
16/402
A070 !
G350 D911 D911 D911
5 A10 B4 B6
2102
2103
D900
3 2 8 1 6 7 5 4 12 44 44 44
1113
C010 C011 G036
4591
3651
3660
3659
1 1 87
9 9 15
A7/ A8/
576
19
4601
2155
1113
3659
3660
3651
4591
592 592
2102
2103
2102
2103
4601
576
11
1113
3651
2008
2009
3660
576
576
8 9
2155
4601 3659
C725
1
2102
2103
23 1113
45
G005
576
576
6 7 87
4601
13
4591
3651
3660
3659
1113
2008
2009
2102
2103
2152
!
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
3 4 5 6 10 D 7 9 14 16 15 26
2102
2103
4601
2152
4591
2008
2009
3651
3660
3659
1113
2102
2103
4601
2152
4591
1426261/08-11
3 5 7 2 6 4 1 1 7 3 6 5 2 4
A000 A001
! !
EL001050
160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212
XF95 series
5
200323
11
200323 2-183
11
INFORMATION
CDM
46
2-184 200323

5
D929
200323
1000
1000
1010
XF95 series
1010
4001 1234 1234
85 87A 87
15A
10A
10A
E037
E351
E023
G426
86 30
G535
1/416
1/417
6/403
7/403
4/403
8/403
8/401
15/402
25/400
31/402
1000
1010
4001
9050
1100
1100
1234
1234
1381
1127
1 D911
1127 A2
44
574
1010 B2 B1
1100
1381
1127
87 85
4001
1100
883
883
2 1
G015
30 86
3701M
3700M
1000
1381
1127
1/222
C539 D969
1000
9050
2/ 1/ 9/ 12/
884 884 884 884
DVB
46
3/
884
2/222
4/222
6/222
1000
9050
4001
1
125A
E286
883
9
2
1008
B010
30
2
1426261/08-11
9050
EL001051
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-185
11
11
2-186 200323
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM:
5 OPTIONS AND SPECIAL APPLICATIONS
CONTENTS
Page Date
1. INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200323
2. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM: OPTIONS AND SPECIAL APPLICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200323
2.1 Circuit diagram 1454219/03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200323
2.2 Overview of basic codes for circuit diagram 1454219/03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 . . . . 200323
12
200323 1
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM:
OPTIONS AND SPECIAL APPLICATIONS 5
12
2 200323
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM:
1. INTRODUCTION
This main group includes the complete electrical
system for options and special applications
shown in the form of circuit diagrams.
Circuit diagram
The circuit diagram contains all information
relating to the complete electrical system:
options and special applications which can be
used in the vehicle, with the exception of the
connectors.
12
200323 1-1
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM:
12
1-2 200323
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM:
XF95 series Electrical system: options and special applications
2. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM: OPTIONS AND SPECIAL APPLICATIONS

2.1 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1454219/03

__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________ 12
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
200323 2-1
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM:
Electrical system: options and special applications XF95 series
2.2 OVERVIEW OF BASIC CODES FOR CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1454219/03

A012 12 V plug socket (2-pin) 130, 131
A032 AGC automatic gearbox diagnostics plug socket 239
A066 Semi-trailer plug socket (2-pin) 107, 108
A071 Automatic gearbox socket, intarder functions 238
A073 Automatic gearbox socket, operation 232
A074 Automatic gearbox socket, superstructure 206, 210, 212, 213, 214,
215, 216, 252, 261, 275,
276, 277, 278, 279, 280,
282, 283, 359
A088 Superstructure plug socket, tail lift (21-pin) 82, 84, 92, 93, 94, 95,
97
A095 Application connector 355

A500 Batteries (2x) 101
A507 Batteries for box/radio/tail lift (2x) 107
B084 Air suspension bleed valve 174
B155 PTO control valve, 2nd 312
B166 ECAS valve, front axle 24, 73
B169 PTO control valve Chelsea 250
B201 Internal electrical components for AGC automatic 228
gearbox
12
2-2 200323
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM:

B253 ECAS driven axle, left/right, air supply valve 23, 71
B254 Valve, ECAS steered leading rear axle/trailing axle, 28, 75
B330 Buzzer Door open, handbrake not in use 114
B353 Automatic gearbox control solenoid, retarder 220
B354 Accumulator, AGC-A4 automatic gearbox 221
B366 Buzzer, trailing axle lowering 198
B383 Valve, ECAS, FAK/FTM leading rear axle 41
B405 PTO control valve, 3rd 316
B406 Resistor, trailing axle lowering 197
B434 Buzzer indicating engine speed too high 170
C062 Cab stepwell lighting, drivers side 113
C740 ECAS switch, normal level 5, 54
C741 ECAS switch, axle lifting 9, 57
C742 Traction assistance switch 11, 60
C750 PTO control switch 269, 307
C769 PTO control switch 266, 304
C831 Cruise control/engine speed control/retarder stalk 324
switch
C881 Switch, ECAS lifting 41
C884 Engine-brake retarder function switch 259
C885 Clutch operation switch 310
C886 PTO switch, idling 251, 272
C889 Tail lift switch 84
C894 PTO control switch, 3rd 318
C896 Air suspension bleed switch 174
12
200323 2-3
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM:

D086 Warning lamp, PTO (orange) 263, 307
D116 Warning lamp (red) for second PTO operation, on 310
D131 Warning lamp (red), semi-trailer connection 116
D135 Warning lamp, semi-trailer air pressure 118
D149 Warning lamp, lifting axle lifted 46
D156 Engine brake retarder function warning lamp 258
D157 Warning lamp, idling PTO 272
D159 PTO warning lamp, 3rd 321
D161 Warning lamp indicating engine speed too high 168
D164 Warning lamp, tail lift open 96
D165 Tail lift warning lamp on 87
D529 Electronic unit, ECAS remote control 2, 50
D579 Electronic unit for converter, 24/12 V (15 A) 177
D580 Electronic unit for voltage reduction, 12/24V 187
D775 Diode, battery partition, semi-trailer 111
D866 Electronic unit, AGC-A4 automatic gearbox control 228
D867 Selector for AGC automatic gearbox 235
D895 Electronic unit for (10 A) converter with power 129
supply for radio memory
D900 VIC electronic unit 264, 302
D935 CAN extension box CXB 348
D970 Electronic unit for engine speed switch 169
memory
E029 Fuse, intarders/engine brake 327
12
2-4 200323
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM:

switch/power supply after contact
E045 Fuse, cab interior lighting 112
E051 Fuse, ECAS/EMAS 17, 65, 177
E062 Fuse, mechanical lifting gear/ECAS/EMAS 1, 49, 173
E143 Fuse, UPEC/tachograph/alarm 333
system/immobiliser/ABS-D/ABS/ASC-E
E144 Fuse, AGC-A4 automatic gearbox 204
E145 Fuse, AGC-A4 automatic gearbox 202
E221 Fuse for box 106
E274 Main fuse, battery partition 107
E275 Fuse, battery partition 109
E276 Fuse, converter 129
E570 Proximity switch, clutch PTO N10 304, 318
E589 ECAS operating switch, driven axle 35
E591 Operating switch, clutch 310
E598 Operating switch, buzzer 113
F087 Control switch, gearbox PTO 264, 302
F090 Control switch for ABS, drawn vehicle parking brake 118
F117 PTO control switch, 3rd 321
F601 Sensor, output shaft speed, AGC automatic gearbox 217
12
200323 2-5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM:

F602 Sensor, input shaft speed, AGC automatic gearbox 218
F612 Height sensor, ECAS, rear axle, left 14, 63
F613 Height sensor, ECAS, rear axle, right 16, 64
F614 ECAS height sensor, front axle 17, 66
F669 Retarder temperature sensor - AGC-A4 automatic 222
gearbox
F670 Sensor, turbine speed, AGC AT1000/2000 224
automatic gearbox
G015 Relay, contact 126
G016 Partition relay 107, 109
G180 Time relay power supply, Allison, 12 V 203
G181 Takeover relay power supply, Allison, 12 V 202, 209
G185 Starting circuit interrupter relay 206
G259 PTO operation takeover relay 303, 305, 316, 318
G291 Relay, AGC-A4 automatic gearbox 210, 278
G338 Relay, battery partition 104, 109
G339 Relay, battery partition warning lamp 106, 115
G371 Automatic gearbox relay, superstructure 208, 250
G375 Relay, stop light for AGC-A4 automatic gearbox with 209
retarder
G421 Relay, ECAS, leading rear axle, lowering 34, 35
G422 Relay, ECAS, leading rear axle, lifting 20, 40
12
2-6 200323
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM:

G423 Relay, ECAS, leading rear axle lowering before 26, 38
trailing axle is lowered
G424 Time relay, ECAS, leading rear axle, lowering 37
G426 Relay, contact 127
G429 Relay, parking brake 121, 124
G431 Engine brake retarder function relay 255, 259
G432 Intarder + DEB relay 327, 328
G433 DEB relay disengaged 330, 333
G434 Intarder + DEB relay 324, 328
G466 Relay, tail lift open 93, 95
G467 Relay, ECAS, lowering if PTO active 48, 54
G468 Relay for interrupting starting circuit during use of 88, 89
tail lift
G727 Connection for PTO 254
G758 Air suspension bleed through-connection 174
I000 Diode to prevent engine running takeover relay 120
feedback
I001 Diode to prevent engine stop takeover relay 123
feedback
I002 Diode to prevent stop-lights feedback 257
I003 Diode to prevent cruise control/engine speed 323
control/retarder stalk switch feedback
I005 Diode to prevent intarder/DEB relay feedback 330
I009 Diode to prevent stop-lights feedback 255
I010 Diode to prevent feedback from PTO, 3rd 315
I012 Polarity diode, tail lift open indication 92
12
200323 2-7
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM:
12
2-8 200323

Manual Esquema Electr Daf XF

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Manual Esquema Electr Daf XF

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

5 STRUCTURE

Max. current and wire diameter (mm2)

Mini relay 86 87a 87

Handheld transmitter CDS

1.2 TIGHTENING TORQUES

SYMPTOM: NEW BATTERY HEATS UP CONSIDERABLY DURING FILLING

SYMPTOM: BATTERY ACID LEAKING FROM THE PLUG HOLES

SYMPTOM: ELECTROLYTE LEVEL TOO LOW

SYMPTOM: RELATIVE DENSITY TOO LOW (<1.240)

SYMPTOM: RELATIVE DENSITY TOO HIGH (>1.290)

SYMPTOM: STARTING TROUBLE

SYMPTOM: BURNT-IN BATTERY POLES

SYMPTOM: 1 OR 2 CELLS BUBBLE EXCESSIVELY UNDER HIGH LOAD

SYMPTOM: BATTERY DISCHARGES VERY FAST (DOES NOT RETAIN POWER)

SYMPTOM: SHORT BATTERY LIFE

SYMPTOM: BATTERY HOT DURING OPERATION WITH EXCESSIVE WATER CONSUMPTION

SYMPTOM: BATTERY HAS EXPLODED

SYMPTOM: DEFECTIVE ALTERNATOR AND/OR DIODES (RADIO AND OTHER

SYMPTOM: BATTERY IS INACTIVE (NO VOLTAGE)

1.2 SERVICE LIFE

The service life of a battery is significantly

SYMPTOM: ALTERNATOR NOT PRODUCING POWER WHEN IDLING

SYMPTOM: ALTERNATOR WARNING (YELLOW)

SYMPTOM: ALTERNATOR VOLTAGE HIGH (RED)

3.1 SHORT CIRCUITS

A short circuit is caused by a positive wire

If, however, the lamp goes out, the fault is

3.2 OPEN CIRCUIT

Suppose a consumer is not functioning. The

consumer for voltage using a test lamp. If no

3.3 EARTHING PROBLEMS

Earthing problems are mainly caused by

The Fluke 87 multimeter allows you to select

Diagnostics in modern electronic systems is

2 Practical examples of complex signals are:

1.3 SIGNAL MEASUREMENTS

Sine-wave signal (AC voltage)

Measuring a sine wave signal +

Sine wave signals in the vehicle

Square wave signal

The voltage level ratio of a pulse train may A

Measuring a square wave signal

The vehicle has a number of inductive sensors,

Recording engine speed

network and activates the rev counter.

Engine speed sensor operating principle

2.2 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

The vehicle speed sensor has two connections

- Serial number of the sensor 1. +

Speed data for the UPEC system and ECAS

Duty cycle speed signal %

2.3 TEMPERATURE SENSORS

The vehicle has a number of temperature

2.4 FLUID LEVEL SENSORS

The vehicle has a number of fluid level sensors,

Engine oil level sensor

2.5 PRESSURE SENSORS 2

There is a diaphragm made of semiconducting

- Pressure sensor for monitoring boost

To check the boost pressure, a piezo-pressure

The compact alternator is a lightweight

2.7 PROXIMITY SENSORS

The vehicle has a number of proximity sensors,